Home

Omnii Hand-Held Computer with Windows Embedded Hand

1. Scanner Window Heater Installed Display Heater Installed Scanner Engine Heater Not installed HCL Firmware 0 1 33400 1 Display Heater Installed HCL Serial Number 5T9CUD04503701 HCL Firmware 0 1 33400 1 HCL Part Number 1101155 201 HCL Serial Number ST90UD04503701 HCL Revision 201 HCL Part Number 1101155 201 HCL Model 5T7100 HCL Revision 201 HCL Model 577100 HCL Manufacturer Psion Navigation Bar Icons AA G 3 Establishing a Packet Data Connection AA G 3 Disconnecting from a Network AA G 5 Advanced Packet Data Configuration o G 5 Manually Adding a New Modem Connection G 5 The Security Tab EnteringaPIN AA G 7 SEP PA AS G 7 Wireless Wide Area Network WWAN G 3 Wireless WAN Zebra offers the Cinterion MC75i EDGE WWAN radio and a Cinterion PH8 P HSPA WWAN radio An Omnii Hand Held Computer equipped with a GSM GPRS radio has wide area networking capabilities With this radio and a SIM card you can wirelessly transfer data and you use the Omnii voice option to place phone calls Navigation Bar Icons Wireless WAN icons are displayed in the navigation bar at the top of the screen that identify the packet data service and the signal strength When a modem detects that a packet data service is available a letter is added to the signal strength icon indi cating the type of service Keep in mind that the signal st
2. 2 12 docking S ati0N o oooooooooooooo 5 9 5 10 desktop a 5 10 5 14 cleaning 24462460 ebeeeewieet wie Pit id ad 5 13 indicators 1 ee eee 5 13 operation Hazard aha NAKAKA La rae as kis ee es 5 13 operator controls 5 10 troubleshooting o o ooooooo 5 14 installation at Site ooooooo 5 10 ST4004 quad operator controls 5 15 5 16 uploading data using 2 36 docking stations quad docking station ST4004 5 15 double click appending characters to a decoded bar code occ 4 90 scanner trigger aaa 4 90 Double Click Manage Triggers menu 4 72 Dr Debug 2 0 a 4 63 4 64 4 65 E E Mdllceusosscoosssca ropero cad bee gees en 3 9 ie AA AE 3 9 Outlook e mail synchronizing Windows Vista and 7 3 11 Outlook e mail synchronizing Windows XP 3 9 e mail notification eee 2 26 Encryption storage card 4 65 Error Reporting a 4 66 BS Cyne eee snes HE AA AA 2 8 Ethernet connecting with docking station 5 17 Excel Mobile a 3 32 External Power settingS 4 59 F Favorites aaa 2 29 Add Remove 2 02022 054204 eat n hah 2 29 file TENAMING 2 6 eee eee 2 32 File Explorer 0 0 0 0 ccc cece eee eee 2 31 3 26 COP
3. 3 9 System apps About a 4 58 Admin Password changing Kiosk 4 78 AGPS Assisted Global Positioning System 4 69 sena AA AA APA 4 58 Battery Power settings 4 59 Certificates 0 0 ene 4 60 Contrast a 4 63 Snake AA AA 4 65 Error Reporting a 4 66 External Power settings 4 59 GPS external 0c cee eee 4 66 GPS Settings built in profiles 4 68 Imagers SettingS 0 cc eee 4 71 KIDS 4 76 Managed Programs aa 4 74 MEMO Laraga earthen eae ee Ph teen erent baw kda 4 74 trigger MAPPINGS a 4 72 T Tab Key a 2 8 task completed marking as 3 26 CIGANO seceeecencVeuuuideeudsoedace se 3 24 3 25 GGEICUNG socios teens ST A end du edie de 3 26 CUNO 253 65 6ec6enuceuas feege ss ta53 5540344 3 25 MOUMNCANON tacadncmeeee ratos roses hanes 3 24 SOMMNG E 3 26 Task Manager 0 0 00 c cee ee eee eee 2 34 4 97 TCP IP Settings modem setup 4 25 Terminal Services Client Oe q E eee eee TA 3 38 session disconnecting without ending 3 39 session ENdING 2 a 3 39 Total Recall 0 0 0 0 eee eee 4 98 AutoRestore Profile 4 102 backup profile creating 4 99 backup Profile restoring 4 101 clone creating
4. er eeer rrenan re arena r aeee nana arena area ceara ne arena anna 4 48 Scancode Fe CUD IG sussa ATA AA AG 4 49 LOCK Sequence TaD mam ANGARA dis ess ANAN GAPO HAAN ala 4 51 The Phone Managing Settings ccooccoconncocnncccnoconnnccnononnccnnnnnnnonnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnaninnnns 4 51 EUS SOUNDS TA AA AA AA AA AA AA 4 53 FUN SS SMU AMA ANA A 4 53 PRONE SPV CSS MA E dades ads da inagaa E st cas ins suis idas sous adiada sa nainh gado sta same nbogas 4 55 SAAN CLEAN PAGE 4 55 OMe Dala TD AA NAA ANAN AA AA 4 56 POONG BANOS Taea RR O acc nee EE S E E 4 56 Phone Diagnostics TaD AA AA 4 56 Phone Hearing Aid Mode Tab AA 4 57 o 4 57 o AR A 4 58 Backlight Screen and Keypad ccccococccccccccccccnococonononononononcnnnnononnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnennnnns 4 58 SUCRAM alll 6 eee ee ee eee ee eee 4 59 EME MA POWO AD AA AA AD eee 4 59 BACKING T D reee AA PAT 4 60 CEUC OE AA 4 60 Choosing a SSC AC pro patina NA 4 60 nn A salouete aura seeeeee 4 62 A canoes 4 63 Customer Feedback cccccsecccccccessssceeceeeeceeeeeeeaseceeeeseaeceeseaeaaeeeesseaaeeeeeeseaseceeesseageeeesseagseeeeeeeas 4 63 BB o o 4 63 a 4 64 e A 4 64 o e a A 4 65 o ee 4 65 AA AA AA gi ais s ico ara saias 4 65 FE FO FE eL APA 4 66 GPS Global Positioning System err a 4 66 GPS Global Positioning System Settings 2 XX a 4 68 lare eeaeee e E E E EE A A
5. cece eee 4 42 Connections Internet o o oo ooooo 4 23 Connections settings 4 13 Contacts Start screen 3 12 adding new eet eee nee 3 14 working with 3 13 Contrast adjustments cece eens 4 63 Control Panel Predefined presetS o ooooooooooo B 3 Copyright information operating system 4 58 cradle See also vehicle cradle 5 18 CTRL Key 22 2 2 8 Custom preset a B 3 D Data Bits port replicator 4 94 data entry modes MANGWINING 42 24242426eGeeeeudd PA 3 36 o sacras a da ng eos EE Genera eee wets 3 36 Data Handling code page 4 91 Data tab setting UD 0 0 eee 4 56 debug error handling ee eee eee 4 63 Decoding symbology Predefined symbology B 3 Default Predefined preset 0005 B 4 B 5 Default identifier Preset QrOup 0 ccc cee eee eee B 3 Default Local ASCII Code Page 4 91 Defrost applet freezer variant F 8 DEL Backspace Key 0 0 00 cece eee eee 2 8 Demo Scanner 0 tees 3 31 desktop docking station See docking station desktop 5 10 desktop screen Home Screen 2 21 Device ID tab cc eee 4 58 display backlight adjusting
6. 5 23 Pictures 3 18 o AAPPEAR 3 18 ss AA AA PAP 3 18 slide show creating 3 19 Pictures and Videos 0 ccc eee 3 17 DIMOU Sie o non ds APP ta PP EE B 1 pistol grip installing o o oo o 5 3 Pocket Word dama Gama kaabang deny adoos 3 36 port pinouts dahan ee ses NAKA NI bed DE seme shan B 1 portrait orientatiO0N oo oooooooooooooo 2 13 Port Replicator settings COM5 and COMO E sro ri ode tee ii eee de ode es 4 93 Data Bits Aa 4 94 o 4 94 Port B COMO Power 0 0 eee 4 93 en 4 94 Trigger On Sequence 4 94 Index VI Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Postal Predefined preset 0 0 00 c cece eee eee B 4 Power Advanced tab backlight timeout 4 9 Battery capacity tab 4 9 Battery Details tab 4 10 Battery Health tab 4 11 Suspend Threshold tab 4 10 io Port B COMO xcoconssarciaa aos 4 93 Power button ccc ee o 1 6 Predefined preset a B 3 A B 4 Baki B 4 B 5 Glossy surface a B 5 LINA AA AA AA B 4 Linear and PDF 0 cece eee B 4 LOMBO 2sacaunteneage nents Geren E een ak B 4 Low light near n nannaa eee B 5 Low power B 5 Matrix cc eee ee eens B 4 PO dl sama AA AABANG PEER aid B 4 Preset CUSO sina to esos iaa
7. o o ooooooo 1 9 voice mail setting UP ooooooooooooo 4 55 VPN connection setting up 4 29 W NGI sata tad AA ds 1 7 VAIO seres eai ia date ki E NANG NG 4 90 WiFiConnect A R C 0 eee 3 39 Windows 7 2 22 2 36 Windows Embedded CE navigating in 2 20 Windows Mobile Device Center setting up 2 37 Windows Vista naana nannaa naarn 2 36 Wireless Wide Area Network WWAN G 3 Wireless Zero Config 00 0 c cece eee eee 4 41 Word Mobile data entry modes 00 cee eee 3 36 Word See Pocket Word 3 36 WWAN Wireless Wide Area Network GSM UMTS radio modem connection X XT15f Freezer variant XT 15ni non incendive hand held ZEBRA TECHNOLOGIES Zebra and the Zebra head graphic are registered trademarks of ZIH Corp The Symbol logo is a registered trademark of Symbol Technologies Inc a Zebra Technologies company 2015 Symbol Technologies Inc All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners 8000225 001 Revision A April 2015
8. 2 31 Soft Scan Timeout 0 0 00 eee 4 91 sound adjusting cc ee 4 53 Sound setting events 0 0 cece eee 4 12 Sound and Notifications defining 4 12 Sound settingS 0 0 eee 4 12 SPACE KEY o2224c0n ectenceseebextaiadedsdenadaed 2 8 specifications Omnii XT15f Freezer Hand Held Computer F 3 Symbol SE4600 imager 0006 D 16 ST4000 Snap Module 0 0000 0 5 6 ST4001 Snap Module 5 6 A 4 ST4004 quad docking station 5 15 CIEANING 6 a 5 17 0 ee ee dd a 5 17 troubleshooting a 5 18 ST4005 Snap Module 0 5 7 A 4 Start Menu 0 ce ences 2 31 Start screen Contacts ICON 1 1 eee 3 12 Home ICON conocidas ea ee tate eee bis So Ka 3 3 Status tab browsing error logs 4 64 Stop Bits port replicator 4 94 Storage Card tab 0 4 75 stylus touch pen USINg 0 0 eee eee 2 20 Surface A EET AT RR S B 5 suspend turn off screen 4 10 swap time for battery o o o ooooooo o 2 5 symbologies barcode 0 0 aaa C 3 Symbol SE4600 imager specifications D 16 Symbol Soft Input Panel figure 2 9 synchronizing e mail Windows Vista and 7 3 11 synchronizing e mail Windows XP
9. oooooooooocoomo B 4 Lithium ion batteries MSN AA PEPE PEE EE 1 6 FEMOVING 2a mama dm NA AA NG KG GNG KAMA KAKA A A NG 1 6 FEDIACING PAA 1 6 Lock Sequence 2 2 0 4 51 Low light Predefined preset oooocooooocoomo B 4 Low light near Predefined preset ooooocooooocoomo B 5 Low power Predefined preset 0 0 0 cc eee eee ee B 5 M Macro keys 36 key keyboard n anaana nannan 2 11 59 key keyboard 0 aaa 2 11 ACCESSING EERE PA 2 11 deleting a macro aaa 4 48 executing a macro aaa 4 48 Macros menu accessing 4 47 recording and saving 4 47 maintenance a 2 37 Managed Programs 0a 4 74 mapping se spas as iate as dada dp essays 4 49 UR 4 48 Matrix Predefined preset oooooooooocoomo B 4 Memo agents cereais es aerea rape 4 74 menus POP UP coco 2 33 USING co 240 ae2 ees AA AA 2 33 messages Scan Indicator o oo 4 90 scanner warning message 4 90 Scan Result 0 0 4 90 Messaging Outlook e mail synchronizing 3 9 3 11 Microphone adjusting volume Built in Headset and Bluetooth 0 0c a 4 75 microSD Card inserting nuanean 2 16 Microsoft ActiveSync aaa 2 36 Mobile Device Center Windows setting up 2 37 Mode Bluetooth cece
10. Tap the appointment in the Calendar screen to display it in a summary screen The reminder is indicated by the small bell icon e f you ve no further additions for the appointment tap on OK Otherwise move to the Categories section following Conference 8 00a 9 00a Fri 4 1 2011 Status Free Using Categories Categories help you organize and track the different types of data you keep on your Omnii To assign an appointment to a category Tap on the Menu softkey and choose Edit The Appointment tab is displayed e Scroll down to the Categories field and tap on it to display your options 2 29 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide New category softkey Tap in the checkbox next to the category to which you want to assign the appointment e Tap OK Your appointment is assigned to the category or categories you chose NOTE You can create a new category by tapping on the New softkey at the bottom of the screen Attendees This option allows you to define required and optional attendees for your meeting When you tap on this option your contacts are displayed where you can choose attendees Status Tapping on Status lists your availability Free Tentative Busy or Out of Office Sensitivity This option allows you to indicate the nature of the appointment Normal Personal Private or Confidential Deleting Appointments e Tap and hold the stylus on the appointment you want to delete e
11. Folders to synchronize BA Inbox i O6 Jan 05 Sent i O Junk E mail DG Sent Items i IES Syne Issues e Adda check mark next to the folders in this screen that you want to synchronize with your Omnii and tap on OK The E mail Synchronization screen is displayed again e Ifyou want to accept file attachments add a check mark next to Include file attachments To limit the size tap on Only if smaller than and specify a size in the KB box e Tapon OK Synchronizing E mail with Outlook PC with Windows Vista or Windows 7 PCs running Windows Vista or Windows 7 use Windows Mobile Device Center in place of ActiveSync hal Windows Mobile Device Center b vm koy Home _ Connect without setting up your device y Connected Inthe Windows Mobile Device Center tap on Set up your device 3 12 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide What kinds of items do you want to sync The types of content you select will be kept up to date on both your device and the PE 7 Gab E mail ESS Keep Mail up te date m E Tasks F Weep Tacks up to date IG Notes Cop Dok vole up lo dole a Mobile Favorites o J fine pour laon Web Enig e Make certain that a check mark is displayed in the checkbox next to E mail Tap on Next ap NOTE If an Exchange Server is detected a screen is displayed where you can enter the Server address your user name and so on and sync the Omnii with the
12. Imagers Applet e Troubleshooting provides some helpful suggestions should the scan fail Scanner types include Long Range reads large 1D barcodes 55 mil at long distances up to 3 m e Standard Range High Performance reads damaged or low contrast regular 1D barcodes 5 55 mil at medium distances up to 1m e Extended Range reads regular 1D barcodes 5 55 mil at short to medium distances 1 m as well as large 1D barcodes e g 55 mil at long distances e 1D Imager reads regular 1D and PDF417 barcodes at short to medium distances Getting To Know Your Omnii 2 18 e EA112D imager reads 1D and 2D barcodes including damaged and low contrast regular 1D barcodes Smallest barcode at 5 mil with a minimum read distance to 2 8 inches and a maximum read distance of 5 1 inches largest barcode at 40 mil with a minimum read distance of 3 1 inches and a maximum distance of 32 4 inches e EA20X 2D imager reads 1D and 2D barcodes including damaged and low contrast regular 1D barcodes Smallest barcode at 6 mil with a minimum read distance of 6 1 inches and a maximum read distance of 9 1 inches Largest barcode at 40 mil with a minimum read distance of 5 1 inches and a maximum read dis tance of 49 2 inches e SE4600LR imager captures digital images for transmission to a decoder to decode a barcode of any format supported by the decoding software Uses laser aiming LED illumination and CMOS sensors to capture bar
13. Modem Connection Setup 2 AA 4 24 Advanced Modem Settings 0 00 eee ee 4 25 Domam EMO RE s cee AA hsda ee St etee ca ee 4 26 Network Cards a 4 27 Changing Network Card Settings 2 00020 000 4 28 VPN Connection Setup o 4 29 Managing an Existing Connection 2 4 30 Proxy Server aD ses errar AAA AI 4 31 Selecting a Network AA U 4 32 Wi Fi Config Setting Up the 802 11a b g n Radio 4 33 Wi Fi Config Status Tatb AA 4 34 Wi Fi Config Configure Tab a A U 4 34 Configuring TCP IP wae amp KA asa a WA AA 4 39 Wi Fi Config Advanced Tab AA 4 41 Country Options 4 41 Wireless Manager ACC 4 42 Personal Folder 77am am nA riders 4 43 App Launch Keys AU 4 43 SUCAT 4 45 Program Buttons Tab a 4 45 Up Down Control Tab 2 2 AA 4 46 MESMOS oe esca ses EPE Ena dee pee ee 4 46 Macro KeyS a 4 47 Unicode Mapping AA 4 48 Scancode Remapping AA 4 49 Lock Sequence Tab aoaaa a a a AA AA AA 4 51 The Phone Managing Settings 2 2 AU 4 51 Phone SOUNGS TaD s sss s ses asama DARE oe A 4 53 Phone Security Tab 4 53 Phone Services Tab U 4 55 Phone Network Tab 2 1 a 4 55 Phone Data TaD xx aaa ka a we Aa we OS E a a Maes Bw A 4 56 Phone Bands Tab 4 s AA de See eee SR a ae
14. Tap here to play kaa ii Tap here to end your ring choices the ring test This tab allows you to choose an event and for each event choose the audio notification or sound that the Omnii will emit for that event For example suppose you choose Phone Incoming call from the Event drop down menu You can choose a specific Ring type for this event from the drop down menu perhaps Vibrate and ring In the Ring tone drop down menu you can choose the tone or sound of the ring If your Omnii vibrates and emits the ring you selected you will immediately know your hand held is receiving an incoming phone call e Choose an event from the Events drop down menu e Choose the Ring type and Ring tone for the event you ve chosen e To test your choice tap on the arrow below Ring tone The small square button stops the ring test Connections Folder This folder icon contains the applets you ll need to set up connections using Bluetooth and an 802 11 radio e Tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections folder icon 4 14 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Bluetooth Hebwork Cards stem A 191 Wireless Manager a Beam Enabling the Beam applet makes your Omnii visible and available to others wanting to beam information to your unit ao a ES Beam Mode C Receive all incoming beams Bluetooth Setup Bluetooth is a global standard for wireless connectivity for digital devices and is intended for Personal Ar
15. e Link adaptation and IR e NACC extended UL TBF Mobile Station Class B CSD e V 110 RLP non transparent e 14 4kbps e USSD SMS Point to point MT and MO GPS features Modes Assisted GPS control plane AGPS E911 Omnii Specifications E 9 Parameter Specifications General Power saving modes GPS tracking in parallel to 2G 3G diversity operation AT commands Hayes 3GPP TS 27 007 and 27 005 and proprietary Cinterion Wireless Modules commands SIM Application Toolkit SAT Release 99 Audio Audio speech codecs GSM AMR EFR FR HR 3GPP AMR Speakerphone operation echo cancellation noise suppression Antenna 500hms Main GSM UMTS antenna UMTS diversity antenna GPS antenna active passive USB USB 2 0 High Speed 480Mbit s device interface UICC interface Supported chip cards UICC SIM USIM 3V 1 8V Special features Phonebook SIM and phone Antenna SAIC Single Antenna Interference Cancellation DARP Downlink Advanced Receiver Performance RX diversity type 3i 802 11a b g n Radio Parameter Sub parameter Specification Manufacturer _ Murata Model LBEH1Z9PFC Form Factor Embedded surface mount module 11 4 x 9 4 mm This is a combo module containing both Wi Fi 802 11a b g n and Bluetooth V2 1 EDR radio Antenna Port 802 11b g n U FL jack Non diversity Multiplexed between 802 11b g n 2 4GHz and Blue tooth radio 802 11a n U FL jack Non diversity Antenna Type 802 11b g n PCB substra
16. 10 elements These parameters work in conjunction with Manage Triggers sending on and off data streams to the trigger module you assigned For example suppose you launch Manage Triggers and choose Decoded Scanner as the module to trigger Next you assign a trigger key for this example period To define the serial stream of data bytes to control the on and offfunction of the trigger key enter a hex value in the Trigger On Sequence and the Trigger Off Sequence fields When you press the trigger key the Trigger On Sequence is sent and when you release the trigger key the Trigger Off Sequence is sent turning the trigger key on and off Screen e Tap Start gt Settings Tap on the System icon and then tap on the Screen icon E Soren Text Size General gt ClearType Orientation Portrait O Landscape right handed O Landscape left handed Align Screen Align the screen if it is not responding accurately to stylus taps This icon allows you to align calibrate your touchscreen turn ClearType on and off and adjust the size of the text displayed on the Omnii screen AN IMPORTANT Refer to Calibrating the Touchscreen on page 2 13 4 96 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Screen Rotation e Tap Start5Settings Tap on the System icon and then tap on the Screen Rotation icon Ka Screen Rotation Screen Rotation O Tl E Gm 12 31 Screen Rotation x Enable aut
17. 11 8 mm H x 21 50 mm W x 16 3 mm D 0 46 in H x 0 85 in W x 0 64 in D Weight 8 0 grams 0 28 oz Electrical Interface 21 pin 0 3 mm pitch ZIF connector Internal Imager 4 Scanner Specifications D 15 SE4500SR Decode Zone 6 67 mil PDF417 34 7 1 7 5 mil Code 39 110 6 si 10 mil PDF417 40 1 13 mil 100 UPC 115 5 1 6 15 mil PDF417 14 7 ala 28k 15 mil Data Matrix 112 4 20 mil Code 39 TITI Ll ll 5 10 15 20 25 12 7 25 4 38 1 50 8 63 5 Depth of Field D 16 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide SE4600LR Long Range Imager Parameter Specification Input Voltages VCC VCC_INTFC VCC_ILLUM VCC_SENSOR VCC VCC SENSOR VCC INTFC 3 3 V VCC_ILLUM 5 0 V Operating Mode Supply Low Power Currents Average 750 pA 3 3 V 10 75 mA max 1 8 V 10 or 3 3 V 10 30 mA max 3 0 V 8 4 V 800 mA 3 3 V 10 70 mA max Low Power Idle Aim enabled no illumina tion or image acquisition Image Acquisition Illumination Enabled Illumination and Aim Enabled Maximum Sensor Power 40 mV p p 10 Hz 50 KHz and Supply Noise f f VCC SENSOR 100 mV p p 50KHz 100 KHz for bar code decoding 30 mV p p 10 Hz 100 KHz for image capture Optical Resolution Near sensor 5 mil Code 39 10 mil Data Matrix Far sensor 15 mil Code 39 35 mil Data Matrix Specular Dead Zone Illumination On Up to 20 depending on target distance and substrate glossin
18. 4 Scanner Status 2 15 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Battery Charge Status LED The far left LED is reserved for battery charge status This indicator is active even when the hand held is inserted in a docking station and in suspend mode so that the charge status of the battery can be detected easily Charge LED Behaviour Function Solid Green Battery charging complete Flashing Green Charge in progress Cell temperature out of range for charge Solid Red Unable to charge battery Operating System Status LED The second LED indicates system notifications and operating system status It is also available for user loaded custom Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 applications Operating LED Behaviour Function Shutdown Radio Status LED The third LED from the left the blue LED indicates that the GPS radio is enabled or that the WWAN radio is enabled Radio Traffic LED Behaviour Function Slow Flashing Blue The radio is enabled and active Scanner Status LED The fourth far right LED indicates scanner status Scan LED Behaviour Function Solid Green after decode Successful scan OFF when scan ended Getting To Know Your Omnii 2 16 Audio Indicators The Omnii supports several audio options including Bluetooth The optional rear speaker can be used for system Windows sounds and wav files When a rear speaker is absent those sounds are routed to the front rec
19. Configuring Rules Translation rules enable the automatic processing of barcode data Up to 10 cases can be defined each consisting of up to 10 sequential rules e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab e Tap on the Imagers icon and then tap on the Translation tab PTS Imager Settiny ea e T 9 22 Filter C Translations gt Advanced To change a setting press edit button or space or double click Case 2 empty Case 3 empty FF Case 4 empty Case 5 empty Case 6 empty e Inthe Translations tab double tap on a Case to create rules Imagers Applet B 17 PTS Imager Setti O e Y Y om 10 25 Filter lt Translations gt Advanced To change a setting press edit button or space or double click a Case 1 empty No rule Mo rule Mo rule Mo rule Mo rule PTS Imager Setti E 2 YB am 10 26 Mo rule Naay Match at index Match and replace at index Replace at index Add barcode prefix suffix Verify barcode size Search and replace When you choose a rule an associated screen is displayed in which you can define the rule Scanner Settings gt Tdi om 12 17 Match at index y a Verify E Case Rules The case rules are defined as follows e No rule ignored e Match at index matches the match string at a specified index e Match and replace at index matches the match string at a specified index and replaces changes it B 18 Omnii Win
20. Select device to view options TORPSG 011 06EX OPP Tap and hold down the stylus on an item in the Paired tab to display an associated pop up menu Settings 4 21 lili ae gt Ng a a Gm 9 57 About lt Paired gt Device Select device to view options a TORPSG 011 0BE OPP Send File Query services Remove This is a service dependent menu that is it varies slightly depending on the service chosen in the Servers tab Query Services and Remove Commands NOTE The Query Services and Remove commands are available in all service dependent menus regardless of the type of service chosen e Query Services displays a Services dialog box where a pairing service is chosen e Remove unpairs the highlighted service and deletes the entry from the tab OBEX OPP Object Exchange Object Push Profile Commands The OPP defines two roles a Push Server and a Push Client Push Server is the device that provides an object exchange server Push Client is the device that pushes and pulls objects to and from the Push Server OBEX OPP contains the following unique menu option e Send File displays an Open File dialog box where the file to be sent can be selected When the transmis sion begins another dialog box tracks the progress of the file transmission HSP HFP Headset Profile Hands Free Profile Service Commands The HSP Headset Profile allows users to connect their device to Bluetooth enabled headsets and other aud
21. applications Open task manager ALT ESC 2 21 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Operation Key or Key Combination Open file folder or icon ENTER Exit amp Save ENTER Close Exit amp Do Not Save ESC Navigate Dialog Boxes TAB To move cursor up SHIFT TAB To display the contents of the next tab ina dialog box CTRL TAB Select Radio Button Press Button SPACE Go to Start Menu Windows Keep in mind that unlike a desktop computer the Omnii does not support key chording pressing two keys at the same time You must press one key followed by the next in sequence The Today Screen The Today screen provides quick access to a default list of applets such as phone voicemail and so on This screen is also equipped with a navigation bar along the top of the screen which provides access to hotkeys Hotkeys act as shortcuts to apps Along the bottom of the screen a softkey bar contains softkeys that help you navigate in particular the Start button which provides access to everything else you ll need to work with Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 Navigation bar E Ping Yl qua 11 15 F phone voicemail 11 15 No New Messages e mail calendar favorites Start button Gr ES Cro Softkey bar Softkeys e Use the stylus or your finger to scroll to and highlight the option you want to work with The highlighted option displays information specific to the ap
22. 2 33 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Deleting a File e Press and hold the stylus on the file or folder you want to delete until a pop up menu is displayed Tap Delete to remove the file Using Menus In Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 the menu is located in the softkey bar at the bottom of the screen File Zoom Tools Help Word Mobile ac qr Ta Gm 4 05 Activating Modifier Keys 8 5 x E Softkey Bar Menu softkey To execute a command Tap on Menu to display the commands associated with it and then tap on the command you want to execute Pop Up Menus Pop up menus are available in many screens and programs They offer quick access to a group of useful commands in addition to those available in the menu bar To display a pop up menu e Gently press and hold the stylus on the screen A ring of dots is displayed on the screen followed by a pop up menu Word Mobile ao qr Yi df m 4 04 AAA Make Selection Select All Font Paragraph Increase Indent e Tap on the command you want to execute Getting To Know Your Omnii 2 34 Programs Using Applications e Tap the Start button in the softkey bar to display the programs installed on your Omnii Figure 2 7 Program Icons ac gr Ti Gm 4 48 R mama QUE Yg E an 2 24 Start O q Yg di cm 2 25 Phone Pictures amp Videos mago Tasks E gt Start O LA mj CM 2 26 Aa Windows Media Acting 8 zzi e
23. AN IMPORTANT Do not immerse the unit in water Dampen a soft cloth with mild detergent to wipe the unit clean To prevent damage to the touchscreen use only your finger or the stylus pen supplied with your Omnii e Use only mild detergent or soapy water to clean the hand held unit e Avoid abrasive cleaners solvents or strong chemicals for cleaning The Omnii has a plastic case that is susceptible to harsh chemicals The plastic is partially soluble in oils mineral spirits aircraft de icing fluid and gasoline The plastic slowly decomposes in strong alkaline solutions e Exposure to aircraft de icing fluids can degrade the plastics on the Omnii If the Omnii is used near aircraft de icing environments regular rinsing with water is recommended e To clean ink marks from the keypad and touchscreen use isopropyl alcohol HOMO AA ce be 3 3 The PINONG 5 See ee KA GN KA AAA GH A we we 3 4 The Onscreen Phone Keypad AA 3 4 Sending amp Ending Phone Calls Using the Onscreen Phone Keypad 3 4 Sending amp Ending Calls Using the Omnii Keyboard 3 5 Making a Conference Call a 3 5 Programming Speed Dial e e 3 5 Managing Phone Settings AA 3 8 Text Messages A 3 8 EMA 22 fork SoM Yeh eed Soe eae AA 3 9 Kee 243460558 6H eRe ae A ee Se 3 9 Synchronizing E mail with Outlook PC with Windows XP OS 3 9 Changing Sy
24. E mail Group ng Messaging Group Choose the contact type to which you want to add an entry Tap on the Select button to display the Communicate screen Tap on each of the options you want to com plete for the new contact you are creating Each item you tap on in this screen produces an associated pop up screen in which you can enter the appropriate information For example in the sample screen fol lowing tapping on Add a name displays an associated screen for you to complete Contacts Cr 4 E Ga 3 27 Notes C Communicate gt Info Contacts e Til tur 3 30 Add a name Add a company CJ Add mobile tel File as Nel Add e mail lt Unnamed gt Add more numbers When you ve completed the information for the contact entry tap on OK The new contact is displayed in the Contacts list Programs 3 15 Info Tab Contacts A gt Taj di Gm 4 15 Communi lt Info gt Notes 7 Set ringtone Add more addresses Add more info os This tab allows you define a ring tone for a particular contact You can also add additional addresses related to your contact work and home and information about your contact such as a job title office location and fax number Notes Tab Contacts Ne Ta d uu 4 17 Info Notes gt Communi This screen allows you to enter useful information about your contact Internet Explorer You can connect to Internet Explorer in two ways by connecting the Omnii di
25. Exchange Server directly over a cellular or wireless network when you are not connected to your PC This is an optional step that you can skip e Tap on Skip and then tap on Setup When E mail is checked for synchronization Outlook e mail messages are synchronized as part of the general synchronization process The next time you synchronize with Windows Mobile Center the e mail in Outlook on your PC will be transferred to the Messaging program on your Omnii Sending an E mail E mail messages are stored in the Outbox folder and are sent to recipients the next time you sync or connect to your e mail server to send and receive mail e Tapon Start gt E mail Choose the e mail account you want to use e Tap on Menu gt New e Inthe To Cc or Bcc fields enter an e mail address Keep in mind that you can also use your Contacts to choose an e mail recipient provided an e mail address is associated with the contact Tap Menu gt Add Recipient and then choose a contact from the list e If you re sending an email to multiple people use a semicolon between addresses Contacts Contacts are available with your e mail text messages voice messages and your phone e Tap on Start gt Contacts to display your contacts Programs 3 13 Contacts Cr gt Tu odi Ga 2 31 Enter a name 411 Assistanca E 411 y Aschwandan E Publishing Smarter a wP a Clug ton 416 804 1212 4mb Working with the Contacts
26. Imager And Camera Window Tap here Administrator Key Sequence Active5ync Ink Window Shift Blue 0 Alarms Ink Window Bing Ink Window Tap in the checkbox next to Launch an application at Startup e Tap in the View menu at the top of the Select File screen and choose the storage area from which you want to choose an application e Next tap on the application you want the Omnii to launch on startup Your choice is displayed in the Advanced tab GD e Ya 4 Gm 7 02 Applications lt Advanced gt Phone x Administrator access in Start Menu Administrator Key Sequence Shift Blue 0 Startup program e Tapon OK NOTE Remember that changes do not take effect until the Omnii is set to User Mode and the unit is reset Settings 4 83 Phone Tab ALI Advanced C Phone gt Applications ce m 9 44 Configure the Phone Dialer buttons IK a call 4 Advanced C Phone gt Applications ma the Talk and End buttons Y e Allow the Talk and End buttons Disable tha Talk button only Disable the Talk and End buttons The Phone tab allows you to define the phone buttons accessibility on the Omnii keyboard by choosing an item from the Configure the Phone Dialer buttons drop down menu NOTE Remember that changes do not take effect until the Omnii is set to User Mode and the unit is reset Restrictions The Restrictions screen allows the administrator to restrict access to app
27. PAPA 2 17 safety warning scanner AA 2 17 Scancode remapping 0 a 4 49 Scan Indicator AA 4 90 SCAN PEPPER 2 8 Scan Log File o ooooo 4 91 scanner one dimensional 1D internal scanner 2 18 2 19 safety warnings a 2 17 techniques scanning 2 18 troubleshooting tips o oo o o o 2 19 scanning 1D internal 42254 cece coe nha na DY redadas 2 18 2 19 appending characters 4 90 Bad Scan Beep 00a 4 91 bar code settings 4 89 Click Time 0 0 cc cece eee 4 90 Data Handling code page 4 91 double click a 4 90 Good and Bad Scan Vibrates 4 91 Good Scan Beep AA 4 91 Options 1aDice AA 4 89 safety InstructiONS o ooooooooooo o 2 17 Scan Indicator oo oo 4 90 Scan Log File 4 91 Scan Result 0 a 4 90 Scan Result Time nnana aana aaan 4 90 SYMDOIOGICS 0 comisionista aaa ede C 3 Translations lab o oooooooooooooo 4 92 Scan Result AA 4 90 Scan Result Time 00 0 eee 4 90 screen stylus using to navigate 2 20 touch pen using 0 2 20 Windows Embedded CE navigating 2 20 scrolling
28. Radio Parameter Specifications Frequency bands GSM GPRS EDGE Quad band 850 900 1800 1900MHz Output power according to Class 4 33dBm 2dB for EGSM850 RE Class 4 33dBm 2dB for EGSM900 Class 1 30dBm 2dB for GSM1800 Class 1 30dBm 2dB for GSM1900 Class E2 27dBm 3dB for GSM 850 8 PSK Class E2 27dBm 3dB for GSM 900 8 PSK Class E2 26dBm 3 4dB for GSM 1800 8 PSK Class E2 26dBm 3 4dB for GSM 1900 8 PSK Class 3 24dBm 1 3dB for UMTS 2100 WCDMA FDD Bd Class 3 24dBm 1 3dB for UMTS 1900 WCDMA FDD Bd Il Class 3 24dBm 1 3dB for UMTS 900 WCDMA FDD Bd VIII Class 3 24dBm 1 3dB for UMTS 850 WCDMA FDD Bd V Class 3 24dBm 1 3dB for UMTS 800 WCDMA FDD Bd VI E 8 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Parameter Specifications 3GPP Release 6 7 DL 14 4Mbps UL 5 7Mbps UE CAT 1 6 11 12 supported Compressed mode CM supported according to 3GPP TS25 212 3GPP Release 4 PS data rate 384 kbps DL 384 kbps UL nian CS data rate 64 kbps DL 64 kbps UL tures Data transfer GPRS e Multislot Class 10 Full PBCCH support e Mobile Station Class B Coding Scheme 1 4 EGPRS e Multislot Class 10 EDGE E2 power class for 8 PSK Downlink coding schemes CS 1 4 MCS 1 9 Uplink coding schemes CS 1 4 MCS 1 9 SRB loopback and test mode B e 8 bit 11 bit RACH PBCCH support 1 phase 2 phase access procedures
29. Slide the card into the guides on the SIM card door e Swing the hinged door back down into place and slide the metal door latch to the left to lock it Scanners and Imagers AN IMPORTANT It is critical that you review the Laser Warnings in the Omnii Hand Held Computer Regulatory amp Warranty Guide PN 8000191 before using any of the scanners described in this chapter For detailed scanner specifications and decode zone tables refer to Appendix D Internal Imager amp Scanner Specifications ae NOTE To enable a newly installed imager or scanner press and hold down the FN key and the ENTER Power key simultaneously for a minimum of three sec onds If your unit has a Power button press and hold down the FN key and the Power button for a minimum of three seconds The Omnii supports a wide range of scanner options to address a variety of user application requirements Refer to the following sections for detailed information Scanner list and specifications Appendix D Internal Imager amp Scanner Specifications e Configuration Scanner Settings on page 4 89 and Manage Triggers on page 4 72 e Scanning Techniques outlines the mechanics of a successful scan e Scanner Status LED Sounds and Vibrations details how to interpret whether or not a barcode has been successfully scanned Barcode Parameters Appendix C Scanner Settings e Imager Settings Appendix B
30. The Menu softkey at the bottom of the screen provides a shortcut to the setup screens for each of the options listed in the Wireless Manager screen Settings 4 43 Wireless Manager e xJ fe qu 3 03 Bluetooth Settings Phone Settings Personal Folder e Tap on Start gt Settings gt Personal icon App Launch Keys Personal Co gr pez Gr 5 01 App Launch keys Cemer Information Hm A E Buttars Phone This icon allows you to map a key to an application so that you can then launch the application from a single key press 4 44 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide App Launch keys App Launch Keys Ka a Yul E Gm 5 05 To assign an application key e Tap the Add button e Press the key you want to use to launch an application If an unsupported key is pressed a message appears on this screen letting you know The cursor moves to the App field and a new screen is displayed where you can choose the application to which you want to assign the application key If you need to you can Browse through the information in your hand held until you locate the application you want to launch I App Launch Keys GI qe Ty d Gm 6 42 Once you ve selected the file you want to map tap on OK The cursor moves to the Data field You can use this field if you need to assign special parameters to your application launch key If you don t want to assign any parameters you can le
31. di 12 1 2 3 4 3 No appointments Calendar softkey Menu softkey The default calendar displays any scheduled appointments To choose the format of your calendar Tap on the Calendar softkey this key scrolls through the calendar formats Calendar NA GM 1 44 Fri Aproi 2011 amp CES ac qe Vy d qu 1 48 March 2011 e Calendar ac qr Yg d Gm 1 49 4 Menu softkey Creating and Editing Appointments e Inthe Calendar screen tap on the Menu softkey in the softkey bar and then tap on New Appointment Getting To Know Your Omnii 2 28 Figure 2 6 Appointment Detail Screen Calendar mi i AE Notes lt Appointment gt Nobes Subject Location starts 4 1 11 12 00 PM Ends anani 1 00 PM All Day Mo Occurs Once Reminder e Inthe Subject field name the appointment e Complete the remaining fields to reflect your appointment details Adding Reminders If you want to be reminded in advance of an appointment Tap on the Reminder field and choose Remind me from the drop down menu Tap the field below the Reminder field and tap on the number in the field to display a drop down menu where you can define a numeric value of 1 5 10 15 30 Tap on minute s to display a drop down menu from which you can choose the time unit for your reminder minute s hour s day s or week s e Tap OK to finish You are returned to the view you were in before adding the reminder
32. dj gt Sync to current time zone X Notify me when time is updated e Choose the appropriate Time Zone set the Date and the current Time Text Messages In the Today screen highlighting Text lets you know if you have any new text messages Tapping the stylus on this option displays the Text Messages screen Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Text Messages ao ga CAME Gam 2 01 Inbox w To create a new message tap Menu then tap New Text Messages O Items 008 Menu softkey To compose and send a text message on your Omnii e Tap on the Menu softkey and choose New from the menu Text Messages ac ge Tipi 5 23 From Text Messages e Inthe To field type the name of the person to whom you want to send a text message or to insert a number from your contacts list tap on Menu gt Add Recipient and choose a name Tap your stylus in the message area and type your message e Tap on the Send softkey to deliver your message Text Messages ac ge Ng ie Gm 7 03 From Text Messages Sammie lt 212 gt 555 1212 4 00 still OK 14 160 n23 1J2 3J4 5 5 7 5 9 0 Je ab af Je re tl ud ilo ILL cspfadsfdlidolblided ttt Shit e ded 6 Jb otal Ji cost 101G MOROS a Send softkey Once you send the message your message is displayed in the Inbox and a conversation icon is displayed in the softkey bar Getting To Know Your Omnii 2 26 Text Mess
33. is displayed Ed 2 de qu 6 06 Administrator mode is active Remain in Administrator mode e Tapon Change to User mode You ll need to reset the Omnii so that the changes you specified can take effect KI 2 di Gm 6 07 User mode is active A device reset is recommended to ensure Full functionality reset now e Tapon Yes to reset the Omnii and activate your changes Regional Settings To display the Regional Settings screen tap on Start5Settings and then tap on the System icon followed by the Regional Settings icon 4 88 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Regional Settings E Pung UI Gm 11 18 Date lt Region gt Number English United States Y Appearance samples Positive numbers 123 456 759 00 Positive currency 5123 456 789 00 Time 11 18 05 PM Short date 9 6 11 Long date Wednesday April 06 2011 e Tap on the drop down menu to choose your language and region Once you ve selected a language and region you may need to adjust the way numbers currency the time and the date appear in your Omnii Tap on the tab associated with each of the items and choose how each item should be displayed on the unit Remove Programs e Tap on Start gt Settings Tap on the System icon followed by the Remove Program icon Remove Programs Remove Program fF pag Tol od Ga 11 23 Remove Programs in storage memory Remove Total storage memory available 8
34. ne y f Office Mobile 2010 a Contact Windows Live p 4 Internet Sharing F Psion Partnerlip en ade gt SIM Toolkit Ul Wil Conn ect MiyMobiler Office Mobile 2011 Modem Link Opening an Application e Tapon a the Program icon to launch the associated program Minimizing an Application Tap on the X button in the lower right corner of an application screen to minimize the application NOTE Although it looks like a Close button this button does not close the application it only minimizes it Opening Closing and Switching Applications e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System icon Use your stylus to scroll to the Task Manager icon Tap on Task Manager to display the associated screen 2 35 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide LA Task Manager Task Manager ao que 7 m m 4 59 Application 5 ActiveSync WE Word Mobile calendar Task Manager The Task Manager screen lists all running tasks applications This applet provides a number of options to manage your opened applications e End Task To shut down an application highlight the program in the list and tap on the End Task softkey in the softkey bar at the bottom of the screen e End All Tasks To shut down all applications tap on the Menu softkey and choose End All Tasks e Switch To To make an application listed in this screen active highlight the application and tap on Menu gt Switch To For add
35. or it can be operated on a flat surface Install the charger in an area that is free from excessive dirt dust and contaminants The ambient temperature must be in the range 5 C to 39 C 41 F to 102 F The charger will not charge batteries outside of this temper Accessories 5 27 ature range For maximum performance it is recommended that the charger be operated at room temperature a temperature range between 18 C to 25 C 64 F to 77 F The charger can consume up to 6 A at 120 VAC 3A at 240 VAC Check to ensure the mains circuit supplying the charger is adequate for this loading especially if several chargers are being powered from the same circuit After unpacking the unit e Visually check the charger for damage e Install the IEC power cord and apply power AN IMPORTANT Use IEC 320 C13 power cords approved by Zebra with the ground pin con nected to a proper earth grounded receptacle Check with a qualified electrician if you are uncertain of your receptacle grounding All charge indicators flash momentarily at power up to indicate that the charger is ready for operation If you choose to wall mount the charger detailed installation instructions are included in the Omnii 6 Slot Battery Charger ST3006 Quick Start Guide PN 8000204 included with the charger kit Be sure to locate the charger in an area where there is no risk of injury to persons walking in the vicinity Operator Controls The gang charger does not h
36. or the RIGHT arrow key If a field requires text entry a text box is displayed in which you can enter the appropriate value Options e Tap on the sign next to Options to display these parameters Dot Time msec The value selected for Dot Time msec determines in milliseconds how long the targeting dot remains on before the scanner switches to a normal scan sweep When you double tap on this parameter a dialog box is displayed in which you can enter a value from O to 3000 A value of O zero disables the target dot C 10 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Short Code When enabled this parameter allows scanning of short 2 of 5 barcodes 2 characters When disabled these short barcodes are rejected Enabling Short Code may reduce the robustness of the decoding since the hand held must decode more potential barcodes it is therefore not recommended for general purpose barcodes with 4 or more characters Verify The value entered for this parameter determines the number of correct additional decodes required after the initial decode prior to a barcode being accepted Higher values significantly increase the time it takes to decode a barcode but also improve the reliability of the decoded barcode Security This parameter controls the tolerance for decoding edge to edge barcodes Code 93 Code 128 UPC EAN Lower values have a lower tolerance for misreads but they also increase the time it tak
37. see Figure 5 14 Ethernet network connection on page 5 17 Quad Docking Station Operation Charging the Omni Battery e Insert the DC power plug into the ST4004 rear DC IN connector see Figure 5 14 Ethernet network connection on page 5 17 AN IMPORTANT Use IEC 320 C13 power cords approved by Zebra with the ground pin connected to a proper earth grounded receptacle Check with a qualified electrician if you are uncertain of your receptacle grounding The ST4004 supplies DC power to enable the Omnii internal fast charger Normally a full charge of the battery will take from 3 to 4 hours e Insert up to four Omnii computers into the docking station charging bays pressing down gently but firmly to seat them securely e During the charge the Omnii LED slow flashes green e When the battery finishes charging the LED turns solid green e To remove Omnii push down on the release mechanism on the front face of the docking bay The hand held will detach from the docking bay release arms and can be pulled up and out ap NOTE Battery charging continues whether Omnii is switched on or off Figure 5 13 nsertion and removal of Omnii computers AZ nu Release arm Release mechanism Installation Place the charger in an area that is free from excessive dirt dust water and other liquids and contaminants The ambient temperature must be in the range 0 C and 40 C 32 F to 104 F The docking station will not charge bat
38. thawte Primary Root CA 7 16 2036 Wi e To view details about a certificate who issued the certificate to whom it was issued the issue date and the expiry date tap on a certificate in the list 4 62 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide e To delete a certificate tap and hold the stylus on a certificate In the pop up menu tap on Delete Compass Like all compasses the Omnii compass indicates the direction in which the unit is pointed e Tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on the System icon Tap on the Compass icon CO e Yo sf Gm 6 11 2677 W If you find that the compass is inaccurate you may need to calibrate it Tap on the Calibrate button and follow the directions to calibrate the compass Make certain that you perform the figure 8 indicated in the instructions in a fairly wide loop to better ensure successful calibration Compass Calibrati 4h qt Ti 2 Gam 2 52 C9 To calibrate turn the device in a figure 8 until this message disappears When the compass calibration is complete a message appears on the Omnii screen indicating successful cali bration B NOTE The accuracy of the compass is affected by the following a close proximity to large magnets or metal structures and b internal scanner imager activation Settings 4 63 Contrast Tapping on the Contrast icon displays a screen in which you can tailor the screen contrast AAA Contrast Contras
39. the Omnii is powered up from a suspend state and the current health of the battery is displayed Show Popup Ul on Device Resume The drop down menu attached to Show Popup UI on Device Resume allows you to determine when the battery status pop up user interface Ul will appear based on the battery health Edit Changing Ratings Text You can customize the ratings text with the Edit button By enclosing your text within the html tag used for Bold lt b gt or removing the tag to unbold the text you can change the text that will appear in the pop up battery status screen For example the default text Excellent might be changed to Battery is excellent and will last one day shift Sound amp Notifications The Sounds amp Notifications icon allows you to specify when your Omnii will emit sounds Sounds Tab Tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on the Sounds amp Notifications icon to display this dialog box Settings 4 13 Sounds amp Notificat eo go Tiji Gm 5 23 Notificatio Sounds gt Notificatio Enable sounds for x Events warnings system events x Programs x Notifications alarms reminders C Screen taps C Hardware buttons e Tapon the checkboxes and radio buttons to enable the event s that will cause your unit to emit a sound Notifications Tab Sounds amp Notificat ao e Yal 4 Ga 5 33 Sounds lt Notifications gt Sounds Event beco Ring type Ring tone
40. 0 This option allows you to enable Internet Protocol version 6 that has been published to use 128 bit IP address replacing version 4 Settings 4 105 Modem Logging TweakIT Settings CP e Y pele am 4 15 Modem Logging E Enable Logging to File AMdmLog tet When this option is enabled the Omnii logs AT commands e g dial out information password string etc that the administrator can monitor for debugging purposes Modem commands are stored in MdmLog txt Advanced Services Settings TweakIT Settings CD q Ty 4 Gm 9 44 Registry E lt Advanced gt Registry E PNET Interface and Netw Advanced Services Settings fs SNTP Server SNTP Server Name po C3 Cancel E Default x The SNTP Server Name typed in this dialog box is used to synchronize Omnii time with that of the time server A warm reset must be performed once the server name has been entered 4 106 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Registry Editor This option is reserved for senior administrators who have a strong understanding of registry keys and values Careless registry editing can cause irreversible damage to the Omnii TweakIT Settings CP gt Tupi Ge 0021 Advanced Registry Editor Advanced H On HKEY LOCAL MACHINE a HKEY CLASSES ROOT qa HKEY CURRENT USER De HKEY USERS RegPersisterl 1 Ox 00000001 a ga ba a PISI OPO sous assi mGA Vi eee eo eee AEE AG 5 3 Removing
41. 00048 E 5 Wireless Radios AU E 6 Cinterion Model MC75i GSM GPRS EDGE Radio E 6 Cinterion PH8 P GSM GPRS EDGE UMTS HSPA Radio E 7 802 11a b g n Radio 2 AA E 9 Bluetooth Radio o oo rr E 11 Omnii Specifications E 3 The Omnii Hand Held Computer Model 7545 a NOTE For Omnii freezer unit hardware specifications please go to Appendix F Omnii XT15f Freezer Unit Model 7545XT a NOTE Performance specifications are nominal and subject to change without notice Hardware Physical Dimensions Width e At display 100 mm 3 94 in e At docking connector 45 mm 1 77 in Depth e At display 44 mm 1 73 in e At docking connector 45 mm 1 77 in Weight e Basic unit with battery 610g 1 34 Ib e With battery high visibility display camera Push To Talk speaker EV15 1D imager 636g 1 40 Ib Processor and Memory Texas Instruments AM3715 Sitara OMAP3 compatible ARM Processor 800 MHz e RAM 512 MB e Flash ROM 1 GB Operating System e Microsoft Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Interface e Colour Touch Display 9 4 cm 3 7 in diagonal e VGA 640 x 480 Transflective e High Visibility option superior sunlight visibility with 165 cd m2 brightness e Extreme Duty option withstands 1 25 Joule impact superior low temperature operation to 20 C 4 F with 160 cd m2 brightness Better abrasion resistance e Keyboa
42. 11 Macro Keys AN IMPORTANT Refer to Macro Keys on page 4 47 for details about creating macros Several of the Omnii keyboards are equipped with a series of macro keys that can be programmed to replace frequently used keystrokes along with the function of executable keys like the ENTER Power key the BACKSPACE key any function key and arrow key etc 59 Key Alphanumeric Keyboard Macro Keys These keyboards have six macro keys M1 to M6 located on the S to X keys second last row of keys To access a macro key press the FN key followed by the macro key 36 Key Numeric Keyboard Macro Keys These keyboards are equipped with five macro keys M1 to M5 These keys are colour coded in blue print above function keys F1 to F5 To access a macro key press the FN key followed by the macro key To create a macro refer to Macro Keys on page 4 47 Whether your keyboard does or does not have macro keys physically stamped on the keyboard up to 15 macro functions can be added using the Scancode Remapping function Refer to Scancode Remapping on page 4 49 for details about mapping keys Numeric Keyboards Accessing Alpha Keys On Numeric Omnii keyboards all alphabetic characters are printed on the unit plastic in blue typeface above the keys Alpha characters are accessed by pressing the FN modifier key then pressing another key on the keyboard Alpha Modified Numeric 789 keyboards have each blu
43. 13985 301 Screen Blanking version ensure that the screen blanking wires clearly labelled and the power wires red black leads are reliably secured away from each other or are separated with reliably secured certified insulation A minimum 2 8mm distance or 0 4mm distance through insulation is required for the separation The red lead of the power cable attaches to the positive vehicle supply The black lead connects to the nega tive supply this should be connected to a proper terminal block and not to the vehicle body You may have the option of connecting power before or after the key switch It is preferable to wire the power cradle after the key switch that is it cannot be turned on without the key on However if the operator switches the key off repeatedly for long periods during a shift it may make more sense to wire the cradle before the switch Keep in mind that Omnii will continue to operate with or without vehicle power as long as its battery has suffi cient charge If an unfused power source must be used a fuse assembly PN 19440 300 must be added to the extension power cable the fuse and instructions are supplied with the cable Use only a 4A fast blow UL approved fuse in the fuse assembly PN 9016622 AN WARNING 11 5 30 Vdc input only suitable for road vehicles A pre regulator is required for use on forklifts For such installations Zebra recom mends using the PS1350 15 90 VDC pre regulator or for
44. 50 C 22 F to 122 F e Storage Temperature 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F e Humidity Condensing Condensation Free using internal heaters e Rain Dust Dual IP rating IP67 and IP65 IEC 60529 e Drop Rating Multiple 2 m 6 5 ft drops to polished concrete e ESD 8 kV contact 15 kV air discharge Regulatory Approvals e Worldwide Safety EMC RF Laser approvals e CE Mark e E Mark vehicle cradles e RoHS compliant e WEEE compliant e REACH compliant F 6 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide The Freezer Keyboards Two keyboard layouts are available for the Chiller and Arctic hand held units Both variants include specially designed keyboards that resist freezing due to ice build up in condensing environments Figure F 2 Freezer Keyboard Layouts 58 Key Full Alphanumeric Keyboard 34 Key Numeric Keyboard SCAN Key FN Keys SYM key FN Modifier key Enter Power SHIFT a Modifier key Windows key Lithium ion Smart Battery 5000 mAh ST3001 for Omnii Chiller Model The Omnii Chiller model is shipped with the standard ST3001 Lithium ion Smart Battery The ST3002 Arctic battery is available as an option See Lithium ion Smart Battery 5300 mAh ST3002 for Omnii Arctic Model on page F 7 for information about this battery For safety instructions refer to Omnii Hand Held Computer Regulatory amp Warranty Guide PN 8000191 Parameter Specification Model Number ST3001 C
45. 9 4 mm This is a combo module containing both Wi Fi 802 11a b g n and Bluetooth V2 1 EDR radio Antenna Port U FL jack shared with Wi Fi 802 11b g n radio Antenna Type PCB substrate patch antenna Covers 2400 2484 MHz lt 2 5 1 VSWR Data Rates V1 2 732 2 kbps and 57 6 kbps asymmetric 433 9 kbps symmetric V2 0 2 amp 3 Mbps 802 11 Coexistence TI Wilink6 proprietary Wi Fi BT co existent scheme The Omnii XT15f Hand Held Computer Model 7545XT a F 3 Hardware Specifications AA F 4 Regulatory Approvals Au Xu F 5 The Freezer Keyboards AA F 6 Lithium ion Smart Battery 5000 mAh ST3001 for Omnii Chiller Model F 6 Lithium ion Smart Battery 5300 mAh ST3002 for Omnii Arctic Model F Quick Defrost Application AAAH F 8 scale AAP bee e es Sew ee en de ae EEG F 9 Suspend Threshold AA ee F 9 Scan Window 2 A UU F 9 Healer INO je we Bae eee SAAS RES AA F 9 Heater System eee be AA ee Se ee ES F 10 Display and Scan Window Heaters 2 000000 eee F 11 System Test ee bbe SEGRE eee ASILO AGA AG a F 11 System Properties AU F 12 Omnii XT15f Freezer Variants F 3 The Omnii XT15f Hand Held Computer Model 7545XT B NOTE Performance specifications are nominal and subject to change without notice The Omnii XT 15f is a modular industrial hand held computer suitable for cold chain and
46. IF VPM type 4 30 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide e In the Name field type a name for this connection e In Host name IP type the VPN server name or IP address Tapon the VPN type radio button next to the type of authentication for your Omnii IPSec L2TP or PPTP Your network administrator will let you know which option applies to your unit e Tap on Next e Choose the type of authentication in this screen If you choose A pre shared key type the key provided by your network administrator e Tap on Next e Type your user name password and domain name If a domain name was not provided to you try the connection without entering a domain name do NOTE Normally you will not need to change any advanced settings You will need to make changes only under only the following circumstances The server to which you are connecting does not dynamically assign addresses and TCP IP settings need to be entered Server DNS or WINS settings need to be changed If you need to edit the Advanced settings refer to Advanced Modem Settings on page 4 25 for details about this tab e Tapon Finish e Launch a program like Internet Explorer to activate the connection The VPN connection will start automatically Managing an Existing Connection Once you ve defined a connection a new option appears in the first Connections screen Manage existing connections Editing a Connection e Tap on Start
47. Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Hardware Specifications Physical Dimensions e Length 226 mm 8 89 in e Width At display 98 mm 3 86 in e Depth At display 82 mm 3 2 in At grip area 31 mm 1 22 in e Weight 834 g 1 8 Ib with SE965HP laser ST3002 battery and pistol grip Barcode Scanner Options NOTE Both Arctic and Freezer variants include a heated scan window for Frost Free Scan ning FFS e SE965HP 1D Standard Range Laser e SE1524ER 1D Extended Range Laser e SE4600LR 2D Long Range Imager Display e 3 7 VGA 640 x 480 Transflective Color Touch Display Chiller Variant e Extreme Duty designed for rugged environments with improved impact resistance 1 25 Joule impact better abrasion resistance superior low temperature operation to 20 C 4 F with 160 cd m2 brightness Arctic Variant e Extreme Duty designed for rugged environments with improved impact resistance 1 25 Joule impact better abrasion resistance superior low temperature operation to 30 C 22 F with 160 cd m2 brightness The optically bonded display module prevents the build up of condensation fogging between the display and the touchscreen e The display heater is responsible for maintaining a acceptable refresh rate in extreme cold environments Keyboard e Both variants include specially designed keyboards that resist freezing due to ice build up in condensing environments e 58 key full alph
48. Presets Imager ng PTS Imager Settiny ea a Tall BE qm 9 04 Imaging lt Barcoding gt Filter Low light Low power Glossy surface Barcode Presets a E My Default View Add Remove Activate l oo Linear Br Barcode Presets Linear and PDF417 My Default ie Factory Default HE Options All LD With Strong Recovery Enablec Code 128 JEAN 13 Pre defined Preset are read only Press space or double click to change a setting in Customer preset Press lt Esc gt to cancel Imager Barcode Symbologies The barcode symbologies for the mager are listed in this section Imager Barcode Symbologies All 1D With Strong Recovery Enabled Code 39 Code 128 EAN 13 Code 93 disabled Imagers Applet B 21 Imager Barcode Symbologies MSI Plessey disabled Code 11 disabled Interleaved 2 of 5 disabled 2D Aztec disabled Postal China disabled Postal Japanese disabled Postal Kix disabled Postal Royal disabled Color Camera Barcode Symbologies Matrix 2 of 5 disabled The barcode symbologies for the Color Camera are listed in this section Color Camera Barcode Symbolo gies All 1D With Strong Recovery Enabled Code 39 Code 128 EAN 13 EAN 8 UPC E Imagers Applet B 22 Color Camera Barcode Symbolo gies Postal Royal disabled Barcode Settings 2242845 eee KES eee AK NAKA es bi Ee E A C 3 Scanner Op
49. Scanc The Unicode Mapping tab is used to map combinations of virtual key values and CTRL and SHIFT states to Unicode values This tab shows the configured Unicode character along with the Unicode value For example a U 0061 indicates that the character a is represented by the Unicode value 0061 and so on Keep in mind that Unicode configurations are represented as hexadecimal rather than decimal values All user defined Unicode mappings are listed in the Unicode Mapping tab in order of virtual key value and then by order of the shift state If a Unicode mapping is not listed the Unicode mapping is mapped to the default Unicode value Adding and Changing Unicode Values NOTE Changes to Unicode mappings are not saved until you exit the Unicode Mapping tab by tapping on OK Settings 4 49 e Tap on the Add Edit button e Ta fi Gm 7 48 SHIFT Pressed CTRL pressed Unicode Mapping Default Unicode Mapping e Highlight a value in the Unicode mapping list e Position the cursor in the Unicode Mapping field and type a Unicode value for the highlighted key NOTE To add a shifted state SHIFT and or CTRL tap on the checkbox next to SHIFT Pressed and or CTRL Pressed Removing Unicode Values e Inthe Unicode Mapping tab highlight the item you want to delete and tap on the Remove button Scancode Remapping A scancode is a number that is associated with a physica
50. Tabs Release Button Tabs ap NOTE If you are using a docking station or an external power supply you can insert an uncharged battery and use the device while the battery charges Assuming the default power saving parameters and battery reserve level have not been altered a battery can be removed for up to 4 minutes without losing data After 4 minutes the hand held may reboot Removing the Battery Pack e If your unit is equipped with a hand strap unhook it from the base of the battery Press the two latch buttons at the sides of the compartment simultaneously and slide the battery out Installing the Battery Pack e Slide the charged battery with the contoured plastic facing you into the unit with the contacts matching position and the guide tabs moving into the corresponding slots at the base of the compartment Firmly click both sides of the battery into place e If your computer is equipped with a hand strap re attach the clip to the slot at the base of the battery e Switch the unit on see Switching the Omnii On and Off on page 1 6 Switching the Omnii On and Off Follow the instructions below for your Omnii Basic Operation 1 7 Switching the Omnii On e Press and hold the Power button down for at least one second When the unit is turned off normally it automatically enters a power saving Suspend state When the Omnii is switched on from the suspend state operation resumes within a few seconds in
51. This option allows you to encrypt the data on your storage card e Tapon Start gt Settings gt System tab gt Encryption icon 4 66 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Encryption EN gt Tal di Gar 10 56 Encryption O Encrypt files when placed on a storage cara Encrypted files can be read only by this device WARNING Encrypted files cannot be recovered after hard reset or clearing storage To help prevent data loss back up data from storage cards to another location Error Reporting Error Reporting allows you to enable or disable Microsoft error reporting prompts e Tap on Start gt Settings Tap on the System icon followed by the Error Reporting icon Eror Reporting Error Reporting Tl Y y 11 00 Error Reporting To help Microsoft improve the products you use your phone can automatically collect information on software operation for regorting in the event of a serious error Reporte may contain a snapshot of your phone memory which may include your name contents of text messages or e mail you were viewing or data that you recently submitted to a website This information is used to diagnose the error not te identify or contact you You can choose to stop reporting problems at any time GPS Global Positioning System With a Global Positioning System GPS receiver you can locate your exact position on a map However even without a GPS receiver several different mapping programs
52. Zero Config to WiFi Config DeviceScape and visa versa requires a warm reset Performing a Cold Reset A cold reset reinitializes all hardware All RAM including the RAM disk is erased Non volatile storage such as the Flash disk is preserved as is the file system To execute a cold reset Press and hold down the SYM key the FN key and the Power button simultaneously for a minimum of four seconds Performing a Clean Start A clean start returns the Omnii to factory settings flushes the registry keys and deletes volatile storage 1 8 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Press and hold down the FN key the Power button and the SCAN key simultaneously for a minimum of six seconds The Omnii displays the Boot to BooSt menu e On an alpha keyboard type clean e Ona numeric keyboard type 25326 Boot to BooSt If you choose Boot to BooSt the BooSt menu is loaded Press and hold down the FN key Power button and SCAN key for a minimum of four seconds e Press 1 to launch the OS Performing a Hard Reset AN IMPORTANT This procedure is recommended as a last resort when all other methods fail To execute a hard reset e Remove the battery e Using a coin or other conductive item connect pins 5 and 6 of the Omnii battery contacts for at least six seconds e Replace the battery and power the Omnii on The computer will boot as if from a cold reset Attaching Carrying Accesso
53. a a a a 1 7 Performing a Cold Reset AA 1 7 Performing a Clean Start AA 1 7 BOOTIO BOOM s s s g ogg a e Soa oe FALEI ge been ee SSS oe NAA 1 8 Performing a Hard Reset AA UU 1 8 Attaching Carrying Accessories a 1 8 Calibrating the Touchscreen AA Uu 1 8 Imager and Scanner Options AA 1 9 CONNECIMIN a ws we AAKALA BREAK eee EE da ee 1 9 Data Transfer eee cee ewe a ee LATE eee ee ee eee Ee ee ee ee 1 9 Phone Communication ANAN 1 9 Basic Operation Omnii Features Figure 1 1 Front View of the Omnii XT15 Model with Alphanumeric Keyboard Speaker BAE Omnii Display Scan key Microphone Symbol Modifier key FN Modifier key NTER Power key 1 3 1 4 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Figure 1 2 Side Views of the Omnii XT15 Right Side Left Side Volume Vertical rocker button scroll button Scan button ENTER button Battery release button Side rail Slot for snap module arm Figure 1 3 Bottom View 1 Docking Connector 2 Alignment Pin Holes 3 M2 5 Locking Screws for firmly attaching devices 4 Hand Strap Slot Figure 1 4 Top View Laser aperture Basic Operation 1 5 Figure 1 5 Back View Rear PTT speaker Camera aperture optional n Scanner window Scanner pod Expansion back Pistol grip attachment screws 4 Battery pack Omnii Modules Available To see a current list of Omnii a
54. activate your network The Status tab is displayed The Status field displays ASSOCIATING while the 802 11a b g n radio attempts to connect to the network Once the association is complete the Status tab is populated with the appropriate information about your network Wi Fi Config La gr Yi f 0m 7 10 Channel Disable Radio Data Rate pis ESSI 37 E EHE E Status COMPLETED S5ID Production MAC IP 10 128 75 15 Status Configure Advanced Configuring TCP IP lf your network is not using a DHCP server you will need to assign an IP address IP Address and Name Servers To assign an IP Address for the Omnii Tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections folder icon gt Wireless Manager icon Tap on the Menu button and choose Wi Fi Settings 4 40 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Wireless Manager gc 2 4 Gm 3 03 Bluetooth Settings Phone Settings In the Wi Fi screen use the scroll bar at the top of the screen to scroll to the Network Adapters tab Network Cards s2 Ty CO 6 36 Wireless lt Network Adapters gt Wireles My network card Connects to e Internet Tap an adapter to modify settings Bluetooth PAN Driver tiwinapil USB Ethernet Series Adapter ASIX AX88772B USB 2 0 Fast Ethernet e Tap on tiwinapil Network Cards a gt x fi Om 3 28 Rare Ser lt IP Address gt Mame Mer 8 Use server assigned IP address Use specific IP address IP address
55. allows you to determine the type of sound that keypad keys emit as you press them You can also turn off keypad sounds Phone Security Tab Phone A Om 5 28 Sounds X Security gt Services PIN Security Tap in the checkbox W Require PIN when phone is used add a check mark 2 to enable PIN Security Change PIN Change FIN 2 This option allows you to enable or change a PIN Personal Identification Number so that your phone function is protected from unauthorized use Your SIM card manufacturer provides the default PIN which you can change in this field Changing a PIN e Tap on the Change PIN button and use the phone keypad to enter your existing SIM card PIN Tap on the Enter button in the phone keypad Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Er Ta Gm 5 31 Enter old PIN ss sm maes dc ghi Gi Gm no a ngrs 8 tu WXYZ Adea AN IMPORTANT If you enter an incorrect PIN a message is displayed letting you know that you ll need to reenter the correct value You have a limited number of chances to enter the correct PIN The number varies for different services If you exceed this number the SIM will be disabled automatically You will be asked to enter a PUK Personal Unlocking Key In some cases the PUK is printed some where on your SIM package If this is not the case you will need to call customer support Once you ve entered the correct PIN a new screen appears asking that you ente
56. and high density Symbologies 1D EAN UPC GS1 Databar limited expanded amp omni directional RSS Code 39 Code 128 UCC EAN 128 ISBN ISBT Inter leaved Matrix Industrial and Standard 2 of 5 Codabar Code 93 931 Code 11 MSI Plessey Telepen postal codes Australian Post BPO Canada Post Dutch Post Japan Post PostNet Sweden Post Symbologies 2D Data Matrix PDF417 Micro PDF 417 Codablock Maxicode QR Aztec GS1 composite codes 3 3V 5 10 typical values D 10 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide EA11 Typical Reading Distances EA11 Standard Optics Data Matrix 7 5 mils A PDF417 6 6 mils 0 125mm 5mils 0 25 mm 10 mils EA20X Imager Parameter Specification Light Source 617nm highly visible LED 650nm laser framing aiming Scan Rate 2D mode 60 images s auto adaptive Linear Emulation 200 scans s auto adaptive Mode Scan Angle 26 0 horizontal 16 8 vertical Framing Angles 25 0 horizontal 16 0 vertical Optical Resolution 752 H x 480 V pixels 256 gray levels Print Contrast down to 30 on 1D 35 on 2D Minimum Resolution 1D symbologies 0 15 mm 6 mil Stacked PDF417 0 17 6 6 mil and 2D matrix 0 18 7mil Symbologies 1D EAN UPC GS1 Databar limited expanded amp omni directional RSS Code 39 Code 128 UCC EAN 128 ISBN ISBT Interleaved Matrix Industrial and Standard 2 of 5 Codabar Code 93 93i Code 11 MSI Plessey T
57. buckle closed Adjust the tightness of the strap for security and comfort 5 6 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide e Place Omnii into the holster with the grip extending back through the custom opening e f desired attach the tether to the pistol grip Figure 5 4 Hard Shell Holster pistol grip tether not shown Power Accessories The following accessories can be ordered for your Omnii Description Model Number AC Wall Adaptor ST1050 or ST1050 AR Vehicle Power Outlet Adaptor ST3113 Snap Module Charger Only ST4000 Snap Module USB Host Client plus Charger ST4001 Snap Module DE9M powered serial plus Charger ST4005 Snap Modules NOTE The Snap Modules are shipped with their own quick start guide Omnii Snap Modules Quick Start Guide PN 8000220 The guide should be reviewed for additional information and updates Snap Modules are mobile power chargers for Omnii They are compatible with the AC wall adaptor Model ST1050 or ST1050 AR and the Vehicle Power Outlet Adaptor Model ST3113 Three types of Snap Modules are available e Model ST4000 Charger only variant powers and charges the hand held e Model ST4001 USB variant powers and charges the hand held It provides communications via USB 1 1 2 0 Host and USB 2 0 Client connectors and provides a DC IN port When attached to Omnii it allows ActiveSync or Windows Mobile Device Center connectivity with your PC and the use of a USB devi
58. can run on your Omnii e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab gt GPS icon Settings 4 67 GPS Settings fF e Y am 11 06 Access lt Programs gt Hardware Choose the port that programs will use to obtain GPS Any program that uses GPS will need to communicate with this port GPS program port GPD1 e Tap on the GPS program port drop down menu and choose the communication port that the GPS soft ware will use to communicate with the GPS receiver NOTE Your Omnii may automatically detect the GPS receiver that you are using and enter the settings in the Hardware tab If not you ll need to enter this information yourself You can find this information in the user manual of the GPS receiver Windows Embedded Hand Held automatically manages access to the GPS receiver However some programs may not work with automatic configuration If this is the case e Tap on the Access tab and disable Manage GPS automatically recommended GPS Settings TI 42 T Gm 11 10 Hardware C Access gt Programs Windows Mobile manages access to your GPS dewce and allows multiple programs to obtain GPS data simultaneously If you clear this check box some programs may not be able to obtain GPS data Gx Manage GPS automatically x recommended You can go to http www microsoft com windowsphone en gb howto wp7 web use maps to find a place aspx if a map viewing program is not included with your Omn
59. cee ee 2 15 Audo IMAC 6 o RR DR RR NERD eee nee eee ee eee eee eee eee ree eee 2 16 o A Stet E tet EE EE AA A 2 16 Inserting the microSD Card and SIM Card aa 2 16 alle US MI eee nsec o nn APANG 2 16 Scanners and Made Saeta AA 2 17 Basie Scanner OSO AS carlos iris 2 18 SCANNING Techniques cera eeerererea aaa erreaaa aa ena aan aaa enr aaa aaa enaa aaa a a ener acena nanana 2 18 Scanner Status LED Sounds and Vibrations rear 2 18 digo Bjo FO jo AA 2 19 Operating One Dimensional 1D Internal Laser Scanners eee 2 19 Operating Internal Two Dimensional 2D Imagers c a 2 19 Navigating in Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 and Applications occooccocccocconnconconiconnns 2 20 Navigating Using a Touchscreen a 2 20 Navigating Using the Keyboard a 2 20 The Today SCE AA 2 21 Customizing the Today SEEN sssrinin d aea aeiia i tedis 2 22 The Today Screen Default Options oooccccccccconcccnnnccconnconccononncnnnnnnnnnonnnnonnnnnnnnnononnnennnnanncnnnnnss 2 22 AA AA 2 22 PUTS kA NAK 2 22 A A 2 22 o AA AA PA 2 22 Time Date and AMS non TA LANAO aa a a 2 23 TEX ESANG aa AA AA ANA AA ere eee 2 24 E mail Notification AA APP 2 26 Calendar of Upcoming Appointments ccccccceesceeceeseeeeseseeecaeseeeesuaeeeeeeuseeeesuaaeeesaueeetseeeeees 2 26 Creating and Editing AppoilntMents cooccccoccccccnccoccncccnnc
60. detect your unit whether or not a bond has been created If Allow Bluetooth to wake system is enabled this feature allows remote Bluetooth devices to wake the Omnii by requesting a Bluetooth service that requires host intervention This feature can also be used when the Omnii is waking from suspend to significantly to reduce the initialization time of Bluetooth system 4 20 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide About Tab ieee o aLak Mode About gt Paired Name Omni Local Address 00C04F01597B HCI Version 4 0 LMP Version 4 7455 Component 2 2 1 Profiles Serial Client Server OBEX Client Server HSF HFP HID host DUN DT Name displays the broadcasted name of the Omnii The name can be changed in the About applet tap on Start5 Settings System About icon Tap on the Device ID tab and change the name Local Address displays the MAC address BD Addr of the Bluetooth chip HCI Version amp LMP Version display the version of the chip firmware Component indicates the version of the Zebra Bluetooth Subsystem the manager drivers etc Profiles lists the supported profiles on this specific Omnii Paired Tab This tab lists all paired devices and their corresponding services The format of the name is Device Name gt lt Service Name Additional information may appear in this screen such as the Port Numbers for Serial Profiles service Bluetooth ao C EE About lt Paired gt Device
61. display the Tasks screen Tasks Ti 9 42 LE E3 Tap here to mar a new task Programs 3 25 Creating a Task e Tap in the field labelled Tap here to add a new task e Type your task description ao quer f O 9 53 Tap here to add a new task Meeting 1 00 p m monday 0908 e Press ENTER to add the task to your list ao quer TE m 9 54 Meeting 1 00 p m monday Editing a Task e Tapon a task in the task you want to edit Tap on the Edit softkey in the softkey bar to display a detailed task screen where you can define task characteristics Figure 3 1 Task Details Screen Tasks ao ge a GM 9 57 ao got Ng Gm 9 58 Notes lt Task D x EEE 5 Notes subject Meeting 1 00 p a status Mot Completed Reminder Starts Mona Due None Categeries Mo categories lccurs Sensitwity Normal Reminder 3 26 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Each of the nine items in this screen when tapped displays a drop down menu where you can choose from a list of options e Once you ve completed all the appropriate fields tap on OK to save your changes NOTE You can also tap on the Notes tab to add additional information about the task you are defining Deleting a Task e Press and hold the stylus on a task until a pop up menu is displayed e Tapon Delete Task Marking a Task as Completed e In the Tasks list tap the checkbox next to the items that are completed So
62. e g Macro 2 Adding a Remap To add a new remapping e Tap the Add button at the bottom of the dialog box The Remap Scancode dialog box is displayed Scancode Label a Gp O Force Shifted O Force Unshifted a e Type the scancode in hexadecimal in the field labelled Scancode a NOTE The Label field displays the default function of the scancode you are remapping Virtual Key Function and Macro The radio buttons at the bottom of the dialog box allow you to define to what the scancode will be remapped to Virtual Key Function or Macro When Virtual Key is selected you can choose to force SHIFT to be on or off when the virtual key is sent If No Force is selected the shift state is dependent on whether the shift state is on or off at the time the virtual key is sent When Function is selected a list of valid functions appears in the dialog box When Macro is selected the macro keys available on your unit are listed in the dialog box e Choose Virtual Key gt Function or Macro Choose a function from the Function list and tap on OK Editing a Scancode Remap Inthe Scancode Remapping tab tap on the remap you want to edit e Tap on the Edit button and make the appropriate changes e Tapon OK to save your changes Removing a Remap Inthe Scancode Remapping tab highlight the scancode you want to delete and tap on the Menu button and choose Remove e Tapon OK Settings 4 51 Lock Sequen
63. eee eee eee 4 19 modem SETUP 4 24 Server Settings 0 0c ccc cee ees 4 26 TCP IP Settings 0 0 eee eee eee 4 25 modifier keys 0 ccc ee eens 2 8 locking nonna eee eee ee 2 9 OneShot Mode 0 ccc ee 4 46 shift state indicator icon 2 30 UNIOCKING PR NO eA 2 9 Motion Meter 0 00 00 ccc eee eee 4 65 N name assigning to WORKABOUT PROS 4 58 navigation bar Alo me Gade cusses eee Powe AA 2 29 shift state indicator o ooo ooooo o 2 30 network selecting ooooooooooomo 4 32 network phone setting Up 4 55 non incendive Omnii XT19D1 o o ooooooo o o H 3 Note recording a message audio 3 23 renaming a 3 23 soft keyboard aa 3 21 text converting handwriting into 3 22 il AS AAP 3 22 NO psd PEER CE des pars RR Pa aa da 3 21 Notification Setting ooooooooooooo 4 12 Notifications and Sound defining 4 12 0 OBEX OPP Object Exchange Object Push Profile 4 19 4 21 Omnii APOROVAIS cota dadai ass persa sans Ss sonimd sida F 5 model numbers 0 0 cee ee eee XX model numbers freezer variants F 3 XT15f Freezer specifications F 3 Omnii XT 15ni non incendive hand held H 3 On amp Off button a 1 6 one dimensional
64. error logs for your review Utilities There are a number of utilities available through Dr Debug The NetLog utility is used to log network traffic The RilLog utility captures Radio Interface Layer RIL debug outputs When you tap on the Start button debug data is collected so that if necessary it can be forwarded to a Zebra technician for evaluation eo Y dJ 00 10 33 totus Utilities gt Motion M HeaterLog Name _HeaterLog csv HeaterLog size kb 1024 HeaterLog Name HeaterLog csv HeaterLog size kb 1024 Settings 4 65 Motion Meter Dr Debug ao e Y d Gil 10 34 Utilities C Motion Meter gt Settings Displays the 40 most severe impacts Distance Duration Date and Tapping on the Start button enables the Motion Meter feature Once enabled this applet records the number of impacts the Omnii has sustained the distance of the fall in meters the duration in 10 S of a second and the date and time that the event occurred The top 40 events are logged in a non volatile location and can be used for diagnostic purposes by Zebra or the site administrator Settings Dr Debug ao a Yi Gl 10 29 Motion M Settings gt Status Error Level tica Log Folder a Choose an Error Level from the drop down menu e To change the location where debug information will be stored tap on the button to the right of the Log Folder option Encryption
65. fent deed deff fac The P Address screen offers two options a server assigned IP address or a user assigned IP address If you want an address assigned automatically Tap on Use server assigned IP address to have an address assigned automatically or If you want to define your own IP address Tapon Use specific IP address Type the preferred IP address Subnet mask and Default gateway Settings 4 41 Name Servers If you tap on the Name Servers tab at the top of the screen you can statically configure the DNS servers however if you use DHCP for IP address assignment DNS is usually supplied by the same server that supplied the IP addresses Wi Fi Config Advanced Tab This screen provides a number of options which are described in this section Country Options AN IMPORTANT 802 11d is enabled by default for auto country detection If you are having diffi culty associating with your access point you may need to disable 802 11d and choose your country In the Wi Fi Config gt Advanced tab choose Country Option In the drop down menu choose your country Wireless Zero Config If you prefer to use Wireless Zero Config the Windows native supplicant to configure the radio Tap on the Advanced tab and tap on the checkbox to the left of Use Windows to configure my wireless settings to add a check mark and activate this option Wi Fi Config ED e Ya d qm 7 38 Use Windows to configure my wireless settings
66. freezer applications the PS1370 pre regulator Accessories 5 25 Figure 5 21 Connecting ST1002 to vehicle power and communications in a typical setup MT3325 Arm Ball Kit ST1002 NG MT3502 Circular Plate CA3001 Cable PS1350 Pre regulator CA3002 Vehicle Power Outlet CLA Adaptor USB and Serial access Note The serial port is 5 VDC 1 A maximum power out and is defaulted to off To enable power to this port in your Omnii desktop go to Start5 Settings System Scanners which opens the Scanner Settings menus In the Ports menu select ON for the Power parameter under the COM6 port NOTE For the CA3002 Vehicle Power Outlet CLA Adaptor replace with same fuse type and rating 5 26 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Battery Charger 6 Slot Model ST3006 The ST3006 is designed to charge up to six Omnii lithium ion batteries at one time AN IMPORTANT The battery charger is shipped with its own quick start guide ST3006 6 Slot Battery Charger Quick Start Guide PN 8000204 It is critical that it be reviewed for additional information and updates AN IMPORTANT When ordering a charger you must also order an IEC 320 IEC 60320 C13 power cord separately Figure 5 22 S73006 Battery Charger Charging bay 6 Charger indicator LEDs 4 per bay BOTTOM Drain holes 6 Bracket mounting holes 2 Installation The charger can be wall mounted using the wall mount kit MT2031
67. hee oe 4 56 Phone Diagnostics Tab AA 4 56 Phone Hearing Aid Mode Tab AA 4 57 System Folder 2 1 a 4 57 ADQUE 3 usa sue she dade eee eee eee ee eke eee ee a 4 58 Backlight Screen and Keypad AA 4 58 Battery Power Tab a 4 59 External Power Tab AA AA 4 59 Backlight Tab a 4 60 Certificates cu 4 60 Choosing a Certificate 2 4 60 GOMPASS sae sssneo E AA 4 62 Settings 4 3 CONUS pros seemed AAA 4 63 Customer Feedback AA UU 4 63 DEDE AAP nas sas Eee eee es 4 63 DUS AA AA AA AA 4 64 CHINOS PP PAA 4 64 Motion Meter 4 65 111 E 4 65 ENCIVDION za 3665 BGO ee ee ESR AKA HS ee SS e 4 65 Error Reporting uc 4 66 GPS Global Positioning System ee a 4 66 GPS Global Positioning System Settings 00000008 4 68 Imagers Settings usuarias A 4 71 Manage Triggers O 4 72 Trigger Mappings 2 XU 4 72 Managed Programs a 4 74 MOMON suecos es be aa Rede SEA MAAN ote A A 4 74 NMELME AA ERA 4 75 Storage Card 1 Aa 4 75 WIGIODHONG a e ee ns ater AA eo Hee oe GS x 4 75 siy 2 2age te haae Gees AA SoS See ee ee es 4 76 Quick Defrost Heater Settings 0 4 76 KIOSK ee eee a a a eee eee RE ee a 4 76 KIOSK MENU 2 42 aa aa eee eR eee LE ee ee dd 4 77 Administrator Password e 4 78 She
68. important meetings ideas etc and synchronize them with your notes Prepare information in OneNote on your PC and then transfer it to your Omnii where it will be available to you wherever you and your Omnii go AN IMPORTANT Remember that you must have Microsoft Office OneNote 2010 and the latest version of ActiveSync or Windows Mobile Device Center installed on your PC before you can set up a partnership between your Omnii and your PC Setting Up a Partnership e Start Office OneNote and ActiveSync or Windows Mobile Center on your PC e Connect the Omnii to your PC you can use a USB cable or a Bluetooth connection Programs 3 33 When a connection is established between the Omnii and your PC ActiveSync displays a New Partnership screen Set Up a Partnership This wizard helps you establish a partnership between your mobile device and this computer You can set up either a standard partnership to synchronize data between your device and this computer or a guest partnership to simply transfer data between your device and this computer What kind of partnership would you like to establish between your device and this computer want to synchronize data between my device and this computer keeping data such as e mail and calendar items up to date in both places Guest partnership want to only copy and move information between my device and this computer add and remove programs or restore a backup image on a devic
69. lt e gt e io ro a A e ee E A A 2 16 Inserting the microSD Card and SIM Card 2 0 0 0 eee a 2 16 2 2 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Inserting the Cards AU 2 16 Scanners and Imagers 2 17 Basic Scanner Operations oa AA 2 18 Scanning Techniques AA XU 2 18 Scanner Status LED Sounds and Vibrations oa a 2 18 Troubleshooting 8 00 ow a ee ewe Sew ew ee ee ee A Ge MA 2 19 Operating One Dimensional 1D Internal Laser Scanners 2 19 Operating Internal Two Dimensional 2D Imagers 2 19 Navigating in Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 and Applications 2 20 Navigating Using a Touchscreen UU 2 20 Navigating Using the Keyboard AA 2 20 Me Toda SCREEN wes hw Ba oe ee eee eee Oe REG eee eee eh Se oo ew 2 21 Customizing the Today Screen AA 2 22 The Today Screen Default Options AA 2 22 PICOS s wid BEAR HA MAA casas AE EEE BEE 2 22 MUSIC 6 aaa aag hk bem eee wah Eee See ALTA GA E 2 22 PHONG nap oras sosa AA 2 22 Voicemail AA 2 22 Time Date and Alarms 0 00 eee ee ee ee ee 2 23 Text Messages ee 2 24 E mail Notification AA 2 26 Calendar of Upcoming Appointments AA 2 26 Creating and Editing Appointments 2 0 0 0 2 27 Deleting Appointments AA 2 29 Favorites AA XU 2 29 Using the Navi
70. non condensing at 55 C 85 RH non condensing at 70 C Maximum Engine Dimen 38 23 mm W x 19 34 mm H x 27 00 mm D s 1 51 in W x 0 76 in Hx 1 06 in D Weight 45 52 grams 1 59 1 83 oz Electrical Interface 27 pin 0 3 mm pitch ZIF connector NOTE Environmental and or tolerance parameters are not cumulative A thermal analysis is recommended if the application is subject to an extreme temperature environment D 18 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide SE4600LR Decode Zones Note Typical performance at 73 4 23 C on high quality symbols no em O Depth of Feld Notes Bar code width 10 9 in 49 in depth of field Total readable bar code width is 2x the width appearing at the top or bottom of the Width of Field scale Note Typical performance al 73 4 F 23 C on high quality symbols 170 TI mal Chote Metre oe ING di md Coden A eee Nare Cone 19 288 100 al Code F 900 mod Conde JF rte sas o 1 oI r 235 5715 Depth of Field Near range determined by degree of reflectivity and width of bar code no fm o Notes Bar code width 72 8 in 360 in depth of field Total readable bar code width is 2x the width appearing at the top or bottom of the Width of Field scale The Omnii Hand Held Computer Model 7545 a a E 3 Hardware AU E 3 Regulatory Approvals Au UU E 5 Lithium ion Smart Battery 5000 mAh ST3001
71. of 30 sec 1 min 2 min or 3 min NOTE This parameter is only used if the Trigger Mode has been set to Continuous On and Omnii is mounted in a fixed position otherwise Low Power Timeout is not used Parameter Scanning Setting this parameter to on enables decoding of parameter barcodes Linear Security Level This parameter allows you to select the security level appropriate for your barcode quality There are four levels of decode security for linear code types e g Code 39 Interleaved 2 of 5 Higher security levels should be selected for decreasing levels of barcode quality As security levels increase the scanner s decode speed decreases Double tapping on this parameter displays a dialog box in which you can enter a value from 1 to 4 C 6 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Linear security level 1 specifies that the following code types must be successfully read twice before being decoded Codabar All MSI Plessey 4 or less D5of5 8 or less I20f5 8 or less Linear security level 2 specifies that all types of codes must be successfully read twice before being decoded Linear security level 3 specifies that code types other than the following must be successfully read twice before being decoded The following codes must be read three times MSI Plessey 4 or less D20f5 8 or less I20f5 8 or less Linear security level 4 requires that all code types be successfully read three times before bei
72. portal When you tap on Windows Live and accept the license agreement a Setup screen is displayed Follow the setup steps to set up your Windows Live ID so that you can begin using this service Notes The Notes application is an electronic notepad you can use to jot down your ideas quickly You can enter text using the soft keyboard the Omnii keyboard or you can create a handwritten note on the screen by using the transcriber You can also record a message Notes can also be shared through e mail and synchronization with your PC e Tap on Start gt Notes to launch this application O e gt Taj Gm 7 52 Name y L All Folders w Creating a Note Using the Soft Keyboard The soft keyboard icon is available by default It is a replica of a standard keyboard Use your stylus to type letters numbers symbols and so on 3 22 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Cg Yu dc Gm 8 05 When you ve completed your note tap on OK Your note is automatically saved The file name is the first line of the note if you used the keyboard otherwise it s named Note1 Note2 and so on Creating and Converting Handwritten Notes to Text To create a handwritten note using the transcriber e Tap and hold the stylus on the soft keyboard icon to display the pop up menu e Choose Transcriber from the menu When you choose Transcriber you can write notes in your own handwriting Omnii converts the note
73. security to prevent others from accidentally accessing your network If you choose this option you can specify the type of WEP authentication Open or Shared the WEP security key length 64 bit or 128 bit and the key type ASC or Hex WEP Key fields are also provided where you can specify a 5 or 13 ASCII character sequence or an equivalent 10 or 26 Hexadecimal digit sequence that matches the active WEP key on the access point 802 1X WPA amp WPA2 Enterprise CCKM WPA amp CCKM WPA2 These authentication modes use 802 1X with EAP authentication When 802 1X is selected Omnii uses WEP encryption with automatic as opposed to static keying For the others you may choose TKIP AES or TKIP AES encryption Settings 4 37 WPA amp WPA2 Personal PSK Pre Shared Key When PSK is selected either WPA Personal PSK or WPA2 Personal PSK a shared key must be configured on both the access point and the hand held computer One of the following can be chosen from the Encryption drop down menu TKIP AES or TKIP AES Encryption The Encryption menu allows you to choose the type of encryption that will be used to protect transmitted data Choose an Encryption method valid for your network from the drop down menu Only the Encryption options that are compatible with the type of Auth Mode you ve chosen will be listed In fact in some cases this menu will not be available at all wiFiConfg fa e Y 4 GH 6 44 SoD Auth Mode Encr
74. switched on for the 2 4GHz band 11n Block Ack When 11n Block Ack is enabled the Omnii will not send an ACK for every packet received but it will send an ACK after a block of data is received The duration of time before sending an ACK is negotiated with the AP Power Save Mode lf Power Save Mode is enabled the radio remains on continuously The disadvantage to enabling this option is increased power consumption The advantage to enabling this option is instant response to TCP IP traffic It is recommended that Power Save Mode be enabled to increase battery run time It should only be disabled if the application is sensitive to timing Roaming AP Density The Roaming AP Density setting controls how aggressively the Omnii attempts to roam The available options are High Medium and Low with High providing the most aggressive roaming and Low providing the least aggressive roaming Wireless Manager The Wireless Manager icon acts as a connection manager providing access to all network connection types e Tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections folder icon Tap on the Wireless Manager icon Wireless Manager a EY m2 m 2 17 Available This screen is used to switch the wireless network connection on and off This screen also provides access to the setup screens for each wireless connection e To turn connections on and off tap on the item s in the list e To turn off all wireless connections tap on All
75. the screen in which you were working prior to turning the computer off AN IMPORTANT If your Omnii fails to power up consider the following troubleshooting options The battery may be overheated gt 60C a non Zebra battery may be installed or the battery may have fallen below the configured Suspend Threshold See Suspend Threshold and Estimated Battery Backup on page 4 10 for details To switch on the hand held you will need to replace the overheated battery However if you supply AC power to the Omnii with a battery that falls below the configured Suspend Threshold the unit will switch on Switching the Omnii Off e To switch off the Omnii press the Power button The Omnii will automatically enter the Suspend state AN IMPORTANT Turning off the hand held does not result in a complete shutdown rather the unit enters a power saving suspend state When the Omnii is turned on from suspend state operation resumes within a few seconds Resetting the Omnii To perform a variety of Omnii resets you can use the keyboard shortcuts described below Performing a Warm Reset During a warm reset running programs are halted The contents of the file system Flash Disk and the registry are preserved Keep in mind however that RAM content is not preserved Press and hold down the FN key and the Power button simultaneously for a minimum of four seconds ae NOTE For radio specifications switching from Windows
76. trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries ES Bluetooth The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Zebra is under license All trademarks used herein are the property of their respective owners Revision History Changes to the original guide are listed below Change Date Description Rev 001a 04 2015 Rebrand for Zebra About This Man ais XIX TEM CONVENHOAS acre E aa ANG XX Overview of the Omnii Hand Held CoOmMputer oocccocccoccccccccccconiconoconcconnonnnonnononoconnonncnnnconnnonnnnnnnos XX Regu EADOIS es eee AA AANI ee AGANG xxiii Chapter 1 Basic Operation RUIN TS A AO A PP 1 3 Omnii Modules Available occcooocccocnccocncconncconnnconocnnnnnnnnononononnnnonononnnnnnonnnnonnnonannnnanonnaninnnns 1 5 Preparing the Omnii for Operation oocccocccccncocncocncocncocnnocnnonncnnncnonononoonnnnnnoncnoncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnos 1 5 Switching the Omnii On and Off XA 1 6 FRESCO TUNIG Me OMAN accord aia 1 7 aala le palalo a Warm Rosel AA AA 1 7 Performing a Cold Reset a 1 7 Performing a Clean SIGN AGAR AA e 1 7 00 mio BOO kaaa NAA e 1 8 FS FFOMMIAN a Hafd ROS kaa a ANEK ANAN o 1 8 Auacnina Carvina ACCESSONOS a paa NONG ALAALA AA NAA sA 1 8 Calibrating the Touchscreen AA 1 8 Imager and Scanner Options econ 1 9 COTS eU APA 1 9
77. user agrees to maintain Zebra s copyright notice on the licensed programs delivered hereunder and to include the same on any authorized copies it makes in whole or in part The user agrees not to decompile disassemble decode or reverse engineer any licensed program delivered to the user or any portion thereof Zebra reserves the right to make changes to any software or product to improve reliability function or design Zebra does not assume any product liability arising out of or in connection with the application or use of any product circuit or application described herein No license is granted either expressly or by implication estoppel or otherwise under any Zebra Inc intellectual property rights An implied license only exists for equipment circuits and subsystems contained in Zebra products Disclaimer Every effort has been made to make this material complete accurate and up to date In addition changes are periodically incorporated into new editions of the publication Zebra reserves the right to make improvements and or changes in the product s and or the program s described in this document without notice and shall not be responsible for any damages including but not limited to consequential damages caused by reliance on the material presented Zebra the Zebra logo Workabout Pro4 and the names of other products and services provided by Zebra are trademarks of Zebra Windows and the Windows Logo are
78. x Administrator access in Start Menu Administrator Key Sequence Shift Blue 0 x Launch an application on Startup Kiosk App Restrictions To remove Kiosk from the Start screen Tap in the checkbox next to Administrator access in Start Menu to deselect it The x should not be present in the checkbox The Administrator Key Sequence drop down menu provides three key sequences you can use to gain access to Kiosk when it is not accessible from the Start screen CD q Yo d CO 6 39 Applications rd Advanced gt Phone e Tu d CO 6 36 i Allow access to Start and Notifications Y Applications lt Eha gt Phara x Administrator access in Start Menu Administrator Key Sequence Shi Blue O ap NOTE If you disable Administrator access in Start Menu or if you Disable Start the only way to access Kiosk or the Start screen applications is to type an Administrator Key Sequence In these cases it is important that you make note of the key sequence you ve chosen Launching an Application at Startup If you enable Launch an application on Startup a screen is displayed where you can choose the application that will be launched automatically when the Omnii is powered up 4 82 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Wew Allow access to Start and Notifications Y Windows 7 Li Solitaire Ink Window x Administrator access in Start Menu
79. your ISP to make an Internet connection e ISP server phone number username and e password You ll need to tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on the Connections folder icon to display the connections applets Bluetooth Dormaln Enroll Hebwork Cards 191 Wireless Manager In the Connections screen tap on the Connections icon 1 a NOTE In the Connections window the Tasks tab is used to create new connections and man age existing ones The Advanced tab allows you to choose a network If you need to change these settings contact your ISP or network administrator before making changes 4 24 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide 2 Under ISP WWAN GPRS tap on Add a new modem connection In the Select a modem drop down menu choose a modem connection If you haven t already created a modem connection refer to Modem Connection Setup on page 4 24 4 To connect to the Internet launch the program you want to use For example launch Internet Explorer on your Omnii to browse the Internet Your Omnii automatically connects NOTE To set up a network card or wireless network connection to your ISP add a new con nection under My Work Network Modem Connection Setup Before you begin you ll need the following information from your ISP or network administrator telephone number password domain name and TCP IP settings lf your Omnii does not have access to a mobile phone network i
80. 0AM sggrwres O 6 00AM runs Description gt x 6 00 AM SBT WTFS Sound alarms ever when the device is set to silent or vibrate Setting the Alarm You can set a maximum of three alarms e Inthe Alarms tab tap on the Time or Day in the Clock amp Alarms screen An Alarm Settings screen is displayed Getting To Know Your Omnii 2 24 Clock amp Alarms o gt Tdi Gm 12 52 Alarm Settings 5 00 AM lt Description gt s NAT WT FS Sound Alarm 01 r 4 E Play Stop Repeat and Vibrate D i e Toset the time highlight the hours and then the minutes in the clock and use the arrow keys to increase or decrease the numbers or type the hours and minutes directly from the keyboard or soft keyboard e Type a description in the Description field Tap on the day on which you want the alarm to go off Sunday through Saturday Next choose the Sound you can tap on the Play button to experiment with the sounds You can also choose No Sound e In the drop down menu below the Play button you can choose how the alarm will behave whether or not it will repeat and so on e Tapon OK to save your changes Setting the Time and Date To set the time on the Omnii e Ifitis not already displayed tap on the Time tab at the top of the screen Clock amp Alarms ao qo al fo on 1 07 Alarms Time gt Alarms Time Zone promo Date 5 19 2010 w 07 29 AM
81. 2 16 ROGERS text e mail AN IMPORTANT For details about the Today screen refer to The Today Screen on page 2 21 3 4 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide The Phone The Omnii can be equipped with optional phone capabilities To access the phone pad on a unit that includes the phone option Tap on Start gt Phone icon 1 Voicemail E 411 Assistance ss BAG abo p def 1 e gh 4 MD E Spaad Dial El wA aya Call History Lic Pa a mn C Tak ES EM ly ES tumi KGG The Onscreen Phone Keypad The onscreen phone keypad provides phone services like those you may find on your cellular phone You can use the phone keypad provided with your Omnii to for example send and receive phone calls make confer ence calls view your call history set up speed dial numbers etc Sending 4 Ending Phone Calls Using the Onscreen Phone Keypad To display the onscreen phone keypad e Tap on Start gt Phone icon NOTE You can also press the Talk key on the Omnii keyboard to display the phone keypad providing it has been activated The Talk key is labelled with a green telephone receiver icon Phone settings Directory assistance def 3 AR Spaed Dial aya Call History Tr a j Talk og Hide show keypad Programs 3 5 To make a phone call e Use the phone keypad to enter the phone number Tap on Talk to connect the call When you tap on t
82. 73976K Tapping on the Remove Programs icon displays a screen listing the programs that can be removed from the unit e To remove a program highlight it and then tap on the Remove button Settings 4 89 Scanner Settings AN IMPORTANT Refer to Appendix C Scanner Settings for additional details The Scanners icon in the Settings menu provides access to dialog boxes in which you can tailor barcode options e Tapon Start gt Settings and then tap on System followed by the Scanners icon Scanner Settings a Er Yall dc Gm 11 31 Translations lt Barcodes gt Options Scanner Non decoded y Code 39 FF Code 128 EFIEAN 13 JEAN 8 JUPE A To change a setting press space or i double click y a Restoring Default Settings If you want to restore the factory defaults after making changes the defaults can be applied to a selected parameter sub tree of parameters or all scanner parameters e Press and hold the stylus on a symbology to display a pop up a menu Scanner Settings gt T om 11 31 Translations lt Barcodes gt Options Scanner Non decoded Y ER Default parameter Default all settings To change a setting press space or double click E e Choose Default parameter to reset only the parameter you selected or choose Default all settings to reset all scanner parameters to default settings Options Tab The Optio
83. ARNING Exposure to some chemicals may degrade the sealing properties of mate rials used in the following devices battery packs housings LCDs touchscreens keypads gt P gt BBB pop Replacement of modules housings keypads LCDs or touchscreens end caps pods or external connectors must only be performed at an authorized Zebra service centre H 4 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide The battery pack used in this device may present a fire or chemical burn hazard if mistreated Do not disassemble heat above 100 C 212 F or incinerate Dispose of used battery packs promptly Keep away from children AN WARNING The following additional warnings and cautions must be observed for the safety of the operator and others in potentially hazardous locations The Omnii XT15ni must only be used when the ambient temperature is between 20 C and 50 C 4 F and 122 F The Omnii XT15ni may NOT be connected to any of its available accesso ries while in potentially hazardous locations This includes anything that uses the communications docking connector headset or microphone jacks All allowed connections must be made while outside of the poten tially hazardous location The use of Compact Flash Secure Digital and SIM Cards in the Omnii XT15ni while in potentially hazardous locations is permitted as long as these cards are not removed or changed while in the hazardous location Any connector cover removed whil
84. Barcode Data To configure rules for manipulating barcode data e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab Tap on the Imagers icon and then tap on the Filter tab PTS Imager Settin CD 22 BE om 9 16 Barcoding Filter gt Translations Field Size Prefix Suffix and Strip Chars Code 128 JEAN 13 FEAN 8 HI UPC A CF UPC E To change a setting press space or double click to cancel press lt Esc gt Modifying a Barcode Setting The rules for manipulating data from selected barcode symbologies can be modified To change the settings for a symbology e Tap on the symbols to expand the lists and view the parameter settings e Scroll through the parameter list until you reach the parameter that you want to change e Fora parameter that can take a range of values Highlight the parameter and then press the SPACE key or double click the parameter An associated dialog box containing the valid range of values for the parameter and the current setting is displayed Type a value in the field provided e Fora parameter that takes a single character Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Highlight the parameter and then press the SPACE key or double click on the parameter The following screen is displayed PTS Imager Settiny ea ae Tall M cm 9 20 Press the Kevy to Insert Press ESC for the default value When you ve completed your edits tap on OK Translation Tab
85. Data IANG aa ANA AA AA 1 9 Phone Communication sessirnar ae aE a a e 1 9 Chapter 2 Getting To Know Your Omnii PENG Ya e E E E E 2 5 Bale Detalle DR RR O DRA DR RR DD O DER CR EV 2 5 O AA PRN JAM RN RN NE SR 2 5 Bauer WAD NING am AA iris rotos AA 2 5 Charging Ne Bale score E on ee 2 6 O A A 2 6 The Power Button 55 Key and 66 Key Keyboards only a 2 7 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Sanga KENO mamba NANA E AA AA AA 2 7 MOM CA AA AA eee eee 2 8 Activating Modifier Keys erre eee re ear r ea er anne aerea area aeee re aaa na n o 2 9 More date Bo oa LE AAA A 2 9 Function Keys and Macro Keys cccccssececcesseeccceseeeceeuseecceaaseeceeuseeeceeaseeessuseesesegsessssuseesssageess 2 10 FUNCIONES smc Rob ens 2 10 PNAC TOE I AA AA 2 11 Numeric Keyboards Accessing Alpha Keys a 2 11 TS FRC Y Dai AC MOM AA AA AA AP 2 12 A O RS ARE RS DO A AP 2 12 Adjusting the Display Backlight a 2 12 Calibrating the Touchscreen eee eeererreea aaa erre aeee cerr ana na cera na nan erreeaanaaanana 2 13 elec AKO AA sas mito gas 2 13 Here dle MHO TOUGMS AA AA dadas 2 13 BMI fo fe AA AN 2 14 PP OO ES E en 2 14 Battery Charge Status LED ocoonccccncccccnccccncccncconnnconnnoncnonnnononnnnnnnonnnonnnnonannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnninos 2 15 Operaung System StAtUs LED atada 2 15 Radio Status AA 2 15 Scanner Slal us EE AA ee ee ee a RS ee
86. E a AN IMPORTANT Refer to Appendix B Imagers Applet for setup details An Imager amp Camera demo applet is also provided to illustrate how the imager and camera work To launch the demo applet e Tap on the Start gt Demo folder icon Then tap on the Imager And Camera icon Imager Ard Camera IERDE Setting EMO NOTE You can also launch the Imager Applet from within the demo screen Tap on the Settings drop down menu and choose Advanced 4 72 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Manage Triggers Manage Triggers allows you to configure how barcode scanners and other devices are triggered You can configure the trigger ID for each trigger button for both single and double click and the double click time e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System gt Manage Triggers icon Up Down Up Down Up Down C Show all modules Double click 0 1000 msec o Trigger Mappings A trigger mapping is an association between a particular key on the keyboard and a driver or application the module s sometimes referred to as trigger consumer s of the trigger source Along with keyboard keys trigger sources can also be grip triggers external hardware triggers or software based When the specified key is pressed the trigger consumer for example a decoded scanner is sent a message AN IMPORTANT It is not possible to have two or more identical mappings for example F1 cannot be ma
87. E UR A 4 20 SI e sE ER uo AA 4 20 Connecting Using a Bluetooth GPRS PhNON coocccnccccccccnncccccnccnncncnonccnnnnonononnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 4 21 Connections Connecting to the Internet a 4 23 Modem Connecion SELUP iai kaa aa 4 24 Advanced Modem Settings nisso par AA Ra Si a O e 4 25 PYG AAT AA 4 26 NG OK Caras crete ce waite AA AA AA AA AA SR RA 4 27 Changing Network Card SettingS oocooccccocccconnccocnconnnconnnnononnnnnonnnonnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnonnncnnnnos 4 28 YEN CONE ON Sel een nee eee ee ee eee 4 29 Managing an Existing CONNECTION ccccccceeccceecceeeeceeeeceeeeceeeeeesegeesaeessueeseeeseueesaneesaees 4 30 OA e E SE e 4 31 wo le Ale KEAN AA asa Ss sand ganadas 4 32 Wi Fi Config Setting Up the 802 11a b g n Radio aa 4 33 Wi Fi Config Status TaD AA tera ER ECEE EREE ENSS 4 34 Wi Fi Config Configure Tab ooccccccccccnccocnccccncoconononcnonncnnnnonononnnnnnnnnnnnnonannnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnas 4 34 Conigumind TORP sarya E A A 4 39 Wi Fi Config Advanced Tab occoocncccccccccccccnccocncocnnnonnnnncnnonnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnns 4 41 Wireless Ela AA ee 4 42 Personal FOO riscos AA AA 4 43 APO LAUNEN E YS iaa 4 43 A woeeaadecetuasmedeaeues 4 45 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Frogiam DUON VAD sa AA AA AA ANA a 4 45 Un Domin Conto Tabs AA AA AA 4 46 ONES CA 4 46 MACTO KON Soap des a AA AG cios 4 47 Unicode Mapping
88. F 10 Display and Scan Window Heaters ooccccccncocccoccnccocnconcncncnonnnnnnnnnnnnnonncnonononnnncnnnnoncnnnaninos F 11 SSI TOS ria F 11 A PAP e F 12 Appendix G Wireless Wide Area Network WWAN Wireless WAN AA o Petas e aiani aSU EE ai G 3 Navigation Bar ICONS AA AA AG AA tenia oda G 3 Establishing a Packet Data Connection cccocccccccccccncccnconnnononononnnnnnnnonnnonnnonnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnninnnnnnns G 3 Disconnecting from a Network cccccccceccceecceeeeceececeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseueeseeeeseeessueeseeesneesneeaes G 5 Advanced Packet Data Configuration cccooccccoccccccnoconncconncoonnconnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnanos G 5 Manually Adding a New Modem Connection oocccocccccccccccnccncnccnnnnncnonocncncnnnnnnconnnnncnnnononos G 5 The Security Tab Entering a PIN Aa G 7 a G 7 Network COnnNg TraliO scooter G 8 eO A a AA o o EA G 8 Appendix H Omnii XT15ni Non Incendive Safety Guidelines Omnii XT 15ni non incendive Important Safety 4 Regulatory Information ccoocccocncoocncon H 3 Omni XT15ni Battery IOMA seins roedor H 4 About This Manual XIX Text Conventions 0 a a ee ee XX Overview of the Omnii Hand Held Computer 2 0 a XX Regulatory Labels AA xxiii About This Guide xix About This Manual This user manual describes how to configure operate and maintain the Omnii Hand Held Computer Chapter About This Guide provides a
89. File Explorer e Tap in the checkbox next to each application you want displayed on the Today screen Once the Omnii is set to User Mode the selected items from the Application screen are listed in the Today screen A Kiosk Access screen the screen in which you can switch from Administrator to User Mode is displayed automatically once you ve finished making changes and have tapped on OK See Activating a Change User Mode on page 193 details Settings 4 79 The look of the Today screen differs significantly from the original version appearing as a list of available items more suitable for a stylus than finger touch PoP Ty nc am 5 34 Contacts Calendar Alarms Calculator App Launch Keys or mie Notification Psion E Cal ka pr Adding Applications The Add and Edit buttons allow you to search for applications in the storage areas on your Omnii e g Windows My Device etc and add applications to the list of items in the Today screen You can add a maximum of 18 applications after which the Add button is greyed out and the following message is displayed Maximum 18 entries reached e To add additional applications that will be accessible to the user from the Today screen tap on the Add button at the bottom of the Application screen The Select File screen is displayed eo qt To d 10 19 Phone Applications Advanced Select applications to be accessible from the Today scree
90. List The Contacts screen allows you to work with existing entries search for a particular contact and create new entries Contact Menu Commands A Menu softkey at the bottom of the screen provides additional commands that allow you to work with the contacts in this list Contacts Enter a name Send Contact Copy Contact Delete bg Aschwand de Publishing Options a Clugston Go 1416 804 3 View By Searching for a Contact Contacts Cr t Tu dE Ga 2 31 name here abe aston iam nopar stu wore 411 Assistance E 411 Tap on an alpha group to narrow the search jjj male E Publishing Smarter a wP a Clugston A 416 5804 1212 4 mo 3 14 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide To search for a particular entry e Tap on the Enter a name field and type the name you are searching for in the Contacts list e To narrow your search to names beginning with a particular letter tap on the appropriate alpha character grouping Communicate Tab Adding Contacts Adding a New Contact The New softkey located to the right of the Start softkey allows you to add additional entries to your contacts list e Tap on the New softkey Contacts Ka e T 2 31 Enter a name Cl gt Ty d Gm 3 26 Select a Contact Type fp Outlook Contact wg Aschwandan E B Publishing Smarter 4 wh SIM Contact 4 pa Elugston A Bi rata 804 1712 4mb
91. My Work Network Wi Fi Config Setting Up the 802 11a b g n Radio Omnii contains an integrated 802 11a b g n radio module The Wi Fi Config application is used to configure the radio for one or more wireless network profiles Follow the steps in this section to help configure the radio in your unit ap NOTE To configure your Bluetooth settings go to Bluetooth Setup on page 4 14 To see specifications for this radio refer to Appendix E Omnii Specifications A network profile contains settings for SSID Service Set Identifier and security options do NOTE In most situations the configuration of your 802 11 radio will require parameter settings and access keys from a network administrator To launch the Wi Fi Config application e Tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections folder icon e Tap on the Wi Fi Config icon ta e Y m 2 22 Settings La e Yi de qu 2 23 Connections one Clock amp Alarms ack Bea ol ES Bluetooth Internet Explorer Dornaln Enrall ds amp gem T E Ud Network Cards SpA Personal pota g Wireless Manager a K5 mg The Wi Fi screen is displayed 4 34 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Wi Fi Config qe Ye Om 2 31 Data Rate ea Mbs RSSI ES Status 55ID E5510 Auth Encrypt MAC IF Wi Fi Config Status Tab The Status tab displays information about the wireless network to which Omnii is configured to connect When there are no ne
92. Negative lead of battery The Imagers Applet AA AA B 3 Required Applets cu B 3 POSO 243645408 64484558 BR SHG AA B 3 Predefined Presets AG B 3 Barcode Predefined Presets AG B 3 Barcode Decoding Symbology Predefined Presets B 4 Barcode Decoding Camera Predefined Presets 00008 B 4 Image Capture Predefined Presets AG B 5 Using the Imagers Applet AA XU U B 5 Configuring the Image Capture Presets AA B 5 SelectingaCamera ee B 6 Setting the Active Preset AA B 6 Viewing a Preset AA B 6 Creating a Custom Preset AA B 6 Modifying a Custom Preset AA B 7 Removing a Custom Preset AA B 8 Configuring the Barcode Decoding Camera Presets 000 AG B 8 SelectingaCamera ee B 9 Setting the Active Preset AA B 9 Viewing a Preset a B 9 Creating a Custom Preset AA B 10 Modifying a Custom Preset AA B 11 Removing a Custom Preset AA B 12 Configuring the Barcode Decoding Symbologies 2004 B 12 Setting the Active Preset ee a B 12 Viewing a Preset aooaa a a a a a B 12 Creating a Custom Preset AA B 13 Modifying a Custom Preset AA B 14 Removing a Custom Preset AA B 15 Filter Tab Manipulating Barcode Data AU B 15 B 2 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guid
93. New Connection Enter a name for the connection My Connection Selecta modem Bluetooth NG ez E A N kaa E En saaan 5 Make certain that the phone is discoverable Some phones also need to be pairable in order to accept a bonding request Refer to your phone documentation for additional information Settings 4 23 If the phone appears in the My Connections list skip to step 13 If not go to step 7 7 Inthe list tap the phone you want to connect to and then tap on the Next button Note that if your phone is not listed tap on Add new device and choose the phone from the list 8 In the PIN screen type a personal identification number PIN you can enter up to 16 characters 9 Enter the same PIN on the phone 10 If you wish you can edit the name of the phone in the Name field 11 Tap on the Finish button 12 In the My Connections list tap on the phone and then on Next 13 Enter the dial up phone number for this connection and tap on Next 14 In the User name Password and Domain fields enter the logon information for this connection and tap on Finish You can begin using the Bluetooth phone connection for example to send and receive e mail browse the Internet with Internet Explorer and so on Connections Connecting to the Internet To activate a connection make certain that any necessary equipment such as a radio is installed in your Omnii You ll need the following information from
94. Omni HAND HELD COMPUTER OMNI HAND HELD COMPUTER USER GUIDE 8000225 001 Rev A April 2015 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide This user manual supports Model Numbers e 7545MBW e 7545MBWM e 7545MBWP e FCC ID GM37545MBW GM37545MBWM and GM37545MBWP e IC 2739D 7545MBW and 2739D 7545MBWP Copyright No part of this publication may be reproduced or used in any form or by any electrical or mechanical means without permission in writing from Zebra This includes electronic or mechanical means such as photocopying recording or information storage and retrieval systems The material in this manual is subject to change without notice The software is provided strictly on an as is basis All software including firmware furnished to the user is on a licensed basis Zebra grants to the user a non transferable and non exclusive license to use each software or firmware program delivered hereunder licensed program Except as noted below such license may not be assigned sublicensed or otherwise transferred by the user without prior written consent of Zebra No right to copy a licensed program in whole or in part is granted except as permitted under copyright law The user shall not modify merge or incorporate any form or portion of a licensed program with other program material create a derivative work from a licensed program or use a licensed program in a network without written permission from Zebra The
95. PORTANT For details about sending and ending calls making conference calls managing contacts and so on refer to The Phone on page 3 4 You can adjust phone settings such as the ring type and tone choose phone services such as barring calls and so on There are a number of ways you can access phone settings e In the Navigation Bar tap on the Phone Settings hotkey First tap here to display your options r Yul 4G Gm 5 10 E z a G a La Next tap on the Phone music Settings hotkey phone No New Voicemails 5 04 Wireless Manager Activesync Connected W Settings Tap on Start5Settings5 Personal icon gt Phone icon Settings 4 53 Phone Sounds Tab ao go Y f qu 5 02 Hearing Aid lt Sounds gt Security Keypad Short tones Ring Type and Ring Tone The SIM card phone number is displayed at the top of this screen The Ring Type drop down menu allows you to tailor the type of ring used for incoming calls The Ring Tone drop down menu allows you to determine the ring tone of incoming phone calls To test the ring type and tone you ve chosen you can tap on the Play button just below the Ring tone menu Tap on the Stop button to end the sound test NOTE For details about setting up Ring type and Ring tone to help you identify other events such as successful scans missed calls voice mails and so on refer to Noti fications Tab on page 4 13 Keypad This option
96. Parameters Scan Result When this parameter is enabled the type of barcode and the result of the scan appear on the screen Note that this information is only displayed after a successful decode and is visible only while the scanner button is pressed When the button is released this information is cleared from the screen Scan Indicator When this parameter is enabled the laser warning logo appears on the display whenever the scanner is activated Scan Result Time msec The value assigned to the Scan Result Time sec parameter determines how long the scan results of a successful scan are displayed on the screen Time is measured in seconds and a value of O zero disables the parameter When you choose this option a dialog box appears where you can enter a value NOTE To remove the scan result from the screen before the Result Time has expired point the scanner away from the barcode and press the trigger Settings 4 91 Good Scan Beep and Bad Scan Beep These parameters determine whether or not the Omnii emits an audible scanner beep when a good successful scan or a bad unsuccessful scan is performed the number of vibrates the duration of the vibrate and so on Set these parameters to tailor the behaviour of this parameter Multiple Beep Tones This parameter determines whether or not multiple beeps will be allowed Good and Bad Scan Vibrates These parameters determine whether or not the Omni
97. Pv1 GTC PEAP authentication using GTC as the inner method which utilizes one time passwords OTPs for authentication against OTP databases such as SecurelD e TLS Provides strong security via the use of client certificates for user authentication Verify Server Certificate When the Verify Server Certificate box is checked the Omnii will verify the certificate provided by the authenti cation server during the authentication process This requires that an appropriate certificate be manually installed on Omnii for the verification Wi Fi Config EO en Yi i Gm 6 56 SSID Auth Mode Encryption EAF User name Passwd Anony Id Tunnel PAC Mach PAC Provisioning Enable OPMK When used with compatible wireless infrastructure Opportunistic Key Caching OPMK reduces the number of full authentications required when roaming This option is only visible when WPA2 Enterprise EAP authenti cation mode is chosen Wi Fi Config E qr Yi ME Om 6 55 55ID Auth Mode WPA2 Enteranise EAP m Encryption TKIP EAP FAST MSCHAPw2 User name Passwi Anony Id saves E vee Fa Provisioning Anonymous Authenticate Connecting the Wireless Network Your configured network is listed in the Configure tab An X next to a network indicates that this is the network to which Omnii will connect Settings 4 39 Wi Fi Config La ee Yi f Om 7 01 Production X Status Configure J Advanced e Tap on the Connect button to
98. Tap here to add a check mark to activate Windows radio configuration Medium an A device reset may be required to apply changes made Status Advanced Network Type This option allows you to select the full set or a sub set of the IEEE 802 11 wireless network protocols You can choose from the following e bonly forces the radio to operate in the 2 4GHz band only The hand held will only associate with an Access Point AP that supports the DSSS data rates 1 2 5 5 4 11 Mbps This mode has the lowest data rate but yields the longest range e blg only forces the radio to operate in the 2 4 GHz band only The Omnii will only associate with an AP that supports the DSSS data rates 1 2 5 5 amp 11 Mbps and OFDM data rates 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54Mbps This mode offers the same range as b only mode but with higher data rate of 54 Mbps when possible e a only forces the radio to operate in the 5 GHz band only The hand held will only associate with an AP that supports the OFDM data rates 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54 Mbps 11n Mode 4 42 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide This radio supports MIMO data rates in both 2 4 GHz and 5 G band although it only supports single stream operation SISO This increases the maximum data rate to 65 Mbps e Enabled If this option is enabled it is activated for the band or bands that were selected in Network type For example if Network Type b only 11n is only
99. Tap on Delete Appointment in the pop up menu Favorites Tapping on the Favorites option in the Today screen connects you to internet favourites If you tap and drag your stylus on this option you can choose Add Remove to edit your list of favourites Using the Navigation Bar and Hotkeys The navigation bar along the top of the screen provides access to icons or hotkeys that when tapped provide shortcuts to associated apps Getting To Know Your Omnii 2 30 EO a Vl sf Gin 4 04 Navigation bar Tap anywhere in the navigation bar to display the hotkeys Hotkeys Tap and drag the stylus to the left to display additional hotkeys 14 Es Tap on a hotkey to display a E the associated app AA AI 5 Clock amp Alarms ac e Y af qu 6 16 Alarms lt Time gt Alarms text Time Zone GMT 8 Pacific US Y i LE Date a yy 2011 w Time 6 16 24 AM Aj x Sync to current time zone ice e a v au E Shift State Indicator Icon The navigation bar at the top of the screen can also display the shift state indicator icon This icon indicates active modifier keys SHIFT ALT CTRL SYM and BLUE FN Word Mobile Shift state indicator icon When a modifier key is pressed it is displayed in the shift state indicator icon In the example above the BLUE FN key was activated To distinguish a locked modifier key a key that has been locked on from a modifier key that is o
100. To make an audio recording Tap on the New softkey to open a fresh note e Tap on Menu gt View Recording Toolbar y Volume Draw Skip to start Undo Redo Tap on the Record button a beep alerts you that your device is now ready to record 3 24 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Begin speaking into the microphone on the Omnii Make certain that you move the Omnii to within a few feet of the source of the sound you want to record e Tap on the Stop button when you ve completed your recording e Tapon OK to save the recorded note A speaker icon is displayed in the note indicating the presence of a recording within the note CO e Yip fi Gm 8 56 e To play the recorded note tap on the speaker icon e Tap on Menu and choose View Recording Toolbar again to turn off the feature Task Notification Tasks lets you create lists of entries representing your responsibilities upcoming projects and so on If you ve assigned any tasks this option lets you know how many active tasks you have NOTE You can synchronize the Task Notification option so that any tasks are displayed on your Omnii as well as your PC Refer to Synchronizing E mail with Outlook PC with Windows XP OS on page 3 9 and Synchronizing E mail with Outlook PC with Windows Vista or Windows 7 on page 3 11 Each section outlines how to synchronize options other than e mail Tap on Start gt Tasks to
101. Video Recorder e Tap on the Camera icon Pictures amp Videos e T 5 01 A My Pictures q Date w e In the bottom right corner of the camera screen tap on Menu gt Video 3 20 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Pictures amp Videos CI qt Ta 5 17 Mode Resolution Flash b Full Sereen Options e Press ENTER to begin recording Video Recorder Icon Indicates that video is active 00 07 CJ Thumbnails O q e To end the video press ENTER again or tap on the Stop softkey NOTE When the Video recorder is activated a Menu is available to tailor the operation of the recorder the quality of the recording and so on Windows Media Windows Media allows you to play music and videos on your Omnii You can use Windows Media to play digital audio and video files that are stored on your Omnii or on the web e To work with this applet tap on Start gt Windows Media For details about using this applet refer to http www microsoft com windowsphone en us howto wp6 music windows media player mobile aspx Messenger Windows Live Windows Live Messenger is an instant messaging service Refer to the Microsoft web site for details Programs 3 21 Windows Live Windows Live is a free online service that provides operators with a free mobile phone back up solution by wirelessly synchronizing contacts calendar appointments and so on with a password protected online
102. XU 3 27 Internet Rand sses she eae een s dad A A g e 3 27 Creating an Internet Connection a a a e AA 3 27 Using Internet Sharing 3 28 Task Manager i s s curr whe eos AA Ad 3 29 Sede PHONG se s m eoria a AAA A 3 29 Imager and Camera Demo aoaaa a 3 31 OMICS MODIS AA 3 31 Excel Mobile UA uu 3 32 OneNote Mobile AA 3 32 Word Mobile 1 a 3 36 Text InputModes 0 AA 3 36 Sharing Documents withyourPC 0 3 36 PowerPoint Mobile AA UU 3 36 SharePoint Workspace Mobile 2 2 ee Aa 3 37 Pannen sarna Aa nes 3 37 Ke AA AA AA AA 3 37 Modem LINK s s iara e e a AA 3 38 Remote Desktop Mobile oaa a a a 3 38 Connecting to a Terminal Server AU 3 38 Disconnecting Without Ending a Session a a a eee ee ee 3 39 Ending a Session oaoa Au 3 39 SIM TOOK HA ec eee dade eee AA 3 39 WiFiConnect A R C 00 ee ee a kee 3 39 Programs 3 3 Programs Omnii programs are all available from the Start screen Tap on the Start button in the lower left corner of the Today screen to display the Start screen Tapping on an icon in this screen launches the associated applet AN IMPORTANT For details about the options contained under the Settings icon refer to Chapter 4 Settings Home Tapping on the Home icon in the Start screen displays the Today screen E et Tine 12 21 music A phone voicemail 12
103. Y ecc 2 32 Copying AMO cad aa aaa E tetas ja le ala 2 32 deleting file o ooooooooo 2 33 folders CreatinQ oo ooooooomooooo 2 32 renaming file ooooooooooooooo 2 32 files amp folders managing 2 31 folder COPYING 0 6 a 2 32 folder creating 0 eee ees 2 32 folder deleting 0 0 0 0 eee ee 2 33 folder renaming a 2 32 freezer keyboards 0 0 0 cece ee eee F 6 Freezer variant XT15f eee F 3 Function Keys 36 key keyboard 00 0 ccc eee ees 2 10 59 key keyboard 0 cee 2 10 G gang charger 0 ccc ee 5 26 5 28 Glossy surface Predefined preset o ooooocooooooomo B 5 Good and Bad Scan Vibrates 4 91 Good Scan Beep 0 0 00 e eee 4 91 GPRS blleloolh scasstasana te desde bed ease dies 4 21 GPS exe Malaman danada mis saca Gad odid whe 4 66 GPS Settings built in profiles 4 68 Group preset ccc ee eens B 3 GSM UMTS radio modem connection G 3 H hand SWAP AA APP PEE 5 4 hand strap installing o o o 5 5 Hard ROSE conosca en se pede dr AA 1 8 headset adjusting volume 4 75 headsets pairing B uetooth 4 17 Heater Info Heater Settings F 9 Heater Settings Heater I
104. a battery that you know to be working into the charger slot e Disconnect and reconnect the DC adaptor and check that the spare battery LED indicator flashes at power up e Ifthe charge slot fails to charge the known working battery it is defective and requires service Accessories 5 15 Quad Docking Station Model No ST4004 AN IMPORTANT The quad docking station is shipped with its own quick start guide Omnii ST4004 Quad Docking Station Quick Start Guide PN 8000222 It is critical that it be reviewed for additional information and updates AN IMPORTANT When ordering a charger you must also order an IEC 320 IEC 60320 C13 power cord separately Figure 5 11 Front view Charging bays 4 Docking connectors 4 Figure 5 12 Rear view RJ45 Ethernet ports DC IN connector The ST4004 Quad Docking Station is designed to accept up to four Omnii hand held computers The docking station powers the units and their internal battery charger The docking station also connects up to four of the hand held computers to a 10 100 Base T Ethernet network and allows for Ethernet data transfer An additional Ethernet interface is available for connecting more docking stations downstream up to 4 on the same network Operator Controls The ST4004 has no operator controls or power switch 5 16 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Indicators The quad docking station is equipped with Ethernet activity and link LEDs
105. add the Omnii to the list For PC Running Windows Vista or Windows 7 If you are using a Bluetooth connection execute the following steps on your PC e Tap Start gt Control Panel gt Network amp Sharing Center e Double tap on Set up a new connection or network Inthe Choose a connection option screen double click on Connect to a Bluetooth personal area network PAN A Devices and Printers screen is displayed Programs 3 29 NOTE Make certain that Bluetooth is enabled on your Omnii and that it is discoverable on your Omnii tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections Tap on the Bluetooth icon Scroll to the Mode tab If they are not already enabled tap in the checkbox add an x next to Turn on Bluetooth and Discoverable e Inthe Devices and Printers screen tap on the Add a device button Your Omnii is displayed in the Add a device screen e Double tap on your Omnii icon You are asked to choose a pairing option Create a pairing code for me or Enter the device s pairing code e fa pairing code has been assigned to your Omnii choose Enter the device s pairing code and type the Omnii passcode on your PC and on your Omnii e fa pairing code has not been assigned to your Omnii choose Create a pairing code for me and type the Omnii passcode on your PC and on your Omnii A message will appear on your Omnii indicating that you have successfully paired your Omnii with your PC Your Omnii will appear in Control Pa
106. adjusting speed Up Down tab 4 46 security setting up phone 4 53 Server Settings modem setup 4 26 SCN CF taD Ce O maha RR PR aa 4 18 OBEX OPP Object Exchange Object Push Profile 4 18 4 19 4 21 SCANNED a 4 18 DOWN AA AA Da 4 18 Set for AutoRestore AA aa 4 102 SettingS nnna nnana aana 2 35 Personal Tab OneShot tab AA 4 46 Up Down tab 2 20 4 46 Task Manager working with 2 34 Settings tab error level amp log folder 4 65 Shell Settings KiOSK o oooooooooooo 4 78 Advanced tab a 4 80 Application tab oo oooooooooooooo 4 78 Phone tab cee eee 4 83 SHIFT NOV AA AA AA AP 2 7 shift state indicator accessing 2 30 shift state indicator navigation bar 2 30 SIM card inserting a 2 16 SM Toolkit UI coccion cee salada bha 3 39 Snap Modules ST4000 power only o o oooooooooo 5 6 ST4001 USB Host Client 5 6 A 4 ST4005 USB DE9M 5 7 A 4 softkey softkey bar 2 31 softkey bar softkey nannaa eee eee 2 31 soft keyboard ICON 1 0 ee 2 31 softkeyS teens 2 31 soft keyboard USING 0 cece eee 3 21 soft keyboard icon softkey bar 2 31 softkeys softkey bar
107. ages ac qr Tdi Gm 7 08 Inbox q From wy Sammie Me 4 00 still OK Temere OO O ORORO Conversation softkey Highlighting the text message and tapping on the conversation softkey automatically connects to the sender s information so you can compose a reply E mail Notification If you have any e mail highlighting this option lets you know if you have any unread e mail To view e mail e Tapon the E mail option in the Today screen or tap on Start followed by the E mail icon to launch your e mail NOTE Refer to Synchronizing E mail with Outlook PC with Windows XP OS on page 3 9 and Synchronizing E mail with Outlook PC with Windows Vista or Windows 7 on page 3 11 for details about synchronizing your e mail Calendar of Upcoming Appointments This option is used to map out all your upcoming appointments meetings and so on in the weeks months and years ahead a NOTE You can synchronize the Calendar so that any meetings appointments and so on are displayed on your Omnii Today screen as well as on your PC Refer to Synchronizing E mail with Outlook PC with Windows XP OS on page 3 9 and Synchronizing E mail with Outlook PC with Windows Vista or Windows 7 on page 3 11 for details e Inthe Today screen tap on Calendar or tap on Start gt Calendar icon to display the calendar applet Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Calendar so e Yg 1 35 Fri Apr 01 2011 P 5 E 10
108. ample when the blue FN key is pressed it is represented in blue in the shift state indicator icon at the top of the screen Figure 2 3 Shift State Indicator Icon E pt 7 Mm 11 08 Text Phone F miki Y Intemet Explorer Co Shift state indicator icon Locking Modifier Keys When a modifier key is locked on it will remain active until it is pressed again to unlock or turn it off To help you identify when a modifier key is locked on the key is represented in the shift state indicator icon with a black frame around it 2 10 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Figure 2 4 Shift State Indicator Icon Locked Unlocked Modifier Key Shift state indicator icon CEU gt Yo Me 6 58 m Unlocked modifier key indicator m Locked modifier key indicator Once a modifier key is unlocked or turned off it is no longer displayed in the shift state indicator icon NOTE The locking function of the modifier keys can be changed so that pressing a modifier key once will lock it on If you disable the One Shot function of the key pressing it once will lock the key on Pressing the same key a second time will unlock or turn it off Refer to OneShots on page 4 46 for details Function Keys and Macro Keys In addition to the standard keyboard functions the Omnii supports function keys and macro keys All function keys and macro keys can be custom defined for eac
109. and Removal of Omnii If your Omnii is equipped with a cover or the ST6025 double loop hand strap these accessories need to be removed before installing the unit in a vehicle cradle There is no need to remove other handstraps or pistol grips from the unit Slide Omnii into the cradle and press firmly downward until it locks into place On a vehicle it s a good idea to pull up on Omnii to be certain that it is secure e To remove Omnii press the release button on the front of the cradle until it releases 5 22 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Figure 5 19 nserting Omnii into the vehicle cradle Release Maintaining the Vehicle Cradle Two latches in the cradle hold Omnii firmly in place Although these latches are designed for at least 100 000 insertion and removal cycles they will wear over time and will no longer lock Omnii securely in the cradle For replacement parts and instructions contact Zebra Partial disassembly is required ST1002 Powered Cradle Installation The ST1002 cradle is designed to allow Omnii to be powered by a vehicle battery The battery installed in Omnii is also recharged by the vehicle battery This option accepts DC power sources over the range 11 5V to 30V Voltages above that require the use of the preregulator Model No PS1350 N WARNING Applying a voltage greater than that specified or reversing polarity may result in permanent damage to the cradle power option and will voi
110. and that the trigger operates properly The pistol grip is attached to the back of Omnii using the four threaded inserts in the upper part of the Omnii casing see Figure 5 2 Attaching the Pistol Grip Four M3x6 Phillips head screws are provided e Position the pistol grip so that it fits snugly over the back of the unit and the holes in the pistol grip are aligned with the threaded inserts on the back of the hand held e Using a Phillips screwdriver tighten the screws to a torque of 3 Ibs in 3kgf cm to secure the pistol grip in place 5 4 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Figure 5 2 Attaching the Pistol Grip Carrying and Protective Accessories NOTE Omnii Hand Held Computer is a body worn device and to maintain compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines use a Zebra approved carrying case Use of non approved accessories may violate FCC RF exposure guidelines There are several Omnii carrying and protective accessories to help you work safely and comfortably Attaching Carrying Accessories If your Omnii is not fitted with a hand strap you can install it using the carrying accessory kit supplied You ll need e A Phillips head screwdriver AN IMPORTANT Do not use adhesives such as Loctite to secure screws on carrying accessories These chemicals may damage the plastic casing Accessory Model Number Wrist Strap ST6040 Hand Strap ST6025 Soft Shell Holster ST6050 Accessories 5 5 Accessor
111. anumeric with 6 single push Function keys e 34 key numeric with 12 single push Function keys Power Management e Chiller Battery Pack 5000 mAh high capacity Lithium ion Optional 5300mAh high capacity smart freezer battery with specialized low temperature chemistry e Arctic Battery Pack 5300 mAh high capacity Lithium ion smart freezer battery with specialized low temper ature chemistry Omnii XT15f Freezer Variants F 5 AN WARNING Powered cradles are designed to allow the Omnii to be powered by a vehicle battery The battery installed in the Omnii is also recharged by the vehicle battery This option accepts DC power sources over the range 11 5V to 30V For Omnii XT15f Chiller units voltages above that require the use of the power preregulator Model No PS1350 However Omnii XT15f Arctic units operating in temperatures from 30 C to 50 C require the use of the power preregulator Model No PS1370 For detailed information see ST1002 Powered Cradle Installation on page 5 22 Environmental Chiller Variant e Operating Temperature 20 C to 50 C 4 F to 122 F e Storage Temperature 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F e Humidity 5 to 95 RH non condensing Condensation Resistant e Rain Dust Dual IP rating IP67 and IP65 IEC 60529 e Drop Rating Multiple 2 m 6 5 ft drops to polished concrete e ESD 8 kV contact 15 kV air discharge Arctic Variant e Operating Temperature 30 C to
112. ar double click to change a setting in Customer preset Press lt Esc gt to cancel e Tap on the sign to expand one of the lists so that you can view the parameter settings Creating a Custom Preset A new custom preset is created by modifying a preset either a predefined preset or an existing custom preset To create a custom preset e Highlight a preset and tap on the Add button A screen like the sample following is displayed PTS Imager Settiny ea Mb Tall I cm 9 Cloning from existing preset Factory Default Enter name of new preset e Type the name of the new preset in the dialog box e Tapon OK to save your changes The preset list is displayed the new custom preset appears at the end of the list It is marked as read and write B 14 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide PTS Imager Settiny ea e Tt oo Imaging C Barcoding gt Filter Barcode Presets My Default Factory Default All Linear Linear and POF417 Matrix Postal Custom Symbologies Edit Add Remove Activate t R Read W Wirite 4 Active Modifying a Custom Preset The parameter values in a custom preset can be modified It is recommended that very few changes be made to a custom preset To ensure that it will work reliably it should be as close as possible to the original prede fined preset To change a parameter value e Highlight the custom preset and tap on the Edit button PTS Imager Sett
113. ard Figure2 Bottom View Docking Connector About This Guide xxiii Figure3 Top View Scanner Window Laser Aperture Figure4 7 Omnii XT15f Freezer Variant a NOTE For details about the Omnii XT15f freezer units refer to Appendix F Omnii XT15f Freezer Variants Omnii XT15f Omnii XT15f 34 key numeric keyboard 58 key alphanumeric keyboard voicemail 2 44 tovt text Regulatory Labels N WARNING Using controls or adjustments or performing procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure xxiv Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Figure5 Laser Warning Label MODEL No 7545 This label is affixed below the scanner window Figure6 SE955 Laser Warning Label MODEL No 7545 1003853A This label is affixed below the scanner window Figure7 SE965 and SE4500 Laser Warning Label MODEL No 7545 Figure8 LED Radiation Notice Label MODEL No 7545 1003837A Figure9 SE4600 Laser Warning Label MODEL No 7545 ap N O o i Omni Features ah 626045 eee eee eee wee ewe aa 1 3 Omnii Modules Available 2 AA A UU 1 5 Documents Available 2 1 e a 1 5 Preparing the Omnii for Operation 1 a a a a 1 5 The Battery AA uc 1 5 Switching the OmniiOnandOff AA 1 6 Resetting the OMNI ss wes we ee ee ee Soe eo EE ENE SEE ANAK NA KA 1 7 Performing a Warm Reset 1 a
114. areas where they may get snagged or pulled e Keep cables away from heat sources grease battery acid and other potential hazards e Keep cables away from control pedals and other moving parts that may damage the cables or interfere with the operation of the vehicle Installation in High Voltage Vehicles N WARNING Voltages exceeding 30VDC are considered hazardous Installation of powered cradles in vehicles that operate above 30VDC require special consideration as listed below Due to the hazardous voltages present on these vehicles it is necessary to ensure that the powered cradle power supply cable connector is not accessible to the vehicle operator and does not get exposed to water or other liquids Exposing an accessible power connector to water or other liquids could create a hazardous situation resulting in serious injury or death Avoiding this hazard can be accomplished in the following way e Use the PS1350 pre regulator or for freezer applications 30 C the PS1370 pre regulator Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide e Ensure the power connector is wrapped securely with a waterproof electrical tape and installed in a dry location on the vehicle away from the vehicle operator s reach perhaps under a vehicle dash orin a sealed housing e Cover the power connector with a waterproof heat shrink material see Extreme Wet Environments for additional details All other installation requirements outli
115. as stopped check the scanner window for dirt or fogging Operating One Dimensional 1D Internal Laser Scanners e Turn the hand held on Wait until the unit has booted up completely AN IMPORTANT If an aiming dot is available on the installed scanner the dot will be enabled for a configurable time period including off after which normal scanning begins Refer to Dot Time msec on page C 4 in Appendix C Scanner Settings for details Double clicking the trigger will override the aiming delay and initiate an immediate scan Note that the aiming dot is standard on long range and high visibility internal scanners e Aim atthe barcode and press the scan key or the trigger A scan beam and a warning indicator appear until a successful decode is achieved or six seconds have elapsed Operating Internal Two Dimensional 2D Imagers An imager scanner takes a snap shot of a single barcode or multiple barcodes at one time It can find a barcode regardless of its orientation that is even a barcode printed at a 45 degree angle to the hand held will be decoded successfully ap NOTE When scanning multiple barcodes ensure that all of the desired barcodes are within the field of view of the scanner It is possible that even when all barcodes are within the field of view not all of them will be decoded Only successfully decoded barcodes are passed to the application program The application pro gram then issues a warning asking t
116. atellites This works well in fairly clear areas outdoors for example However if you re attempting to triangulate your location in city centres where signals bounce off tall concrete buildings or from within a building the GPS module will have greater difficulty calculating a fix AGPS reduces Time To First Fix TTFF and increases the likelihood of finding and keeping a fix in poor coverage areas such as indoor sites AGPS downloads satellite ephemeris orbital data to the Omnii periodi cally through Wi Fi or WWAN The downloaded data is used by the GPS module to speed the process of getting a fix 4 70 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Update e Click on the Update button to download Extended Ephemeris EE files from a secure host on the internet using any interface that has an internet connection WWAN or Wi Fi These files contain several days worth of ephemeris orbital data that can be used if the satellite s broadcast ephemeris is not available The Status field above the Update button displays the progress of the download and once successfully down loaded the Status field will read ale Settings e Click on the Settings softkey to define the AGPS server connection settings GPS Settings El gt E Go 11 21 AGPS server connection settings Use default settings Server Port User name Password Update The AGPS server connection settings drop down menu allows you to choose from two
117. ave operator controls or a power switch There is no dedicated indicator light to show that the charger is powered but the charge slot LEDs will light up briefly when first applying power Charge Indicators Each battery charge slot is equipped with four LEDs to indicate the charge status of the battery When the Omnii batteries are inserted in the charger the colour and behaviour of the LEDs associated with the charging bays in use indicate the status of the charge Charge LED Behav iour OFF No battery detected Solid Green Battery charging complete Each LED represents 25 battery capacity Function Flashing Green Charge in progress Each LED represents 25 battery capacity Flashing Yellow Battery is not charging due to out of temperature conditions Solid Red Unable to read battery charging timeout or non Zebra battery Charging Batteries e Install the battery with the battery contacts facing the charger Slide the battery between the guide rails until it lightly latches in place The 4 LED bar for the battery bay shows 25 charger per LED A flashing green LED shows charging is under way The LED directly below the slot in which a battery is inserted lights up immediately If the battery tempera ture is outside 0 C to 40 C 32 F to 104 F the LED flashes yellow until the temperature is acceptable A fully discharged battery will normally take 4 5 hours to charge At full capacity it turns solid green When the bat
118. ave the Data field blank If for Settings 4 45 example you want to assign an application launch key to launch the Word Mobile application you can leave this field blank If you want to assign an application launch key that will open a specific document in the Word Mobile application you need to browse to and choose that document while the cursor is in the Data field e Tapon OK App Launch Keys ea ao Tu f uu 6 44 Calendar Ink App Add Edit Remove e If you need to Edit Remove or Add another App Launch Key you can do it from this final screen Other wise tap on OK to save your Application Launch Key e To launch the application you chose press the application key you assigned Buttons A number of apps are included under this icon e Tap on the Start gt Settings gt Personal gt Buttons icon to display the apps Q Buttons EI yt Ty d Gm 7 03 Lock 5 lt Program Buttons gt Up Do 1 Select a button Re 2 Assign a program Program Buttons Tab In the Program Buttons tab you can customize the program hardware buttons to open your most used programs e Under Select a button tap on the button to which you want to assign a program Choose a program from the Assign drop down menu 4 46 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Up Down Control Tab Buttons o Yul d Gat 7 16 Progr lt Up Down Control gt Seque Customize the way yo
119. ave the changes B 12 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Removing a Custom Preset e Highlight the custom preset you want to delete and tap on the Remove button A window is displayed warning you that you are about to remove a preset e Tapon Yes to remove the preset or No to cancel the operation Configuring the Barcode Decoding Symbologies To configure the barcode decoding presets e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System gt Imagers icon e Tap on the Barcoding tab e Scroll down to view your barcode options Figure B 3 PTS Imager Settiny ea oe tlm Imaging C Barcoding gt Filter Camera Presets Imager Y E PTS Imager Settini ea Fil Tall Ena Om 9 04 Imaging lt Barcoding gt Low light Low power Glossy surface Barcode Presets My Default View Add Remove Activate did Default View Add ni Barcode Presets Linear and PDF417 My Default isla Factory Default i Setting the Active Preset An active preset has an A to the right in the Figure B 3 above the active preset is My Default To set an active preset e Highlight the preset and tap on the Activate button Viewing a Preset To view the parameter settings in a preset e Highlight a preset and tap on the View button The associated preset window is displayed Imagers Applet 6B 13 H Options Hai LD With Strong Recovery Enablec al E Code 39 HI Code 128 E EAN 13 Pre defined Preset are read only Press space
120. basic overview of the Omnii Hand Held Chapter 1 Basic Operation describes the steps required to get the Omnii ready for operation Chapter 2 Getting To Know Your Omnii describes Omnii features including how to charge and maintain the battery the keyboard fea tures the display using the internal scanner etc This chapter also describes how to navigate the Microsoft Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 Today screen how to transfer data between the Omnii and a PC and how to manage files and folders Chapter 3 Programs provides a description of the Microsoft Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 Programs applets and how to use them Chapter 4 Settings provides details about Microsoft Windows Embedded Hand Held Settings applets and how to use them Chapter 5 Accessories describes the peripherals and accessories available for your Omnii computer Appendix A Port Pinouts describes pinouts for the Omnii docking connector snap module connectors battery contacts and vehicle cradle cable connectors Appendix B Imagers Applet describes in detail the Omnii imager settings Appendix C Scanner Settings describes the barcode options Appendix D Internal Imager amp Scanner Specifications lists the specifications for the Omnii scanners and imagers Appendix E Omnii Specifications lists the specifications for your Omnii computer radios and battery Appendix F Omnii XT15f Freezer Variants provides specifications for the O
121. board as an arrow pointing left moves the cursor one char acter to the left erasing the previous key stroke The DEL key FN BACKSPACE erases the character at the current cursor position The CTRL and ALT Key The CTRL and ALT keys modify the function of the next key pressed and are application dependent Pressing either key twice locks it on Pressing the key once again unlocks it The TAB Key Typically the TAB key moves the cursor to the next field to the right or downward The ESC Key Generally this key is used as a keyboard shortcut to close the current menu dialog box or activity The SPACE Key The SPACE key is represented on the keyboard by a long horizontal line bracketed by a small vertical line on each side Pressing this key inserts a blank space between characters In a Windows dialog box pressing the SPACE key enables or disables a checkbox The SCAN Key The Omnii is equipped with a single SCAN key on the keyboard and an extra SCAN button located on the left side of the unit SCAN keys activate the scanner beam For units that do not have internal scanners these keys can be remapped to serve other functions Modifier Keys The SHIFT CTRL ALT FN and SYM keys are modifier keys that change the function of the next key pressed The SHIFT CTRL and ALT keys operate much like a desktop keyboard except that they are not chorded two keys held down simultaneous
122. by Zebra The use of accessories other than those recommended or changes to this product that are not approved by Zebra may void the compliance of this product and may result in the loss of the user s authority to operate the equipment AN WARNING This mark indicates that the user should read all included documentation before use WARNING Ce marquage indique que l usager doit avant l utilisation lire toute la doc umentation incluse WARNING Explosion Hazard Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class l Division 2 locations WARNING This unit has NO OPERATOR REPLACEABLE PARTS other than the battery pack Disassembly assembly of the Omnii XT15ni must be performed by trained Zebra service personnel at a Zebra service depot No unauthorized substitution of parts is allowed for the Omnii XT15ni hand held Use ONLY the Zebra Model ST3001 NI battery pack in the Omnii XT15ni No substitutions are permitted without authorization from ZebraZebra personnel DO NOT CHARGE OR CHANGE BATTERIES in an area that is known to be hazardous Replace batteries in an area known to be non hazardous EXPLOSION HAZARD DO NOT REMOVE OR REPLACE LAMPS FUSES OR PLUG IN MODULES AS APPLICABLE UNLESS POWER HAS BEEN DISCONNECTED OR THE AREA IS KNOWN TO BE FREE OF IGNITIBLE CONCENTRATIONS OF FLAMMABLE GASES OR VAPORS EXPLOSION HAZARD DO NOT DISCONNECT WHILE THE CIRCUIT IS LIVE UNLESS THE AREA IS KNOWN TO BE FREE OF IGNITIBLE CONCENTRATIONS W
123. can use any program on your PC including Microsoft Word rather than Word Mobile Refer to Remote Desktop Mobile on page 3 38 PowerPoint Mobile PowerPoint Mobile works just like the desktop version that may be installed on your PC To launch this program on your Omnii e Tapon Start gt Office Mobile gt PowerPoint Mobile Programs 3 37 SharePoint Workspace Mobile SharePoint Workspace Mobile allows you to open edit and save documents that are on a SharePoint site a web site that lets you and others share and collaborate on documents projects schedules and so on e Tap on Start gt Office Mobile gt SharePoint Mobile e Tap on the Address softkey to highlight the web address field Type the SharePoint address you want to access Tapon Go to access documents in the SharePoint site you specified NOTE To access a SharePoint site using SharePoint Workspace Mobile from inside your organization you need to set up a Wi Fi connection that lets you access a SharePoint site on your company s network PartnerUp This app displays a number of pre loaded applications Tapping on an app in the list takes you to an associated web site The operator can then install the application If a license is required it can be obtained by sending an e mail to the software license mailbox or by contacting a Sales Rep from the Zebra contact web page http www zebra com US EN Pages Contact_Us WT mc_id psion_us_about_contact_psion o
124. cccceeccccceesseeeeeeeeesseceeceeeaaeeeesseaaeeeeeseeeaeeeeseseageeeeessaeeeeeeeees 3 38 Disconnecting Without Ending a Session a 3 39 EANG Bz Be NONA a AA AA ee eee 3 39 SIMI TOO Wie AA AA 3 39 Ada elle AA tete AA 3 39 Chapter 4 Settings Overview of Software L A BULAGAAN ANAKAN NAAN AA AA oia 4 5 Table of Contents ix Zebra Software AO V AAG otto ios an 4 5 Me Her OTE ONO CA 4 5 e o VD RR RU E 4 5 CIOCKS S AMS suis ess ses AA a SIS E AA AA 4 6 Roo GA A A RAND TR SR 4 6 HONG POP AA o E E E 4 7 Appearance Tab Changing the Theme Background eres 4 7 Beaming a Theme to Another Device oococcoccnoccccconncccononccconnnnconnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnss 4 7 Items Tab Customizing the Today Screen e eeerererene ae ereererrerena nene errernenaa 4 8 POWO AA A 4 9 o AA aa 4 9 PROV NCS TAD reee N E GOO A 4 9 Bate DEIS TD RE RR aT TE 4 10 Suspend Threshold and Estimated Battery Backup errar 4 10 PaE le RP PARA AAP KAPA 4 11 io O a o Ec NONHICA eL AA AR 4 12 BS NS Pan 4 12 Ae ife 2 fo g ol FE iconos 4 13 CONNEC Tan S ION Siete POP PU et oe ASAS CEO E ento di aioe iai ds iso ae SS 4 13 BS A 4 14 DIVCIOO LN SEU o 4 14 The Devices Tab Scanning for Bluetooth Devices X XX a 4 15 Palma ND OCC AA UERR UR ERR ED RR 4 17 O A 4 18 es A Seated etnias RONDA O PD E E EE E 4 19 dolo BES 6 A ee PP er ene U
125. ccessories and modules go to the Zebra website at http www zebra com US EN Product Lines Psion WT mc id psion us p handheld Documents Available To see a current list of documents and download what you need go to the Knowledge Base on the Zebra Inge nuity Working community website http www ingenuityworking com knowledge w knowledgebase product manuals aspx Preparing the Omnii for Operation The Battery The Omnii is powered by a Lithium ion Smart Battery pack 5000 mAh Model ST3001 AN IMPORTANT Before charging the battery it is critical that you review the battery safety guidelines in the Omnii Hand Held Computer Regulatory amp Warranty Guide PN 8000191 1 6 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Battery packs shipped from the factory are charged to approximately 40 and must be fully charged prior to use Batteries can be charged using a variety of chargers and docking stations For detailed information see Battery Details on page 2 5 Replacing the Battery Pack AN IMPORTANT Always switch the unit off before changing the battery see Switch ing the Omnii On and Off on page 1 6 However assuming the default power saving parameters and battery reserve level have not been altered battery swap time is a minimum of 4 minutes you will not lose data if the battery is replaced within this time frame Figure 1 6 Omnii Battery Battery top Release Button Battery Compartment Guide
126. cdas B 3 GFOUP a B 3 Group default identifier B 3 Predefined 0 0 ccc ce eee ene B 3 Preset group Default identifier o oo ooooooo B 3 private network WiFiConnect A R C 3 39 Profile restoring backup Aa 4 101 viewing backup 00 cece eee eee 4 101 profile creating backup 4 99 Programs ooo 2 34 3 3 MINIMIZID O AA 2 34 Opening 2 34 protective case eee ees 5 5 proxy server setting up 4 31 punctuation marks accessing SHIFT Key 2 7 0 Query Services Bluetooth pairing 4 21 Quick Defrost heater settings F 9 Quick Defrost applet o oo ooocoooooo F 8 Quick Defrost Settings Quick DENG yt wade MAKA aa ates F 9 R recalibrating touchscreen 2 13 Regional SettingS oooooooooooommo 4 87 remapping 5 AA 4 49 o A fes doada SELADA A TS 4 48 Remote Desktop Mobile 3 38 Remove PrograMS oocccoccococ 4 88 resetting Omnii Boot to BooSt 0 a 1 8 clean start a 1 7 cold reset a 1 7 Hard Reset a 1 8 warm reset 0 0 a 1 7 Restore Now 2 2 ccc eee 4 102 ring tone adjustments phone 4 53 S safety instructions battery charger aa 5 9 ce
127. ce such as a USB memory key or supported peripheral Accessories 5 7 e Model ST4005 Serial variant provides a powered DE9M serial connector It powers and charges Omnii and provides serial communications to tethered devices The DE9M connector is capable of speeds up to 115 200 bps Pin 9 is reserved for 5V power out and is defaulted to off To enable power to this port in your Omnii desktop go to Start gt Settings gt System gt Scanners which opens the Scanner Settings menus In the Ports menu select on for the Power parameter under the COM6 port Figure 5 5 Snap Module Ports ST4000 Charger ST4001 USB ST4005 Serial Micro B port Type A Host USB port Powered DE9M Serial port 5 VDC 500 mA max 9 pin 5VDC 1A max Back of Snap Modules DC IN port 12V 2 5 A Figure 5 6 Snap Module Installation Hand strap slot DC IN port 5 8 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide To attach the Snap Module charger to Omnii e Make sure that the charger connector and Omnii docking connector are free of dust or any other debris before connecting them e Aslot in the side rail on each side of the hand held accommodates the locking clips of the charger To attach the charger align it with the base of the hand held and gently slide up until the locking clips snap into place Refer to Figure 5 6 Snap Module Installation on page 5 7 e To remove the charger press down on the base of the clip arms to release t
128. ce Tab The Lock Sequence tab allows you to lock the hand held keyboard to prevent keys from being pressed acci dentally when for example the unit is inserted in a holster a Ti d4 CC 7 51 Lock Sequence gt Progr Enable key lock sequence ES Show popup message E Keyboard locked at startup x Disable touch screen on lock Key Sequence SYM FN Bksp T e To lock the keyboard tap in the checkbox next to Enable key lock sequence e Tapin the checkbox next to Keyboard locked at startup In the Key sequence drop down menu choose the key sequence you need to type to unlock the keyboard e Reset the Omnii press and hold down the BLUE FN key and the Power button ap NOTE Itis useful to leave the Show popup message enabled default so that anyone attempting to use the Omnii keyboard will see the key sequence they will need to enter to unlock the keyboard displayed on the screen A locked keyboard icon is displayed in the softkey bar when the keyboard is locked F phone voicemail Tales No New Messages e mail Calendar a dm Or a P TavoOrILes A a ali CU N obfication RE e Type the key sequence to unlock the keyboard The Phone Managing Settings An optional phone feature is available for your Omnii hand held This section details how to tailor phone settings like the ring type and tone phone services and so on 4 52 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide AN IM
129. ces of software such as a server must be obtained through Zebra Tapping on a preloaded client in the PartnerUp screen displays a drop down menu from which the operator can choose from an array of related options Quick Defrost Heater Settings ul Quick Defrost The Quick Defrost applet provides a number of tools to monitor and configure the heaters installed in the Omnii XT15f freezer units Kiosk Kiosk allows the administrator to tailor how the Omnii operates and the options the user can access Note that the look of the Today screen will change from icons that are finger accessible to a list of items best accessed using a stylus Settings 4 77 e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System gt Kiosk icon G g Yg di CO 8 51 Administrator password Shell Settings Restrictions y Administrator password is currently not set If an administrator password is not yet set this is indicated at the bottom of this screen Tapping on the Admin istrator Password option displays the following screen Administrator GI gt Ti 2 Gm 10 28 Enter the current password as New password UI Confirm new password C Show password e Type a New password and then re enter it in the Confirm new password field NOTE Once an administrative password is assigned each time Kiosk is launched a dialog box will be displayed requesting the password Kiosk Menu E gr Ty A 2 06 Administrator password Shell Set
130. cessories 5 13 Indicators The front mounted LED on the desktop docking station indicates the spare battery charge status The LED on Omnii is active even when the hand held is inserted in a docking station and in suspend mode so that the charge status of the battery can be detected easily Charge LED Behaviour Function OFF No battery detected Solid Green Battery charging complete Flashing Green Charge in progress Flashing Yellow Battery is not charging due to out of temperature conditions Solid Red A charging timeout unable to read battery or non Zebra battery Operation Charging the Omni Battery The desktop docking station supplies DC power to enable the Omnii internal fast charger When installed in the dock the Omnii battery charge LED will illuminate to indicate the unit has external power and can charge the internal battery Omnii charge indication follows the same convention as the charger s spare battery indicator Figure 5 9 Desktop Docking Station Models ST4002 and ST4003 on page 5 11 ap NOTE Battery charging continues whether Omnii is switched on or off Charging the Spare Battery AN IMPORTANT Do not store spare batteries in a charger for more than 72 hours Doing so may damage the battery or reduce its charge capacity e Install the battery in the battery charging bay rear slot of the desktop docking station Place the battery contacts down to mate with the connector and pivot the battery into
131. cking stations away from excessive dirt dust water and other liquids and contaminants e Chargers will not charge batteries outside an ambient temperature range of 0 C to 40 C 32 F to 104 F It is recommended that the charger or docking station be operated at room temperature between 18 C and 25 C 64 F to 77 F for maximum performance After unpacking your unit e Visually inspect the charger for possible damage e Install the IEC power cord if applicable and apply power Operator Controls Omnii docking stations and chargers have no operator controls Power Consumption Considerations Check to ensure the mains circuit supplying chargers and or docking stations is adequate for the load espe cially if several chargers and docking stations are being powered from the same circuit Desktop Docking Stations Models ST4002 and ST4003 a NOTE Specialized versions of the desktop docking station are available for Argentina and Korea For Argentina model number ST4002 AR is packaged with a wall adaptor and a suitable regional AR plug For Korea model number ST4002 KR is packaged with a wall adaptor and a KR plug AN IMPORTANT The desktop docking station is shipped with its own quick start guide ST4002 and ST4003 Desktop Docking Stations Quick Start Guide PN 8000203 It is critical that it be reviewed for additional informa tion and updates Accessories 5 11 Omnii can be inserted into two desktop docking s
132. cncononococononncnnnnonnnnnnannnnnnonnnnonnnonannnnnnnonnninaninns 5 28 Power Self test LEDs Don t Light Up errar errar renan 5 28 Indicator Does Not Light When Battery Installed XA 5 28 Table of Contents xiii Appendices Appendix A Port Pinouts Omnii DOCKING Connector ccceccceececeeeceeeeceneeceeceeaeecsueeceucesaneeseessueesaeeesaeeseeesueesaueesueeeaueessaeess A 3 INA Modules COINS OS AA AA GAAN A 4 Cable Connectors for Vehicle Cradle Model ST1002 aa A 5 omnii ACT COAG Sie amn aa APAN A 6 Appendix B Imagers Applet MEA As eee ene AP AAP B 3 Regured 216 0 ner eee eo ae ee ne AA B 3 Ae B 3 o o O AE B 3 Barcode Predefined Presets esencia ici B 3 Barcode Decoding Symbology Predefined Presets ooccocccocccocccocncocncocncocnconncnnnnnnnnos B 4 Barcode Decoding Camera Predefined Preset occooccccccccocncconncconoconnnnnnnnnnnnoncnnonnnnonnnonnnnnans B 4 Image Capture Predefined Preseis aa B 5 Using the IMagers AD PAPA aiaa aa aaia anakana B 5 Configuring the Image Capture Preseis Aa B 5 Selecting a Camera a aa a a ain B 6 SENNO MNE ACIVO A AA AA PAA B 6 Viewing a Preset AA B 6 Cheating a Custom PICS OU AA ota B 6 Modifying a Custom NCS aa O AA AA AA CA B 7 Removing a Custom Pres Ol sssri traiciona B 8 Configuring the Barcode Decoding Camera Presets ccoocccccncccccncoccnconnconnnconnnnncnnnnnnnn
133. cnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnncnnnnnnnnos 5 13 Charging the Spare Ball nii aaa lts 5 13 Cleaning the Desktop Docking StatiON cccccccocnccncccconccnnccononccnnncononcnnncnnnonnnnnnonnnnnnnnononanennnoss 5 13 TPOUDICS OOM AA ato N 5 14 Docking station does not seem to power ON ocooccocccncccnccncncnnoccnncnnnccnnnonnonanonnnonnnnnnnnnnninanons 5 14 Omnii charge indicator LED stays off errar 5 14 Omnii charge indicator LED is red occcoccccocnccccncconncconncocnnonnnnnnnonanonnonocnnnonannnnnnonannnnnnos 5 14 Spare battery LED is red with a battery installed oocococccconcconnccocncconoconncononononos 5 14 Spare battery LED does not turn on when a battery is installed 5 14 Quad Docking Station Model No ST4004 aa 5 15 STATON CONOIS AA AA AA 5 15 PP A 5 16 Quad Docking Station Operati0N ooooncccccnccccccconccnnnnnccnononcnnnnnnnnononononnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnononannnnnnnnnnnss 5 16 Charging the Omnii Battery oooccconccconoconnncnonoconncnanoconcnnancnnnnonanonnancnnnnonanonancnnaninnanos 5 16 A AA APR AA 5 16 Connecting to the Ethernet Network oocccoccccoccoccccoconocnconoccccncnonononnonocnnnonanonnnnonaninnnnos 5 17 Cleaning TINGS PA OO 4 erario td in cidcid 5 17 TrOUDIeSOQUAO AA AA EDDIE OMR 5 18 Omnii Charge Indicator LED Stays Of X X a 5 18 Power LED Does Not Ligh
134. code images over an extended range and under a wide variety of lighting conditions Basic Scanner Operations e Turn the hand held on Wait until the unit has booted up completely e Aim at the barcode and press the scan key or the trigger A scan beam and a warning indicator appear until a successful decode is achieved or six seconds have elapsed Scanning Techniques e Hold the scanner at an angle Do not hold it perpendicular to the barcode e Do not hold the scanner directly over the barcode In this position light can reflect back into the scanner s exit window and prevent a successful decode Scan the entire barcode If you are using a 1D or PDF laser scanner make certain that the scan beam crosses every bar and space on the barcode including the margins on either end of the symbol e If you are using a 2D imaging scanner make certain the red oval shaped framing mark is centered within the barcode you want to scan e When using imaging scanners do not move the scanner while decoding the barcode Movement blurs the image e Hold the scanner farther away for larger barcodes e Hold the scanner closer for barcodes with bars that are close together Scanner Status LED Sounds and Vibrations The scanner LED the far right LED indicates whether or not your scan is successful The LED behaves as follows e Scan In Progress scan LED displays solid red colour Successful Scan scan LED displays solid green colour and turns
135. condensing and 0 C to 40 C 32 F to 104 F The desktop docking station uses careful charge algorithms designed to maximize battery life while ensuring the shortest possible charge time See Battery Details on page 2 5 for more information regarding battery capacity charge times and battery life See Charging the Battery on page 5 9 for spare battery charge information 5 12 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Figure 5 10 Back of ST4003 Desktop Docking Station Locking arm Omnii charging bay Connector pins Spare battery DC IN port charging bay RJ45 Ethernet port Host USB port Client USB port DE9M serial port Charging a Battery Installed in Omnii e Insert the DC power cable to the DC IN port on the desktop docking station Plug the pronged end of the cable into an AC outlet e Slide the hand held into the docking station making certain that the hand held is securely seated on the docking station connector pins and engages the locking arms of the docking station When the Omnii is switched on a message is displayed briefly on the screen indicating that the unit is properly installed in the station and the docking station icon is displayed in the taskbar dh The LED on Omnii lights up indicating that the unit has external power and battery charging will begin It is safe to leave the unit in the desktop docking station while it is not in use the battery will not be overcharged Ac
136. cooccconccocccocncccconononnnnnnnnnnonnnnonannnononononnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnancnnnnns 3 8 POKES SAO ome pccete 3 8 sab AA 3 9 oe AA 3 9 Synchronizing E mail with Outlook PC with Windows XP OS aa 3 9 Changing Synchronization Settings ccooccconnccccnccccnconnnnonnnnnnnnonnnononononnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnanonnnnss 3 10 Synchronizing E mail with Outlook PC with Windows Vista or Windows 7 3 11 e 3 12 COMAS anita 3 12 WO WI me Contacts St AA 3 13 Communicate Tab Adding ContactS occccccccccnccncccconccnnnononnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnos 3 14 MO Tar a aan aia caco 3 15 NOS 0 eee ee eee ee CD NN AG a AA UR O 3 15 ahi EIS BEX DIONE ricota 3 15 BOW SIO VOD NET mostrados 3 15 o SS 3 16 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide ANG LIL AA 3 16 RICUTESS VISOS maka ONG BAT ANA ANA ee eee ee eee 3 17 WI nla We Canoas cool aE alos picas 3 17 Moving Pnotos OA E RD eT E AAE EE 3 18 Oo STAIN Sh FP ONO esenp nA ese E E EE E 3 18 Belcio a PNO ee E E E 3 18 1 O e E E RARO NR A E E 3 19 Creating a Slide SNOW ccccccsscccccccesseceecscesseeeeceeaeeeeessansaeeecseeaeeeeessaasseeeecssaseeeeeessaaseeeeessaaesaees 3 19 Using the Video Recorder er eeeereeeeereea nc erene a eneen aaa nra tener ereae acena een enanando 3 19 Windows Media cccccceccceccceeccceeeceseecascesseceesecesaeesneecseeccueessueseaeesseeesseesacesseeecse
137. cy bands are enabled Bands should not be disabled without knowledge about which bands are used by your network an incorrect setting will prevent the WWAN modem from finding the network Phone Diagnostics Tab Phone ac go To mj Om 5 22 Bands Diagnostics Hearing Aid Signal Strength 75 dBm 61 Bit Error Rate Unknown Mobile Country Code MOC 302 Mobile Network Code MNC 720 nave 17400 0x43f8 Area Code LAC Cell ID CID 33082 Ox000813a Settings 4 57 The Diagnostics tab lists details about each network found The information in this screen may be useful to support personnel if they are attempting to diagnose a problem with your network Phone Hearing Aid Mode Tab Phone BU mj m 5 25 Diagnostics lt Hearing Aid gt Sounds ia Enable hearing aid mode When Hearing Aid Mode is enabled the audio path is altered to accommodate those using a magnetically coupled hearing aid T coil System Folder e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System icon to display a group of system apps ED q Ta d CO 8 15 gt Certificates Pot Vy 4 T 8 21 7 e gt a Le Es a sl SPS Settings Managed Programs a Backlight bi Regional Settings al Ca E Manage Triggers mer Screen Rotation Contrast il Dr Debug w a w SU ParinerUp UNE Customer Feedback e i a he lt 7 Microphone Sy R Encryption GPS 8 i Wx stem Properties EL ES ecall ion Hai a mE Eres Rapita Psion e Remove Programs Ta
138. d 6 5 User Guide Import Export Fi E e Y E Gm 10 59 AP Import settings from a file Export settings to a file Tapping on the Export button displays an Export Settings screen The default Name Kiosk Settings can be changed by the administrator even after it has been saved Import Export File BJ g gt of qm 6 01 Export Settings The xml file contains all of the Kiosk configured settings including the Administrator Password When the file is imported to a device the new password is applied immediately Import Export Fi O Tl 11 09 e Whether choosing to import or export files the same file location options will be listed Following the action a message stating the success of the operation and the location of the file is displayed e With the exception of the password changes made to settings take effect only after a warm reset If further changes to the configuration are made they will overwrite the changes caused by the import operation After importing a file a dialog box appears requesting a reset now or later Settings 4 87 Activating a Change User Mode To activate changes you ll need to switch from Administrator to User Mode This Kiosk Access screen is displayed automatically once you ve finished making changes and have tapped on OK e 1n the tab where you ve made the changes tap on OK In the next screen the Kiosk menu screen tap on OK A new screen the Kiosk Access screen
139. d as follows e No rule ignored e Match at index matches the match string at a specified index e Match and replace at index matches the match string at a specified index and replaces changes it e Replace at index replaces changes unspecified data in a given range e Add barcode prefix suffix adds a global prefix or suffix e Verify barcode size verifies the barcode size This rule should generally be assigned first before creat ing subsequent rules Search and replace replaces all instances of the match string Note that this rule cannot fail AN IMPORTANT Keep in mind that the effects of previously applied rules must be taken into account when creating subsequent rules For example if the barcode size is important it should be checked before any rules that might change the size are applied The information about the status of each case rule is displayed in the scan log file see Scan Log File on page 4 91 when enabled This is useful if a case fails and you are trying to determine why a rule is failing Port Replicator Port A COM5 and Port B COM6 Port Replicator Port A COM5 and Port B COMO are standard RS 232 DE 9 DTE ports on the Omnii port replicator module available on some snap modules and cradle types Enabled This parameter must be set to on in order for Omnii to recognize the device connected to the Port Replicator 9 pin COM5 Power COM6 only Pin 9 on Omnii COM6 is reserved f
140. d below Enter a name for these settings Tap on OK Proxy Server Tab NOTE If you are connected to your ISP or private network during synchronization the Omnii will download the appropriate settings during synchronization from your PC If these settings are not on your PC or if they need to be changed you ll need to set up the proxy server connection manually To set up the proxy server connection manually you ll need the following information proxy server name server type port tyoe of Socks protocol used and the user name and password Tap Start gt Settings Tap on the Connections tab followed by the Connections icon Under My Work Network tap on Set up my proxy server ISP WWAN GPR o ping Yal di Gm 3 30 Modem Proxy Settings General ES This network connects to the Intemet Eis network uses a proxy server to connect to the Intemet 4 32 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide e Tap in the checkbox next to This network connects to the Internet and This network uses a proxy server to connect to the Internet e In the Proxy server field type the proxy server name Tap on OK to save your changes ap NOTE If you need to change advanced settings such as a port number or proxy server type you ll need to tap on the Advanced button rather than tapping on OK Advanced set tings are described in Changing Advanced Proxy Server Settings in the next section Changing Advanced Proxy S
141. d gasoline The plastic slowly decomposes in strong alkaline solutions 5 18 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Troubleshooting Omni Charge Indicator LED Stays Off When Omnii is docked in a powered ST4004 and the hand held s charge indicator LED stays off there may be a problem with Omnii or with the docking station Make sure a battery is installed in the Omnii otherwise use an Omnii with a properly functioning charge indicator to isolate the problem Power LED Does Not Light Up Remove all Omnii units and unplug the docking station e Connect another device to the mains outlet to ensure there is power e Remove the IEC mains power cable from the charger and check it for damage e Reconnect the mains cable in the charger and mains outlet Omnii Charge LED Flashes Yellow A flashing yellow Omnii charge LED the left most LED on the hand held indicates that the battery is not within the allowable charging temperature range 0 C and 40 C 32 F to 104 F Allow the battery to come to an acceptable range before reinserting Omnii in the docking station Omnii Charge Indicator LED is Red If the Omnii charge indicator is red when Omnii is in any of the four bays the quad dock cannot read the battery is in charging timeout or it is not a Zebra battery Remove the computers and disconnect the adaptor DC power cable e Wait at least 20 seconds and then plug the cable in again e If the Omnii indica
142. d psion us p handheld for a list of available configurations Most of the keys on these keyboards operate much like a desktop computer Where a key or key function is not consistent with the PC keyboard those differences are described in the following sections Depending on the type of keyboard on your Omnii the keyboard is equipped with a dedicated Power button or an ENTER Power combination key both of which allow you to switch the unit on The BLUE FN modifier key provides access to additional keys and system functions These functions are colour coded in blue print above the keyboard keys ap NOTE Almost all keys can be reprogrammed to suit your requirements Getting To Know Your Omnii 2 7 Figure 2 1 Keyboard Layouts Power button End key SYM Modifier key Talk key FN Modifier key ENTER Power key SHIFT Modifier key Windows key 36 Key Numeric 123 Keyboard 55 Key Long Alphanumeric Keyboard The Power Button 55 Key and 66 Key Keyboards only The Power button in the upper right corner of the keyboard switches the unit on and off Standard Keys The ENTER Power Key The ENTER Power key is used to execute the usual Enter keyboard functions as well as to power the unit on and off for keyboards not equipped with a dedicated Power button for details refer to Switching the Omnii On and Off on page 1 6 NOTE 55 key and 66 key keyboards are equipped with a Power button For thes
143. d the product warranty Operating an Omnii XT15f Arctic unit in operating temperatures from 30 C to 50 C requires the use of the power preregulator Model No PS1370 The ST1002 Vehicle Cradle has a 44 pin connector that allows connection with either the CA3001 Vehicle Cradle Power and Communications Cable DE9M serial port 2 USB Host interfaces and power cable or the power only CA3000 Vehicle Cradle Power Cable For connector pinouts and a cable connections diagram see Cable Connectors for Vehicle Cradle Model ST1002 on page A 5 Accessories 5 23 Figure 5 20 Connecting to vehicle power CA3001 Vehicle Cradle Power CA3000 Vehicle Cradle and Communications Cable Power Cable For a diagram of a power with communications setup see Figure 5 21 Connecting ST1002 to vehicle power and communications in a typical setup on page 5 25 The Omnii charging LED see Battery Charge Status LED on page 2 15 indicates that external power is available and it also indicates the charging status of the internal battery Wiring Guidelines Before installing the cables between the cradle and other devices consider the following e Ensure that drilling holes will not damage the vehicle or its wiring e Protect cable runs from pinching overheating and physical damage e Use grommets to protect cables that pass through metal e Use plastic straps and tie downs to secure cables and connectors in their desired location away from
144. de 128 UCC EAN 128 RSS Code 39 a odo i2015 Discreto 201 8 Codabar MSL Programmable Parameters Laser On Time Aim Duration Power Mode Trigger Mode Bi directional Redundancy Symbology types lengths Data formatting Ambient Light Artificial 450 ft candles 4844 Lux Sunlight 8000 ft candles 86112 Lux Laser Output Power peak 11 35 mW SE1224HP Decode Zones Note Typical performance at 68 F 20 C on high quality symbols 13 mil 325mm 26 00 100 UPC 20 mil 25 MRD 130 50 20 20 mil 80 MRD 40 mil 55 mil In 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 cm 0 127 254 381 508 635 762 889 1016 1143 1270 1397 1524 1651 1778 1905 2032 2159 2286 2413 Depth of Field Minimum distance determined by symbol length and scan angle Internal Imager 4 Scanner Specifications SE1524ER Extended Range Scanner Parameter Specification Taser Class 2 Light Source Visible Laser Diode 650 nm 35 5 scans sec bi directional 357207 near Minimum Print Contrast Minimum 25 absolute dark light reflectance measured at Symbologies UPC EAN Code 128 UCC EAN128 RSS Code 39 Code Pmboloaies Tg 2 of 5 Discrete 2 of 5 Codabar MSI Programmable Parameters Laser On Time Aim Duration Power Mode Trigger Mode Bi directional Redundancy Symbology types lengths Data formatting Ambient Light Artificial 450 ft candles 4 844 Lux Sunlight 4 000 ft cand
145. der the following troubleshooting options The battery may be overheated 560C a non Zebra battery may be installed or the battery may have fallen below the configured Suspend Threshold See Suspend Threshold and Estimated Battery Backup on page 4 10 for details To switch on the hand held you will need to replace the overheated battery However if you supply AC power to the Omnii with a battery that falls below the configured Suspend Threshold the unit will switch on 2 6 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Charging the Battery Batteries shipped from the factory are charged to approximately 4096 of capacity Lithium ion battery packs must be fully charged before use These batteries can be charged with a variety of chargers and docking stations For detailed information about these accessories please see Chapter 5 Accessories Normally it takes 3 to 4 hours to charge a battery The Omnii intelligent charging system protects the battery from over charging by terminating the charge process when the battery is at maximum capacity Charge Completed During Sleep Mode While Operating AN IMPORTANT To avoid damaging the battery chargers will not begin the charge process until the battery temperature is between 0 C to 45 C 32 F to 113 F The Keyboard The Omnii can be ordered with a wide variety of Alpha and Numeric keyboard layouts See http www Zebra com US EN Product Lines Psion WT mc i
146. des gt Options Scanner Non decoded Y Code 39 Code 128 JEAN 13 EAN 8 JUPC A To change a setting press space or double click pr The symbologies listed change to reflect the scanner you choose and the barcodes it supports Always defer to your barcode scanner s programming manual when in doubt about the availability or settings for any parameter a NOTE Your Omnii comes preconfigured from the factory for internal scanner types To determine the type of scanner installed in your unit go to Start gt Setting gt System gt System Properties icon C 4 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide AN IMPORTANT To improve the decode speed and performance enable set to on only those codes that are required by the application Keep in mind that some barcode types are only available when an internal imaging scanner is installed All internal scanners can be configured using these dialog boxes Restoring Default Settings If you want to restore the factory defaults after making changes the defaults can be applied to a selected parameter sub tree of parameters or all scanner parameters e Press and hold the stylus on a symbology to display a pop up a menu EE mi J SSS EE Default parameter L Default all settings To change a setting press space 0r i double click e Choose Default parameter to reset only the parameter you selected or choose Default all sett
147. dows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide e Replace at index replaces changes unspecified data in a given range e Add barcode prefix suffix adds a global prefix or suffix e Verify barcode size verifies the barcode size This rule should generally be assigned first before creat ing subsequent rules e Search and replace replaces all instances of the match string Note that this rule cannot fail AN IMPORTANT Keep in mind that the effects of previously applied rules must be taken into account when creating subsequent rules For example if the barcode size is important it should be checked before any rules that might change the size are applied Advanced Tab File Locations for Captured Images To configure the location for saved images open the dialog box as follows e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System e Tap on the Imagers icon and then tap on the Advanced tab To define the location where imager files will be stored e Tap on the File Location button PTS Imager Settiny ea e T 9 24 Mama Faller o 3 m Type q Ja Location Main memory Type the file Name choose the Folder and file Type Choose the Location in which your files will be saved When you have completed all the changes tap on the Save button Configuring Triggers Viewing The Trigger Configuration The trigger on the Omnii hand held is configured using the Manage Triggers applet The magers applet pro
148. driver or application receiving the trigger presses Show All Modules By default inactive owners are not shown By checking this checkbox all owners both active and inactive are displayed Managed Programs Managed Programs lets you view download and install applications that are deployed by the System Center Mobile Device Manager a server side solution that helps enable IT to have control of their device deployment with respect to security management and access to the corporate network To access Managed Programs e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System tab gt Managed Programs icon ama Managed Programs Managed Program Ka e T 1 51 Installation History No Managed Programe have been installed NOTE The system administrator can provide the details needed Managed Programs effectively Memory This applet allows you to view memory use and storage card memory allocation To display the options for this applet e Tap on Start gt Settings Tap on the System tab followed by the Memory icon Settings 4 75 Main Tab This tab lists the memory allocated for file and data storage and for program storage Storage Card The Storage Card screen indicates the total storage card or RAM disk memory along with the amount in use Microphone Use this dialog box to adjust the gain for the specific microphones associated with your hand held Memory E 22 Vo df Ga 1 58 Storage C lt Main gt Stora
149. e Modifying a Barcode Setting AU B 15 Translation Tab Configuring Rules Aa B 16 Case Rules acaso asas Ghee segues B 17 Advanced TaD asse DES EAST ee EER eS Bees B 18 File Locations for Captured Images 0 00002 eee B 18 Configuring Triggers UU B 18 Barcode Symbologies AA B 19 Imager Barcode Symbologies AU B 20 Color Camera Barcode Symbologies o B 21 Imagers Applet B 3 The Imagers Applet The magers applet is used to create modify delete and activate imager settings The principle uses of the applet are to decode barcodes and to capture images A Demonstration Application is provided to demonstrate how the imager works Refer to Imager and Camera Demo on page 3 31 for details Required Applets In order to configure imaging the Manage Triggers applet must be present in the Settings gt System tab along with the magers applet Presets There are two methods that can be used to configure an imager using the magers applet e Use a predefined preset e Create a custom preset based on a predefined preset AN IMPORTANT It is strongly recommended that a predefined preset is used whenever possible Each predefined preset contains a coherent group of settings that are known to work together in the intended environment In almost all situations at least one of the predefined presets results in a satis factory outcome A preset is a group of
150. e for installation Choose from one of the following clamp bases to secure the vehicle cradle arm assembly to the vehicle e MT3505 e MT3507 Model Rail Width MT3505 Clamp base for 4 or 12 RAM arm 2 max width MT3507 Clamp base for 4 or 12 RAM arm 3 max width MT3509 Rail base for 4 or 12 RAM arm 1 1 4 to 1 7 8 MT3510 Rail base for 4 or 12 RAM arm 2 to 2 1 2 Figure 5 17 Clamp and Rail Bases Torque to 26 in lbs SCREW CLAMP a y CLAMP BASE JAI Base LOWER gp LOWER E PEA ii BA kao a RA 5 F _ NUT CLAMP TA LAMP IA be BASE hos LOWER LC WER BASE Kin by Bas SCREW MIS509 Accessories 5 21 AN IMPORTANT Plate bases are not recommended for forklift mounting solutions If a plate rather than a clamp base is used you will need to penetrate into the struc ture of the vehicle a process requiring additional hardware The following plate bases are available e VESA Plate MT3501 e Circular Plate MT3502 Figure 5 18 M13325 Standard Arm Kit with Omnii Vehicle Cradle MT3326 Bracket To accommodate the service loop of the connector cable leave a 4 clearance at the bottom of the cradle Leave a 7 minimum clearance at the top of the cradle to allow easy removal of the hand held Refer to the detailed assembly instructions that are packaged with the cradle when selecting a mounting location Omnii Vehicle Cradles Quick Start Guide PN 8000221 Insertion
151. e A Connector DE9M Serial Connector Pin Signal Pin Signal Pin Signal Do Po Do porno p e poll ll po po o a GROUND 4 COMO C s om CN EC IO p E p m CN INM 1A power out Port Pinouts A 5 Cable Connectors for Vehicle Cradle Model ST1002 The ST1002 Vehicle Cradle has a 44 pin connector that allows connection with either the CA3001 Vehicle Cradle Power and Communications Cable DE9M serial port 2 USB Host interfaces and power cable or the power only CA3000 Vehicle Cradle Power Cable For installation details see ST 1002 Powered Cradle Installation on page 5 22 ST1002 Vehicle Cradle 44 pin connector CA3001 Vehicle Cradle Power and Communications Cable DE9M serial port Power connector USB Type A connectors USB host The following are the pin assignments of the interfaces DE9M Serial USB Type A Power pia Pin Signal Pin Signal GND To chassis ground PU mononoereor 4 oo 4 MOTION DETECT RETURN not ground GROUND A 6 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide DE9M Serial USB Type A Pin Signal Pin Signal a o f CM E A AAA Omnii Battery Contacts Figure A 1 Battery Contact Pinout Signal Name Description Positive lead of battery LU Plastic Rip provides mechanical polarity Positive lead of battery SMBus data clock Connected to GND in the battery SMBus bi directional data line GND Negative lead of battery GND
152. e Omnii 19 Backlight Settings 4 59 Battery Power Tab Backlight CO gt Yo odi Gm 9 16 Advanced lt Battery Power gt External Warning Using backlight while on battery power will substantially reduce battery life Tum off backlight if device is not used for 20 sec SS Tum on backlight when a button is x pressed or the screen is tapped E Na Adjust power settings to conserve PONG m This tab allows you to tailor the Omnii backlight behaviour to best preserve battery life e To define how long the backlight should stay on when the Omnii is not in use tap in the checkbox to the left of Turn off backlight if device is not used for NOTE This option is essentially suspend mode If the backlight is turned off tapping on the screen or pressing a key displays the screen in which you were working before the backlight turned off Tap on the drop down menu and choose the number of seconds or minutes the backlight will remain on when the hand held is idle e To Turn on backlight when a button is pressed or the screen is tapped tap in the checkbox to the left of this option External Power Tab Backlight DI Y pe Ga 9 18 Battery lt External Power gt Backlight O Tum off backlight if device is mot used for Fa Tum on backlight when a button is UN pressed or the screen is tapped Adjust power settings to conserve power ses AA amp This tab determines the behavi
153. e alphabetic character assigned as a single FN shifted character on individual keys Numeric 123 keyboards have telephone style alphabetic keys with the blue alphabetic characters located in groups of 3 or 4 above each of the numeric keys To access characters on these keyboards a few extra steps are needed as described below Choosing a Single Alpha Character NOTE The following examples assume that the FN key is enabled as Lock mode in the One Shot screen accessed by choosing Start gt Settings gt Personal gt Buttons icon In Lock mode pressing the FN key once locks it on Refer to One Shots on page 4 46 for details The examples below illustrate how to access A B and C all of which are printed in blue characters above the numeric key 2 on a 36 Key Long Numeric 123 keyboard AN IMPORTANT The letters you choose appear in the shift indicator icon at the top of the screen providing a visual indicator of which letter will be dis played on the screen To choose the letter a e Press the FN key and press the numeric key 2 2 12 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide e Press the FN key again to unlock or turn it off NOTE To choose the second third or fourth alpha character assigned to a numeric key you may want to lock the FN key on Remember that depending on how your Omnii is set up in the One Shots tab you may find that you need to press the FN
154. e in ordinary locations must be rein stalled before entering a potentially hazardous location Omnii XT15ni Battery Information The Omnii XT 15ni hand held operates with a specially adapted battery model number ST3001 NI The battery pack used in this device may ignite create a chemical burn hazard explode or release toxic materials if mistreated Do not incinerate disassemble or heat above 100 C 212 F Charge ONLY with Zebra Model ST3001 NI Do not short circuit may cause burns Keep away from children Use ONLY Zebra battery pack Model ST3001 NI Risk of fire or explosion if incorrect battery pack is used Promptly dispose of used battery pack accord ing to the instructions Le block plies utilise dans cet appareil peut prendre feu constituer un risque de br lure chimique exploser ou d gager des substances toxiques s il est manipul de facon inappropri e Ne pas jeter au feu d monter ou chauffer a plus de 100 C 212 F Ne charger qu avec les dispositifs Zebra ST3001 NI Ne pas court circuiter cela pourrait causer des br lures Garder hors de la port e des enfants N utiliser que le modele de bloc plies Zebra ST3001 NI L utilisation d un mauvais bloc plies pourrait constituer un risque d incendie ou d explosion Mettre rapidement au rebut tout bloc plies us conform ment aux instructions Numerics 1D internal scanner 0 a 2 18 2 19 2D ADO PAA 2 19 34 key freezer keyboard oooooooooooooo
155. e key boards the ENTER key does not switch on the unit The SHIFT Key The SHIFT key is used to display uppercase alpha characters and to provide access to other symbols and functions on the numeric keyboards Press the SHIFT key to turn the shift state on it will be represented in the shift state indicator in the navigation bar at the top of the screen then press another key to access the shifted function of that key Press the SHIFT key twice to lock the shift state on the shift state will be outlined in a black frame to indicate it is locked on Press SHIFT again to turn the shift state off To access CAPS LOCK mode press FN SHIFT In this state if you press a numeric key the number is displayed rather than the normal shifted function of that key Press FN SHIFT again to turn the CAPS LOCK mode off 2 8 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide The Arrow Keys The Arrow keys are located near the top of the keyboard and are represented on the keyboard as triangles pointing in different directions The Arrow keys move the cursor around the screen in the direction of the arrow up down left and right The left arrow key should not be confused with the BACKSPACE key which is depicted as a left arrow The cursor is the flashing box or underline character that indicates where the next character you type will appear The BACKSPACE DEL Key The BACKSPACE key represented on the key
156. e of the following operator injury operator visibility obstruction operator distraction and or poor ease of egress for the operator Zebra strongly recommends that you seek professional mounting advice from the vehicle manufacturer Ensure that you read the ST1002 Vehicle Cradle Installation Instruc tions document PN 1020305 enclosed with the ST1002 for important safety information on connecting fuses Cable routing within a vehicle cab also requires careful considera tion especially for devices with loose cables If you are unable to obtain suitable advice contact Zebra for assistance Note also that for better protection the equipment should be mounted inside the vehicle roll cage Pedestal mounts are recommended for all fixed mount locations because they offer optimal operator access In addition for safety reasons only pedestal mounts with fully locking joints should be used in vehicles Always adjust the pedestal for the optimum viewing angle and securely tighten the hex and wing screws The most effective way to mount the vehicle cradle is to use brackets with the MT3324 short arm or MT3325 standard arm kit The ST1002 requires either the MT3326 or MT3327 bracket the ST1000 requires the MT3328 bracket 5 20 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide AN IMPORTANT It is strongly recommended that all fork lift mounting solutions use clamp bases rather than plate bases that require penetrating through the vehicl
157. e remote configuration aspx Overview of Software 0 a a kk a 4 5 Zebra Software Advantage AA 4 5 Microsoft Software AA 4 5 cu AA AA AA AA AASA 4 5 Clocks amp Alarms AA 4 6 Boo E AA AA AA 4 6 Hi e ova sas sanas HS seso 4 7 Appearance Tab Changing the Theme Background 4 7 Beaming a Theme to Another Device 0 UU 4 7 Items Tab Customizing the Today Screen AA 4 8 KOLA AA oS 4 9 Battery Power porra ins E E RS E MU 4 9 Advanced Tab a UU 4 9 Battery Details Tab a 4 10 Suspend Threshold and Estimated Battery Backup 4 10 Battery Health Au 4 11 Sound 8 Notifications AA 4 12 Sounds Tab kaa eed Pee deed we eee AABANG DES 4 12 NOWICGUONS labs s sas oo rro a eH OS BG wee SH Se ew a 4 13 Connections Folder 2 a a a 4 13 BGAN 2424846 ee Ree ee eee AA 4 14 Bluetooth Setup 1 1 ee 4 14 The Devices Tab Scanning for Bluetooth Devices 4 15 Pairing a Device a a a 4 17 Servers Tab aaa a a 4 18 Mode Tab AA 4 19 ADOUL Das e osos 6 Da SE BADIAN 8 ers DEN A 4 20 PACO TaD ss sina rank ai ATE DAS SEDA PEDE RS 4 20 Connecting Using a Bluetooth GPRS Phone 2 4 21 Connections Connecting to the Internet 4 23 4 2 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide
158. e whose memory has been reset do not want to synchronize data Choose Standard partnership and tap on Next e To share information between OneNote Mobile and Office OneNote 2010 on your PC tap Synchronize with this desktop computer and then tap on Next e Tap on Finish to begin the partnership between the Omnii and the PC Now you ll be able to pass notes back and forth between your PC and your Omnii Creating A Note Tap on Start gt OfficeMobile gt OneNote Mobile icon Tap on New in the softkey bar to display a blank note Tap on New to create a note page Begin typing OneNote Mobile E gr Tal E am 11 26 Press New to new note OneNote Mobile fF a all eE Gm 11 31 When you complete your note tap on Done NOTE Remember that you can tap on the Menu softkey to Undo typing add Formats Bold Italic Underline Strikethrough and include Lists Numbered Bulleted Clear 3 34 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Using the OneNote Menu Tapping on Menu displays a list of options to help you work with the OneNote Mobile applet OneNote Mobi Cut Copy Paste Format v a Ay 6 E 1 0 e Undo Redo Cut Copy and Paste These commands operate in the same way as they do in any Windows Office application e Format Tapping on this command lists the formatting options you can apply to your note Bold Italic Underline Strikethrough and Clear All e Take Picture When y
159. ea Networks The technology is based on a short range radio link that operates in the ISM band at 2 4 GHz When two Bluetooth equipped devices come within a 10 meter range of each other they can establish a connection Because Bluetooth utilizes a radio based link it does not require a line of sight connection in order to commu nicate e Tapon Start5Settings Tap on the Connections Folder icon followed by the Bluetooth icon Settings 4 15 Bluetooth ao qo Ty Gm 7 50 About lt Paired gt Device Select device to view options Turning the Bluetooth Radio On Before pairing a headset or any other Bluetooth device with your Omnii make certain that the Bluetooth device power is enabled and that the radio is switched on itis enabled by default If for some reason it has been disabled e Scroll to the Mode tab e Tap in the checkbox next to Turn on Bluetooth e Turn your Bluetooth device on and place it within a few feet of your Omnii e If needed set your Bluetooth device to visible discoverable so that the hand held can detect it and estab lish a connection The Devices Tab Scanning for Bluetooth Devices e Scroll to the Device tab Bluetooth mo Talik cm 8 10 Paired lt Device gt Servers Select device to start pairing e To discover and list all Bluetooth devices in range of the Omnii tap on the Scan button in the softkey bar at the bottom of the screen The Omnii scans for Bluetooth devices
160. ech nology to resist condensation for use in cold condensing environments For details see Appendix F Omnii XT15f Freezer Variants ap NOTE The Omnii Hand Held Computer is a body worn device and to maintain compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines use a Zebra approved carrying case Use of non approved accessories may violate FCC RF exposure guidelines ap NOTE For product specifications refer to Appendix E Omnii Specifications Model Variants e Omnii RT15 Hand Held Computer rugged Model 7545XC e Omnii XT15 Hand Held Computer extremely rugged Model 7545XA e Omnii XT15f Freezer Variants Hand Held Computer extremely rugged Model 7545XT Processor and Memory Texas Instruments AM3715 Sitara OMAP3 compatible ARM Processor 800 MHz e RAM 512 MB e Flash ROM 1 GB About This Guide xxi Operating System Microsoft Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 Bundled Applications Internet Explorer Mobile Windows Office Mobile 2010 includes Word Excel PowerPoint OneNote amp SharePoint Windows Office Outlook Mobile Windows Media Player Mobile Supported Applications Open TekTerm Stay Linked Terminal Emulation Naurtech Browser Naurtech Terminal Emulation NetMotion Mobility XE VPN Device Management and Utilities Kiosk Mobile Control Centre MCC Total Recall Tweaklt Dr Debug User Interface Colour Touch Display 9 4 cm 3 7 in diagonal VGA 640 x 480 T
161. eiver The beeper provides a variety of sounds and can be configured to emit a sound to signal a number of events such as screen taps notifications and so on The volume rocker button is located on the left side of the hand held Information on configuring sounds is detailed in Sound amp Notifications on page 4 12 Vibrations You can set the Omnii to vibrate when a successful or unsuccessful barcode scan is performed See Good scan Beep and Bad Scan Beep on page 4 91 Inserting the microSD Card and SIM Card There are two slots available in the battery compartment the lower slot is provided for a microSD Secure Digital card which provides additional non volatile memory to your Omnii and the upper slot is for a S M Subscriber Identity Module card which allows access to the Voice option access to the Internet and so on microSD Card Slot SIM Card Slot Inserting the Cards e Switch off the power to the Omnii e Remove the battery Usea Phillips screwdriver to remove the SD cover screw Flip the cover open or remove it For a microSD card e Slide the microSD card door to the left to unlock it Flip it open Slide the microSD card into the guides on the SD card door e Close the microSD card door and slide it to the right to lock it 2 17 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide For a SIM card Slide the SIM card metal door latch to the right to unlock it then flip the door open
162. elepen postal codes Australian Post BPO Canada Post Symbologies 2D Dutch Post Japan Post PostNet Sweden Post Data Matrix PDF417 Micro PDF 417 Codablock Maxicode QR Aztec GS1 composite codes Voltage 3 3Vt 5 Internal Imager amp Scanner Specifications D 11 Parameter Specification Power Saving Mode Ambient Light From 0 to 100 000 lux Regulatory Approvals UL cUL VDE certified ROHS compliant Class 2 Laser EA20X Typical Reading Distances Typical Reading Distances POF 417 10 mils 0 15mm 6 mils i 025mm O mils 100 contrast UPC FAN 0 5 mm 20 mils a Se ee eee COP ere Te TPE Te PTA PEPER PE ee KABA LABA AA KABA KABA ABG ADA ABA u o 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 D 12 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide HHP 5080SR Imager Decoder Parameter Specification Focal Point SR 7 inches 17 8 cm from lens plate 752 x 480 CMOS sensor 752x480 CMOS sensor ooo Rotational Sensitvly eamm o Illumination LEDs 626 nm 30 nm Aiming LEDs 526 nm 30 nm Laser 650 nm 10 nm Input Voltage Imager 3 3 VDC 5 23 C Input Voltage HHP 5080 3 0 VDC to 5 5 VDC 23 C Current Draw Imager Max Operating Current 100 mA Standby Current 100 UA Current Draw HHP 5080 Average Current Interlaced Mode 510 mA Standby Current 120 uA Peak 600 mA Symbologies 2 Dimensional PDF417 MicroPDF417 MaxiCode Data Matrix QR Code Aztec Aztec Mesa Code 49 UCC Compo
163. en calibration the Screen icon allows you to determine how your screen will be oriented portrait or landscape right or left handed e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System icon e Tap on the Screen icon e 1n the General tab tap on the orientation that best suits the way in which you use your Omnii a NOTE For information about screen rotation refer to Screen Rotation on page 4 96 Locking the Touchscreen If you need to lock your touchscreen to protect against accidental actions e At the Today screen tap on the Start icon e Tap on the Lock icon in the softkey bar at the bottom of the screen A sliding lock is displayed on the screen Getting To Know Your Omnii 2 14 TETE O gr Ti ANG om 12 31 W r Sliding lock tap or slide Phone Y Intemet Explorer Lock icon Settings DESDE e Place the stylus on the sliding lock flick it to the right and release to unlock the touchscreen and display the screen options Indicators The Omnii uses LEDs Light Emitting Diodes onscreen messages vibrations and audio tones as indicators LEDs The Omnii is equipped with four coloured LEDs This section outlines what these LEDs indicate AN IMPORTANT If an LED is illuminated in red the operator should be cautious as this generally indicates an abnormal operating condition or active laser emission Figure 2 5 LED Status Indicators 1 Battery Charge Status 2 Operating System Status 3 Radio Status
164. enter a value from O to 30 0 to 3 sec A value of 0 zero disables the aiming dot Minimum Cancel Time The value assigned to this parameter determines the time delay before the scanner is turned off once the scanner trigger or button is released This gives the scanner a minimum amount of time to complete its current decode before the scan is cancelled when you quickly trigger on off Power Mode This parameter is a power saving option Tapping on it displays a screen listing two power mode options Continuous Power and Low Power In Continuous Power mode the scanner is always on waiting for a trigger pull or serial communication In Low Power mode the scanner is in a standby state drawing minimal power until a trigger pull or serial communication wakes it Keep in mind that while this option is more suitable for battery powered applications there will be a slight delay while the scanner powers up to scan a barcode Low Power Timeout To extend laser life you can select the time the scanner remains active following a successful decode The scanner wakes from low power mode when a barcode is scanned a successful decode restores normal flashing This is only used if the unit s Trigger Mode has been changed to Continuous On If the unit is used in a fixed mount this parameter might be used but not if the unit is used as a hand held When you double tap on this parameter a dialog box is displayed in which you can choose a value
165. er see Hardware Specifica tions on page F 4 To ensure proper operation of the hand held device in a freezer environment the surface temperature is managed by the heating system to prevent the formation of external internal condensation on critical modules The heating system consists of two heating elements one for the display and one for the scan window Quick Defrost Settings The individual heaters for the computer modules can be monitored and the duration of time for them to remain on during Suspend mode can be configured e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System ia SoMa e Tap on the Quick Defrost icon Omnii XT15f Freezer Variants F 9 Settings The Quick Defrost application opens in the Settings tab Suspend Threshold The Suspend Threshold option allows you to maintain heat for a limited time when the computer enters Suspend mode Once the threshold is reached the heater will stay off while the computer is in suspend e To set the time slide the trackbar to the desired time and click OK Values range from O to 5 minutes Quick Defrost E gf di 11 08 Heater Info Settings gt Heater Info Suspend Timeout Maintains heater control in suspend 5 3 minutes s 4 Scan Window Power for heating the scan window High power T ap NOTE Keep in mind that a longer suspend threshold will reduce the overall battery shift life Scan Window The Scan Wind
166. er is not available Domain Enroll To protect sensitive company data businesses use firewalls and proxy servers to limit access to company resources to company employees only If you need to access information on your company server remotely the Domain Enrollment utility allows you to sync your Omnii credentials with your company enrollment server allowing you to access your work remotely e Tapon Start gt Settings gt Connections gt Domain Enroll Settings 4 27 Domain Enrollment ao e Ti d uu 8 52 Domain Enroll Enrolling in a domain will connect your phone with company resources Your phone may be restarted Back up your data before continuing You will peed the enrollment password provided by your system administrator Click Enrell to continue e Tap on the Enroll button ao go Ng ME Ga 8 54 Company E mail Address Enrollment Password x Automatically discover server Privacy statement online e Enter your enrollment password supplied by your company s network administrator or generated from your company pre enrollment wizard e Type your company e mail address and the enrollment password provided by your network administrator ap NOTE If you uncheck Automatically discover server a Server field is displayed where you must manually enter the server name Allow a few minutes for your Omnii to sync and enroll in your company domain You may need to restart your unit after the enrollment proce
167. er or access point name provided by your service provider and tap Next e Type the credentials supplied by your service provider and tap Finish Using Internet Sharing NOTE Make certain that your data connection is running and that you can access the Inter net from the Omnii If you are using a USB cable to connect to your PC you will need to disable the ActiveSync USB connection e On your PC open the ActiveSync window and tap on File gt Connection Settings If you are using Windows Mobile Device Center tap on Mobile Device Settings gt Connection Settings e Disable Allow USB connection by tapping in the checkbox to the left of this option e Connect the Omnii to your PC using Bluetooth or a USB cable e On your Omnii tap Start gt Internet Sharing e Choose the PC Connection type USB or Bluetooth Choose the network connection that the Omnii should use to connect to the Internet e Tap Connect It takes approximately 30 seconds to establish a connection If you are prompted to turn on Bluetooth tap Yes For PC Running Windows XP or Earlier If you are using a Bluetooth connection execute the following steps on your PC e Tap Start gt Control Panel gt Network Connections e Right click on Bluetooth Network Connections and click on Bluetooth Network Devices e If the Omnii is listed as a Network Access Point choose Connect If it is not listed choose Create a new connection and use the New Connection Wizard to
168. er preset Press lt Esc gt to cancel e Tap on the sign to expand the lists so that you can view the parameter settings Creating a Custom Preset A new custom preset is created by modifying a preset either a predefined preset or an existing custom preset To create a custom preset e Highlight a preset and tap on the Add button In this example the Low light near preset was chosen A screen like the sample below is displayed Imagers Applet B 7 PTS Imager Setting CI qt 7 M Cloning from existing preset Low light near Enter name of new preset Po Type the name of the new preset in the dialog box e Tapon OK to save your changes The preset list is displayed the new custom preset appears at the end of the list It is marked as read and write PTS Imager Settiny ED 2 Y Ml qm 8 35 About lt Imaging gt Barcoding Camera Presets Imager Default RA Motion R Low light near R Custom Preset Ru E HO gt Edit Add Remove Activate R Read W Write A Active Modifying a Custom Preset The parameter values in a custom preset can be modified It is recommended that very few changes be made to a custom preset To ensure that it will work reliably it should be as close as possible to the original prede fined preset To change a parameter value Highlight the custom preset and tap on the Edit button B 8 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide PTS Imager S
169. ernal Scanners and Imagers This appendix lists specifications for the following internal scanners and imagers For a current list of model numbers and descriptions for Omnii scanner pod and back cover kits please contact your Zebra representa tive or go to http www zebra com US EN Product Lines Psion WT mc_id psion_us p handheld SE955 Scanner Parameter SE955 Configuration Decoded 104 12 scans sec bidirectional Scan Angle 47 3 default 35 3 reduced Voltage 3 0 3 6 V 10 5V 10 Ambient Light 10 000 ft candles EC 60825 Electrical Safety UL 60950 EN IEC 60950 EMI RFI FCC Part 15 Class B EN 55024 CISPR 22 AS 3548 VCCI Environmental RoHS Compliant SE955 Decode Zones Note Typical performance al 73 4 F 23 C lt 1 Note Typical performance at 73 4 F 23 C on high quality symbols 1 f on high quality symbols D 4 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide SE965 Scanner Weight Configuration nterface Skew Tolerance Pitch Tolerance Roll Tolerance Optical Resolution Scan Repetition Rate Print Contrast Ambient Lighting Toler ance Operating Temperature Storage Temperature 0 46 in Hx 0 85 in W x 0 61 in D 11 75 mm H x 21 6 mm W x 15 5 mm D 0 27 oz 7 69g SSI Control over TTL Serial on a 12 pin ZIF connector Wide default 47 typical Medium 35 typical Narrow 10 typical Note The SE965 scan engine does not require mar
170. erver Settings e To change advanced settings such as the port number or proxy server type tap on the Advanced button ISP WWAN GPR so 42 Ti d Gm 3 32 Tap a proxy type to change its settings e Tap on the proxy type you want to change For the appropriate server type type the proxy server name and port e Tapon OK Selecting a Network NOTE Normally you will not need to change these settings Contact your ISP or network administrator before making any changes Private networks are used for work related activities Internet networks are used for home connection to your ISP The My Work Network settings are used for private network connections corporate networks while My ISP settings are used for nternet network connections When you use programs such as Internet Explorer your Omnii automatically connects using private network settings under My Work Network or Internet settings under My ISP depending on specifications You can determine how your Omnii connects e Tap Start gt Settings gt Connections folder icon Tap on the Connections icon and then tap on the Advanced tab Settings 4 33 Connections ao gt Tl mj Gm 10 24 Tasks lt Advanced gt Tasks Select which networks are automatically usen Select Networks Dialing Rules ks Create exceptions for intranet addresses ExcepHohz e Tap on Select Networks e In the appropriate list choose My ISP or
171. es not require that the Omnii have an independent con nection to the Internet e In ActiveSync on your PC tap on Tools gt Options in the tool bar at the top of the screen Settings Options Schedule Security dees Select the information you want to synchronize with pour Pocket PC and click OK or select a source and click Settings Microsoft Exchange 3 Contacts El Calendar E mail Tasks Windows PC O E3 Contacts O E Calendar O 2 E mail Tasks Ol k Notes Settings e Make certain that a check mark is displayed in the checkbox next to E mail Tap on OK Once you check E mail for synchronization Outlook e mail messages are synchronized as part of the general synchronization process The next time you synchronize with ActiveSync the e mail in Outlook on your PC will be transferred to the Messaging program on your Omnii Changing Synchronization Settings e In ActiveSync on your PC double tap the E mail item in the Sync Options tab E mail Synchronization Settings E mail Synchronization Synchronize the e mail messages on your Pocket PC with Microsoft Exchange Download the past Message format Download size limit Include file attachments Only if smaller than Select Folders Programs 3 11 Tap on the Select Folder button E mail Synchronization Settings Select E mail Folders Check the boxes for the e mail folders you would like to be included when synchronizing
172. es to decode the barcode The default value of 30 is generally a good compromise setting The barcode symbologies for the scanner are listed in table following Non Decoded Barcode Symbologies Code 39 Code 93 disabled Code 128 Code 11 disabled EAN 13 Interleaved 2 of 5 disabled EAN 8 MSI Plessey disabled UPC A Discrete 2 of 5 disabled UPC E IATA 2 of 5 disabled Internal Scanners and Imagers a a a a D 3 SEJI SCANNET woes bbe wo Rowe eee dee ee ee bbb ba DES SEDE eee oe ee D 3 SE955 Decode Zones D 3 SE965 Scanner 7 4 da KA KA REALE eae hee SHEER Oe E DE Ree NA D 4 SE965 Decode Zones Uu D 5 SE1224HP High Performance Scamer AA D 6 SE1224HP Decode Zones anana Uu D 6 SE1524ER Extended Range Scanmer AA D 7 SE1524ER Decode Zones AA AA D 7 EVID Mager sa mAh BAG web ed eee dra dara WG D 8 EV15 Imager Decode Zone 1 AA a D 8 EA11 Decoded 2D Imager Ac u D 9 EA11 Typical Reading Distances e D 10 EMA as ro es bee eee aeee ee ee EL T esate eee eee oS D 10 EA20X Typical Reading Distances 2 a a a D 11 HHP 5080SR Imager Decoder 2 a a a D 12 HHP 5080SR Working Range AU D 12 SE4500SR Standard Range Imager AU D 13 SE4500SR Decode Zone a D 15 SE4600LR Long Range Imager AU D 16 SE4600LR Decode Zones AG D 18 Internal Imager 4 Scanner Specifications D 3 Int
173. escribed above in Customizing the Today Screen on page 2 22 You can also refer to Shell Settings on page 4 78 for additional customization options Pictures This option provides access to the Pictures amp Videos applet Refer to Pictures amp Videos on page 3 17 for details Music Tapping on the Music option displays the Windows Media applet Refer to Windows Media on page 3 20 for details Phone e Scroll to and highlight the Phone option to learn if you ve missed any calls e Tap the stylus on the highlighted Phone option to display the phone console Refer to The Phone on page 3 4 for details about using the phone Voicemail Highlighting Voicemail lets you know if you have any new voice messages Tapping the stylus on this option displays the phone console so that you can dial the phone number to access your voice messages If your service supports voicemail but it has not been set up 2 23 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Tap on Voicemail in the Today screen MENTES pictures music phone Phone Voicemail is not configured on this line Please enter your voicemail number and dial again DD e Type your voicemail number Time Date and Alarms e Tap on Start gt Alarms icon to display Clock amp Alarms screen A Alarms j HU z Clock amp Alarms ao g Tdi am 12 47 Time lt Alarms gt Time Description gt LI 6 0
174. esegsesseeesseeeneeess 3 20 Messenger Windows Live vecinos arras 3 20 WA CO WS ESI EDER AA AA 3 21 Ale o PPP ron 3 21 Creating a Note Using the Soft Keyboard cccccooccnccccccccocccnnccononccnnnononnnnnnonononnnnnnononnononononanenonos 3 21 Creating and Converting Handwritten Notes to Text ccccccoocnccnccccconcccnoccconccnncnononononononanenonos 3 22 Ao Pm RR E 3 23 RECO NO AA AA ee ee ee ee eee 3 23 TASK NON Call Osetia toilet 3 24 nda PAA AA eee re ee ee ee 3 26 ACUVE DYNO AAP 3 27 o ON aaa Pe AA anaes 3 27 PS TS Esc MN ce e o AN AA E E 3 27 Creating an Internet Connection ccccocnncnncccconcnnncccconnnonnnnnnanononononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnananens 3 27 Usina Memel SNAN AA AA sactcne dae cosa 3 28 Task Manager PP 3 29 SECER NONE AA eee 3 29 Imager and Camera Demo aa 3 31 Onee MODIG AP AA AA AA AA AA 3 31 gt AA AA 3 32 ONeNote ee APR 3 32 o AA 3 36 Text Input MOdNES occcoccocccoccoccconcocnconcononononconononononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnaninninss 3 36 Sharing Documents with your PG aakala 3 36 meo CU dee AAP AG RR RA RR ONE 3 36 SharePoint Workspace Mobile 1 7 70QQ aa 3 37 FAAS UNO a A e Ue AL AA GA 3 37 Ke A a 3 37 Kodon A e 3 38 Remote Desktop Mobile cc ccccceccescceeeceeeceeeeceeeceeceeecseecueesseceaeeeaeecaeecueeceeeeuesaueseaessuesseeeseeesas 3 38 Connecting to a Terminal Server cccc
175. esktop docking station 5 13 STAINS 3 2 eee neta AA da el 1 6 TEMOVING 6 a 1 6 El A 1 6 specifications ST3001 o o oooooooo o F 6 ST3006 6 slot battery charger 5 26 5 28 swap time eee ees 2 5 Battery Power settings o ooooo 4 59 Baud port replicator o ooooooooo 4 93 beeper adjusting volume aa 2 16 description of beep conditions 2 16 Bluetooth microphone adjusting volume 4 75 pairing 4 17 radio ISM band 0 0 ccc ee 4 14 Bluetooth setup 0a 4 14 RR 4 20 GPRS SetUP oooococcco eee 4 21 Mode tab 0 0 ce eee 4 19 Paired tab AA 4 20 Servers OD za SEM AA NA 4 18 Boot to BOOSt a 1 8 built in microphone adjusting volume 4 75 C calendar attendees assigning 2 29 categories USING 0 cee eee 2 28 creating amp editing entries 2 27 deleting appointments 2 29 reminders creating 2 28 status assigning Aa 2 29 ILA 2 26 calibrating touchscreen aa 2 13 camera using eee eens 3 17 case Carrying ce eee eens 5 5 Certificates 0 0 a 4 60 CHANGES san APA oe ese 44 5 9 desktop docking stati0N 5 10 indicators Dedos raptada 5 13 installing at a
176. ess Illumination Off None Ambient Light Immunity 9000 ft candles 96 900 lux Sunlight Imaging Sensor Image Resolution 752 H x 480 V pixels wide VGA Grey Scale 256 levels 8 bits per pixel Field of View FOV SE4600LR Far System 11 6 horizontal 7 4 vertical SE4600LR Near System 13 horizontal 8 3 vertical Aiming Element Visible Laser Diode VLD 655 5 nm dominant wavelength Aiming Dot Optical Power 0 6 mW typical Internal Imager amp Scanner Specifications D 17 Parameter Specification Illumination System LEDs 625 5 nm dominant wavelength Pattern Angle 16 horizontal x 11 5 vertical 2000 G 5 in the direction of any of the six principal axes applied via the mounting surface at 20 and 55 C for a period of 0 85 0 1 msec 2500 G 5 in the direction of any of the six principal axes applied via the mounting surface at 23 C for a period of 0 70 0 07 msec Unpowered SE4600LR withstands a random vibration along each of the X Y and Z axes for a period of one hour per axis 6 G rms defined as follows 20 to 80 Hz Ramp up at 0 04 G Hz at 3 dB octave 80 to 350 Hz 0 04 G2 Hz 350 Hz to 2 kHZRamp down at 0 04 G2 Hz at 3 dB octave 2 RV connector Laser Safety Class CDRH IEC Class 2 LED Class IEC Class Temperature Operating 20 to 55 C 4 to 131 F Storage 40 to 70 C 40 to 158 F 30 C 22 F for Omnii XT15f Arctic variant 95 RH
177. eter is enabled the scanner transmits data from PDF417 and MicroPDF417 barcodes containing Character Set ECls even when the ECI Protocol is disabled ECI Decoder Setting this parameter to on enables the scanner to interpret any Extended Channel Interpretations ECIs supported by the scanner This parameter has no effect on symbols that were not encoded using ECls If this parameter is set to off and a symbol that was encoded using an ECI escape is scanned the scanner transmits the ECI escape followed by the uninterpreted data The barcode symbologies for the scanner are listed in the table following Decoded Internal Barcode Symbologies Code 39 UPC EAN Shared Settings Trioptic Code disabled Code 93 disabled Code 128 Codabar disabled EAN 13 MSI Plessey disabled EAN 8 Interleaved 2 of 5 disabled UPC A Discrete 2 f 5 disabled UPC E Gs1 DataBar disabled Decoded HHP To configure imagers please see Appendix B Imagers Applet Decoded Intermec ISCP e Tap on the Scanner drop down menu and choose Decoded Intermec ISCP Decoded ISCP Options Laser On Time The value assigned to this parameter determines how long the laser will remain on when the scan button or trigger is pressed Double tapping on this parameter displays a dialog box in which you can enter a value between 1 and 10 seconds Decoded ISCP Advanced Options Continuous Scan Mode Setting this parameter to on keeps the laser
178. ettin CD e Y BE om PTS Imager Setting CI e Ti E om 8 37 About lt Imaging gt Barcoding Preset Custom Preset Camera Presets Imager Options E Image Corrections Default RA ER Motion R Exposure Low light near R E Custom Preset RW Windowing ee E a Pre defined Preset are read only Edit Add Remove Activate Press space or double click to change a setting in Cusbomer preset Press lt Esc gt to cancel Tap on the symbols to expand the lists so that you can view the parameter settings Scroll through the parameter list until you reach the parameter that you want to change For a parameter that can take a range of values Highlight the parameter and then press the SPACE key or double click the parameter An associated dialog box containing the valid range of values for the parameter and the current setting like the sample screen following is displayed Type a value in the field provided For a parameter that toggles between two values such as on or off and enabled or disabled Highlight the parameter and then press the SPACE key or double click on the parameter Either method toggles between the two available values When you ve completed your edits tap on OK The parameter list is displayed the new value for the changed parameter is shown Tap on OK to exit to the preset list and save the changes Removing a Custom Preset Highlight the custom preset you want to dele
179. exposure and image correction settings Each preset configures the imager for a specific purpose such as barcode decoding or image capture Presets also allow easier and faster configuration of the imager after power on or resume from suspend The predefined presets are generic and satisfy most user requirements A custom preset can be created for a specific user application such as include only specified barcodes read only a specified number of barcodes or for reading unusual media Every preset belongs to a preset type The following preset types are available e Imaging for photo capture e Imaging for barcode decoding e Symbology selection At any time only one preset of each type can be designated as the user selected active preset Predefined Presets Predefined presets are built into the imaging software and cannot be changed The predefined presets allow you to use the imager to perform specified tasks without having to understand and set numerous variables In almost all cases these predefined presets are sufficient Barcode Predefined Presets These presets encompass the majority of the most popular barcodes and their subtypes The barcode decoding symbology predefined presets define which barcodes can be decoded The barcode decoding camera predefined presets determine how the barcode images are captured B 4 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Barcode Decoding Symbology Predefined Presets The following
180. extreme weather envi ronments These units are equipped with heating hardware to prevent condensation from developing on or inside the Omnii Two variants are available the Chiller and the Arctic The Chiller model is condensing resistant and the Arctic model is condensing free This variant is equipped with a heated scanner window and a standard 5000 mAh battery model number ST3001 An optional freezer battery model number ST3002 can be ordered for the Chiller variant The Omnii Arctic freezer variant is equipped with an optically bonded heated display module providing a condensation free unit It is only available with an ST3002 freezer battery ap NOTE The Omnii Hand Held Computer is a body worn device and to maintain compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines use a Zebra approved carrying case Use of non approved accessories may violate FCC RF exposure guidelines Model Variants e Omnii XT15f Arctic Hand Held Computer extremely rugged condensing free Model 7545XT This model features a multi core heater control logic board that dynamically heats the scan window and LCD display e Omnii XT15f Chiller Hand Held Computer extremely rugged condensing resistant Model 7545XT This model features a single core heater control logic board dynamically heats the scan window Figure F 1 Omnii XT 15f Freezer Variants Omnii XT 15f 34 key numeric keyboard Omnii XT15f 58 key alphanumeric keyboard voicemail 2 44 F 4
181. ey opens the screen in which you were working before it was turned off To determine behaviour when the unit is running On battery power tap in the checkbox to the left of Turn off screen if device is not used for e Tap in the drop down menu next to this option and choose the number of minutes the unit can remain idle before the screen is turned off e To determine behaviour when the unit is running On external power tap in the checkbox to the left of Turn off screen if device is not used for and choose a value in the associated drop down menu Battery Details Tab e In the scrolling tab bar tap on the Battery Details tab 4788 mAh 4913 mAh Remaining Power Full Capacity Time to Empty Operating Time Voltage Current Temperature Chemistry Mo data Mo data 41 O mA 243 PC Li Ion Cycle Count Serial Number BANSCEN14903 This tab lists the specifications and battery capacity status of the battery installed in the Omnii This is a view only screen Suspend Threshold and Estimated Battery Backup Power as Er A d Om 3 57 Batte Suspend Threshold gt Batte Suspend Threshold Maximize operating time Maximize backup time Main Battery Status Estimated Operating Time Estimated Battery Backup Time The Estimated Battery Backup is the amount of battery power that has been reserved or set aside to protect data until a fully charged battery can be installed in the Omnii When
182. faut Y This profile suits the needs of most applications Technical Details Static Nav OF Track Smoothing Off DR Timeout 5 sec Degraded modes Off Tapping on the GPS Profile Selection drop down menu allows you to choose an appropriate profile Default Automotive or Pedestrian e Default profile is a good general profile suitable for most uses e Automotive profile is designed for in vehicle use providing quick location updates as the vehicle moves When the GPS module is set to this profile and the vehicle enters an area such as a tunnel where satellite coverage is interrupted it will attempt to predict the vehicle position e Pedestrian profile is designed for those using the GPS module while walking It takes into account the slower pace of the pedestrian when mapping the location of the user When the GPS module is set to this profile and the operator moves into an area where satellite coverage is interrupted the GPS module will not attempt to predict the operator s movement AGPS Assisted Global Positioning System Tab aee Profiles lt Last Updated Expiry Date ao gy Y mf 0m 6 40 AGPS gt Ino Ss Update E Sethngs TE a A q hb oe ma A at Ti a To determine your location a GPS module receives data from three or more GPS satellites in fixed orbit around the Earth The GPS module triangulates your location based on the time it takes for signals to get to and from the s
183. ferred notes into any other sections and other notebooks on your PC 3 36 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Word Mobile If you ve used Microsoft Word on your PC Word Mobile will be familiar to you Keep in mind however that Word Mobile is designed for a small screen and limited memory NOTE Keep in mind also that a Word document created on your PC can lose key formatting features such as styles and tables if you make changes to it on your Omnii e Tap on Start gt Office Mobile gt Word Mobile Word Mobile G 2 Ti d om 11 56 aD NOTE If you ve already created a Word document it will be listed in a Word Mobile win dow To launch a new Word document you ll need to tap on the New softkey Text Input Modes In addition to the soft keyboard you can enter text using the Omnii keyboard soft keyboard or the transcriber AN IMPORTANT Refer to Notes on page 3 21 for details about the transcriber and soft keyboard text input methods Sharing Documents with your PC Documents created on a PC are recognized by your Omnii However some formatting is lost when a Word document is converted to a Word Mobile document This loss also occurs when you open a doc file and change it on the Omnii AN IMPORTANT To avoid problems work on copies of doc files In addition keep in mind that you can use the Terminal Services Client program to log onto a desktop PC that is also running Terminal Services and then you
184. ff Read Timeout Prevents unwanted reading of other barcodes on the same label The value assigned determines after what time period the scanner will timeout from 0 to 2550 msec Add AIM ID Prefix The AIM ID Association for Automatic Identification and Mobility is an international barcode identifier When this parameter is enabled the A M D is inserted at the beginning of the decoded barcode Scanner Settings C 9 The barcode symbologies for the scanner are listed in table following Decoded Intermec ISCP Barcode Symbologies Code 11 disabled CodaBlock F disabled Interleaved 2 of 5 disabled CodaBlock A disabled Non Decoded Scanners e Tap on the Scanner drop down menu and choose Non decoded All the available barcode symbologies for this type of scanner can be selected in this tab A plus sign to the left of the menu item indicates that a sub menu of parameters is attached e Tap on the sign to display the sub menu e To change a parameter value double tap on the parameter If you need to type a value a dialog box is dis played in which you can type a new value If you need to change a yes or no value double tapping on the parameter toggles between yes and no If you re using the keyboard e Highlight the barcode you want to work with and press the RIGHT arrow key to display the sub menu e Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to highlight a parameter e To change a parameter value press SPACE
185. ffices Additional pieces of software such as a server must be obtained through Zebra Kiosk Kiosk allows the administrator to tailor how the Omnii operates and the options the user can access Note that the look of the Today screen will change from icons that are finger accessible to a list of items that is best accessed using a stylus AN IMPORTANT For details about this application refer to Kiosk on page 4 76 3 38 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Modem Link Modem link allows you to use the GPRS connectivity on your phone to connect your laptop or PC to the Internet E gt T Go 1 17 Status Inactive Connection Remote Desktop Mobile This program allows you to log onto a Windows Terminal Server and run the desktop programs from the server on your Omnii Remote Desktop Hable Remote Desktop M CI gt Til qm 1 45 Status Not connected Computer R C Save password Connecting to a Terminal Server Tap on Start Remote Desktop Mobile e In the Remote Desktop screen choose a Computer from the drop down menu Type your User name Password and Domain if required Tap on Connect Programs 3 39 Disconnecting Without Ending a Session AN IMPORTANT These commands are accessed from the Start menu in the Terminal Services screen used to access the PC s commands Do NOT use the Start menu on your Omnii Inthe Remote Desktop Connection window tap on Start gt Sh
186. following are available The Snap Module is a mobile adaptor for Omnii Three models are available see Snap Modules on page 5 6 e The AC Wall Adaptor operates as an AC power source and also charges the battery installed in the unit see AC Wall Adaptor Models ST 1050 and ST1050 AR on page 5 8 The Vehicle Power Outlet Adaptor powers Omnii and recharges the battery using power drawn from your vehicle s automotive power outlet see Vehicle Power Outlet Adaptor Model ST3113 on page 5 8 e The Desktop Docking Stations operate as both chargers and docking stations Operating as a charger both the battery installed in Omnii and a spare battery can be charged Priority is given to charging the hand held s battery See Desktop Docking Stations Models ST4002 and ST4003 on page 5 10 5 10 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Normally it takes 3 to 4 hours to charge a battery The Omnii intelligent charging system protects the battery from over charging by terminating the charge process when the battery is at maximum capacity Charge Completed During Sleep Mode While Operating AN IMPORTANT To avoid damaging the battery chargers will not begin the charge process until the battery temperature is between 0 C to 40 C 32 F to 104 F Installation Chargers and Docking Stations When installing a charger or docking station consider the following guidelines e Keep chargers and do
187. gation Bar and Hotkeys a a a 2 29 The Softkey Baf cs a s Aa an dS wh Ae Pw Ars e 2 31 Te a BUON eso wa Be aaa ee eee ee ee ee eee eae E 2 31 Managing Files and Folders Au U 2 31 Creating a New Folder Xu 2 32 Renaming a File 1 1 a 2 32 COPYING A FIG soi vos kee head Gs oe KS E DAS BERS Be 2 32 Deleting a File 2h uaa kaw Swe ee sa A eee 2 33 Using MENS ampara HE wee eee eR Ae Re RE EEE Se ee AAA 2 33 Pop Up MENUS 2 245244 65665 REAR CEREAL we SEER HEEB AS 2 33 Programs Using Applications AA 2 34 IU PP AP AA 2 35 NOS causes ewer Geese AYE pe ee eee ee Ah KA AA eee eee 2 36 Data Transfer Between OmniiandaPC AA 2 36 Uploading Data in a Docking Station a a 2 36 Using Microsoft ActiveSync 2 36 Using Windows Mobile Device Center AA 2 37 General Maintenance a e a 2 37 Caring for the Touchscreen AA 2 37 Getting To Know Your Omnii 2 3 Cleaning the Omni a 2 37 Getting To Know Your Omnii 2 5 Operating System e Microsoft Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 Battery Details Omnii Hand Held Computers operate by lithium ion battery packs Model ST3001 Review the following sections for detailed battery information e Installation Preparing the Omnii for Operation on page 1 5 e Power settings Power on page 4 9 e Chargers and docking stations Chapter 5 Accessories e Specifications Lithium ion S
188. ge C Program Total 564 29 MB Total 194 41 MB In use 10 02 MB Inuse 71 25 MB Free 854 27 MB Free 123 16 MB Find large files using storage memory Memory E 2 Ta d Ga 1 59 Main lt Storage Card gt Main Total storage card memory 8 14 MB In use 0 01 MB Free 8 13 MB E RAM Disk Y ly Find large files using storage memory 0 0 Mi ig phone Microphone ea a dl mj Oni 2 16 4 76 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide e Tap on the drop down menu and choose the microphone for which you want to adjust the gain Built in Microphone Bluetooth Microphone Built in Microphone in call Bluetooth Microphone fin call Slide the tab at the top of the dialog box to the left to decrease the gain and to the right to increase the gain Tapping on the Default button sets the current microphone you ve chosen to the default gain Tapping on Default All sets all microphones listed to their default gain Tapping on this icon displays a number of pre loaded applications Tapping on an app in the list takes you to an associated web site PartnerUp The operator can then install the application If a license is required it can be obtained by sending an e mail to the software license mailbox or by contacting a Sales Rep from the Zebra contact web page http www zebra com US EN Pages Contact_Us WT mc_id psion_us about contact psion offices Additional pie
189. gger Key This drop down list allows you to specify the source of the trigger events such as the Grip Trigger Left Scan etc for the trigger module selected ae NOTE Itis possible to map the same source to different modules trigger consumers for example to both the Imager and Non Decoded Scanner If so both devices opera tions will occur simultaneously This is not recommended in most cases especially with devices such as Imagers It is also possible to map different sources to the same module trigger consumer Add Key Only existing trigger sources are shown in the Source combo box To add a new source to this list tap on the Add Key button A dialog box pops up allowing you to select the keyboard key to use as a trigger source 4 74 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Trigger Press Type You can enable either an Up Down or Double Click response to a trigger press Normally when a trigger keyboard key etc is pressed and released a trigger down event is sent to the owner that is the applica tion receiving the trigger press information followed by a trigger up If Double Click is chosen in this menu when the trigger is pressed released and then pressed again a double click event will occur If a mapping with the Up down type has also been configured for the same source it will only receive the first set of trigger events Module to Trigger This identifies the
190. gin on either side of the barcode to decode The 47 scan line provides identical scanning performance to older scan engines with a scan line of 53 Minimum 25 absolute dark light reflectance measured at 650 nm Tolerant to typical artificial indoor and natural outdoor direct sunlight lighting conditions Fluorescent Incandescent Mercury Vapor Sodium Vapor LED 450 Ft Candles 4 844 Lux Sunlight 8000 Ft Candles 86 111 Lux 22 F to 140 F 30 C to 60 C 40 F to 158 F 40 C to 70 C Internal Imager 4 Scanner Specifications D 5 SE965 Decode Zones Note Typical performance at 73 4 F 23 C on high quality symbols 5 mil C128 12 27 12 ja 30093 i 125 23 mi ul 185 10 mi Code 128 12 2 00 100 LPC 270 ame A A AAA ny HO 55 mi In 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 60 cm 0 12 7 254 38 1 50 8 635 762 88 9 1016 1143 1270 1270 1524 Depth of Field Minimum distance determined by symbol length and scan angle Distances achieved using adaptive scanning mode D 6 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide SE1224HP High Performance Scanner Parameter SE1224HP Type Laser Class 2 ight Source Visible Laser Diode 650 nm Scan Rate 35 5 scans sec bi directional scan Angle Field of View 42 typical 30 narrow Scan Patterns Linear Minimum Print Contrast Minimum 25 absolute dark light reflectance measured at NS Symbologies UPC EAN Co
191. graphs and record video footage It is also a photo and video viewing program AN IMPORTANT The Pictures amp Videos program can only display bmp or jpg for mats Photos in other formats will need to be converted on your PC before they are transferred to the Omnii Using the Camera Tap on Start gt Pictures Videos Pictures amp Videos Pictures amp Videos CF gt Tupi Ga 5 01 BE Camera E Menu 6 nT nn 4 a A Keep in mind that if there are no pictures stored on your Omnii as yet you ll only see the Camera icon in this screen Tap on the Camera icon to activate the camera The screen will display the image your camera is pointed at The camera is built into the back of the Omnii Pictures amp Videos rl 2 Ta om 5 11 Photo Film Icon indicates the camera is active Tapping on this softkey displays thumbnails of photos stored on the Omnii a Frame the image in the Omnii screen Press ENTER to snap the photograph 3 18 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Photo Menu When the camera is activated tapping on Menu displays a set of commands to help you modify how your camera operates the quality of the photos it takes and so on You can also use this menu to activate the video recorder rather than the still camera Pictures amp Videos CI qt Ti 2 5 17 Mode b Resolution Flash b Full Sereen Options ap NOTE Video is a toggle co
192. gs O oF c Power DO mw 1 a Henter System Temperature 29 C Status Voltage 5 0 V Current 0 mA Power 0 0 mw Scan Window Status Current O mA Power Temperature Temperature Humidity Display System Test Turns on all heaters for 20 Status seconds Current Power Temperature Heater System This section displays information on the heater system Status Individual Heaters The LED state for this parameter indicates whether or not communication between the Omnii main system and the heater control logic board has been successful LED Description O The communication between the heater control logic board and the Omnii main system has been established successfully O The communication between heater control logic board and the Omnii main system has failed Voltage Heater System This indicates the voltage applied to the heater system Current This option indicates the total average current used by the heating system Power This value represents the total power used by the heating system Temperature This indicates the temperature measured inside the unit Humidity This indicates the humidity measured inside the unit Omnii XT15f Freezer Variants F 11 Display and Scan Window Heaters This section displays information on the individual heaters a NOTE If the scanner imager is not connected the scan window heater will be disabled greyed out Stat
193. gt Settings gt Connections folder icon Tap on the Connections icon e Tap on Manage existing connections Connections ao qr Tu d Gm 10 05 ISP WWAN GPR o Ti d Gm 2 38 Advanced lt Tasks gt Advanced General lt Modem gt Proxy Set Tap and hold on an existing connection for more options ISP WWAN GPRS Add a new modem connection Set up my proxy server Tap here Manage existing connect My Work Network e To launch a connection from this screen press and hold the stylus on the connection you want to activate Choose Connect from the pop up menu e To delete a connection press and hold the stylus on the connection you want to delete Choose Delete from the pop up menu Settings 4 31 NOTE You can also create a new connection by tapping on the New button To make changes to the settings for this connection tap on Edit Changing a Connection Setting Name Your Omnii has two sets of connection settings My ISP and My Work Network If you want to change one or both of these options to something more familiar to you follow these steps Tap on Start5Settings Tap on the Connections folder icon followed by the Connections icon Under My Work Network or My ISP tap on Manage existing connections Tap on the General tab ISP WWAN GPR ac 42 Yl Ng UE 3 23 Proxy Set lt General gt Modem Enter a name for these settings Type the name you prefer in the fiel
194. h application The Open TekTerm application utilizes these keys for detailed information see the Open TekTerm Software User Manual PN 8000073 Function Keys Function keys perform special custom defined functions within an application These keys are accessed by pressing one of the dedicated function keys on the keyboard or through the appropriate SHIFT or FN key sequence depending on the keyboard variant being used Alphanumeric Keyboard Function Keys The alphanumeric keyboards are equipped with up to thirty function keys including those function keys that are colour coded in blue print above the alpha keys or function keys depending on your keyboard To access the blue function keys press the FN key followed by the appropriate alpha or function key Function keys F1 through F24 can be used with the Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 operating system or another application The additional function keys F25 through F30 along with the macros are not used as part of the Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 operating system Numeric Keyboard Function Keys The numeric keyboards are equipped with up to 24 function keys including those function keys that are colour coded in white print above the function keys Function keys F25 through F30 can only be accessed by remapping another key to that function To access the white function keys press the SHIFT key followed by the appropriate function key Getting To Know Your Omnii 2
195. h which you can connect Choosing a Certificate Normally certificates already configured for your network are chosen automatically by the Omnii If a certificate cannot be chosen automatically you must choose it from the Certificates list e To choose a certificate tap the desired certificate Your Omnii will connect automatically Settings 4 61 Personal Tab Certificates ea ping Yall dd m 8 50 Root lt Personal gt Intermedi Use personal certificates to positively identify yourself to others amo J The Personal tab lists the name of the certificate issuer and the expiration date e To view additional information about a personal certificate tap on a certificate in the list e To delete a certificate tap and hold the stylus on the item you want to delete until a pop up menu is dis played Tap on the Delete command Intermediate Certificates The items in this list help identify intermediate certification authorities Certificates GP E Ya d Gm 8 52 Personal lt Intermediate gt Root Use intermediate certificates to positively identify intermediate cerbfication authorities CDI EC Root Certificates Certificates Col yt Ty Gm 8 53 Intermedi lt Root gt Personal Use root certificates to positively identify root certification authorities VeriSign Trust Network 8 1 28 VeriSign Class 3 Public P 7 16 2036 VeriSign Class 3 Public P 7 16 2036 Thawte Server CA 12 31 20
196. hat you scan the missing barcodes When scanning a single barcode ensure that only the desired barcode is within the field of view of the scanner Because imager scanners generally have a shorter depth of field than laser scanners some practise may be required to find the optimal distance from the types of barcodes being scanned Although the imager includes illumination LEDs ambient light will help the imager decode the barcodes especially if the barcode is far from the hand held Getting To Know Your Omnii 2 720 AN IMPORTANT Keep in mind that the imager scanner is a camera and the LED illu mination is a flash Glare can be an issue on reflective media such as plastic coated barcodes just as glare is an issue for photogra phers When pointing at a shiny surface either shift the barcode to the side or top or angle the barcode so that the glare reflects away from the imager scanner Most imagers take several snap shots of the barcode in order to decode it It is normal for the LEDs to flash two or three times Hold the unit steady between flashes to improve decode performance e Turn the hand held computer on Wait until the unit has booted up completely e Aim at the barcode and press the scan key or the trigger Hold the trigger until a successful or failed scan result is obtained When the scan button or trigger is pressed a red oval shaped light the framing marker is displayed Centre the framing marker in the f
197. he Talk button to connect to a phone number the Talk button toggles to become the End button When you ve completed your call and want to disconnect Tap on End button on the onscreen phone keypad Sending amp Ending Calls Using the Omnii Keyboard The 55 key and the 66 key Omnii keyboards come equipped with phone keys each has a Talk and an End key on the physical keyboard e Press the Talk key to answer a call or to display the onscreen phone keypad so you can initiate a call e Press the End key to terminate a phone call Making a Conference Call To set up a conference call between yourself and two or more other parties e 1n the phone keypad type the first phone number Tap on Talk e While you are connected to the first number tap on Menu gt Hold e Type the second number Tap on Talk Tap on Menu gt Conference e To add another party tap on Menu gt Hold type the number and then tap Menu gt Conference e Tap on End to disconnect all calls Programming Speed Dial The phone keypad provides a Speed Dial button for quick access to frequently used numbers e In the phone keypad tap on the Speed Dial button to display the speed dial Phone dialog box 3 6 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Speed dial number Phone a ame Voicemail 1 416 555 1212 Call softkey This dialog box lists the phone numbers and the speed dial key to which the phone number has been assigned Tap o
198. hem from the Omnii side rails and slide the adaptor off e Connect the charger to an AC or DC power source using the appropriate regional plug or cable Then connect the charger s DC plug into the Snap Module s DC jack You can also attach an ST4001 or ST4005 Snap Module to the Omnii and use the Omnii battery to power USB or serial peripherals for enhanced mobility ap NOTE If you are using a hand strap there is no need to remove it before installing the Snap Module since the Omnii hand strap slot will still be accessible AC Wall Adaptor Models ST1050 and ST1050 AR The AC wall adaptor available for your docking station or Snap Module allows you to operate your hand held using AC power while charging the battery inserted in the unit The ST1050 is shipped with adaptor plugs suitable for use in the following regions United Kingdom Australia Europe and North America e Choose the adaptor plug that is suitable for use in your country Slide the adaptor plug into the Universal AC power supply snapping it into place These two pieces coupled together are referred to as an AC wall adaptor e Insert the DC plug into the docking station or Snap Module jack e Plug the pronged end into an AC outlet Figure 5 7 ST1050 AC Wall Adaptor and plugs The ST1050 AR wall adapter is kitted with an AC plug that is suitable for use in Argentina Vehicle Power Outlet Adaptor Model ST3113 The Vehicle Power Outlet Adaptor allows you to powe
199. hemistry Lithium ion Li lon Capacity 5000 mAh nominal at 1000 mA discharge 20 C to 3 0 V min Voltage 3 7 V nominal 2 75 V min to 4 2 V max Cell Configuration 1S2P 2 parallel connected cells Max Charge Voltage 4 2 V 1 Recommended Charge 5 0 hr charging must stop Termination Timeout Omnii XT15f Freezer Variants F 7 Parameter Specification Charge Temperature 0 C to 40 C 32 F to 104 F Discharge Temperature 20 C to 50 C 4 F to 122 F Storage Temperature 20 C to 50 C 4 F to 122 F Storage at elevated tem peratures not recommended 25 C 77 F recommended storage temperature Cycle Life 300 cycles minimum with no degradation below 70 of nominal capacity based on 0 5C charge 0 5C discharge rates to 3 0 V 23 C 73 4 F Lithium ion Smart Battery 5300 mAh ST3002 for Omnii Arctic Model NOTE This battery model is not restricted to the Omnii Arctic variant It can be ordered as an option for the Omnii Chiller variant The Omnii Arctic model is shipped with the Arctic ST3002 Lithium ion Smart Battery For safety instructions see Lithium ion Battery Safety Precautions in the Omnii Hand Held Computer Regu latory amp Warranty Guide PN 8000191 Parameter Specification Model Number ST3002 Chemistry Lithium ion Li lon Capacity 5300 mAh nominal at 1000 mA Discharge 20 C to 2 75 V min Voltage 3 6 V nominal 2 75 V min to 4 2 V max Ce
200. ht timeout values 4 9 Backspace DEL Key 000 000 2 8 backup profile creating Total Recall 4 99 backup Profile Total Recall AutoRestore 0a 4 102 Clone to USB dot oie ed ap 4 102 Restore eee eens 4 102 restoring occo 5565 4 0004 0406454400040445 205040 4 101 Upload to A R C 0 cee 4 102 MEWING cise oe septs dis ee KNA poe rer ne wets 4 101 backups managing profiles 4 101 Bad Scan Beep a 4 91 Bar code Decoding symbology predefined presets B 3 bar code appending t0 a 4 90 displaying type of bar code 4 90 good and bad scan vibrate settings 4 91 Options tab 0 0 eee 4 89 Translation tab oo oooooooooooo 4 92 barcode parameters a C 3 barcode reader integrated scanner operation of 2 17 bar code symbologies color camera 0 eee eee eee B 20 B 21 Index Il MAGS A B 20 batteries Advanced backlight tab 4 9 Battery capacity tab 4 9 Battery Details tab 4 10 Battery Health tab o o 4 11 Battery Power tab aaa 4 60 Suspend Threshold tab 4 10 Sn AA APA 2 5 2 6 charger safety instructions 5 9 charging AA 2 6 5 9 charging with d
201. i will vibrate rather than beep when a good successful scan or a bad unsuccessful scan is performed Set these parameters to either on to enable the beeper or off to disable it You can further refine how you want the vibrations to behave specifying the following Number of Vibrates Duration of Vibrate in milliseconds and Pause between Vibrates in milliseconds Soft Scan Timeout This parameter is used by the SDK Scan function soft scan starting a scan session via the SDK function instead of a physical user trigger press The value assigned to this parameter determines the soft scan timeout from 1 to 10 sec default is 3 sec Scan Log File If this parameter is enabled the input barcode and the modified translated output barcode are logged in the file Flash Disk ScanLog txt Keep in mind that if the Scan Log File is enabled there is a slight performance effect when performing multiple scans since the log file is written to persistent storage Data Handling This option allows you to choose the code page your Omnii will use to display data Default Local ASCII or ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 Codepage Tapping on this option displays a window in which you can define the code page your Omnii will use Scanner Settings na e Y edo qu 12 11 50 8859 1 Latin 1 If you choose Default Local ASCII the code page of the local OS is used For example if the local OS uses double byte Chinese characters choosing th
202. ide a separately regulated 3 3 V supply for the sensor Specular Dead Zone Illumination On Up to 20 depending on target distance and substrate glossiness Illumination Off None Skew Tolerance Pitch Angle 360 Ambient Light Immunity 9000 ft candles 96 900 lux Sunlight Imaging Sensor Image Resolution 752 H x 480 V pixels Wide VGA Grey Scale 256 levels 8 bits per pixel Field of View FOV SE4500 SR 39 6 horizontal 25 7 vertical Focusing Distance from 8in 20 3 cm Front of Engine SR Aiming Element Visible Laser Diode VLD 655 10 nm Central Dot Optical Power 0 6 mW typical Pattern Angle 40 horizontal 30 vertical Illumination System LEDs 625 5 nm dominant wavelength Pattern Angle 60 x 40 at 80 center intensity D 14 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Parameter Specification Shock 2000 G 5 applied via any mounting surface at 30 and 55 C for a period of 0 85 0 05 msec 2500 G 5 applied via any mounting surface at 23 C for a period of 0 85 0 05 msec Vibration Unpowered SE4500 withstands a random vibration along each of the X Y and Z axes for a period of one hour per axis 6 G rms defined as follows 20 to 80 Hz Ramp up at 0 04 G Hz at 3 dB octave 80 to 350 Hz 0 04 G Hz 350 Hz to 2 kHZRamp down at 0 04 G2 Hz at 3 dB octave E Z RV connector Laser Safety Class CDRH IEC Class 2 ED Class IEC Class 1M Maximum Engine Dimen
203. ield either in the centre of the barcode you want to scan or in the centre of the area in which multiple barcodes are to be scanned The illumination LEDs will flash typically several times and a picture of the barcode is taken Navigating in Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 and Applications Graphic user interfaces like Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 for portable devices or desktop Windows 2000 XP etc utilize point and click navigation On the Omnii this is accomplished using a touchscreen and stylus rather than a mouse Navigating Using a Touchscreen ap NOTE If the touchscreen is not registering your screen taps accurately it may need recalibration Refer to Calibrating the Touchscreen on page 2 13 A touchscreen is a standard feature on all Omnii hand held computers Each is shipped with a stylus a pointing tool e Use the stylus to tap on the appropriate icon to open files and folders launch applications and programs make selections and so on You can also use your finger rather than the stylus Tap and flick the stylus or your finger on the screen to scroll through the options on a screen e Tap on the navigation bar to display additional icons Navigating Using the Keyboard If you prefer to use the keyboard to move the cursor around the screens on your Omnii refer to the tab le following for a description of the navigation keys Operation Key or Key Combination Switch between active ALT TAB
204. ies PISOS Sana rosadas 5 3 Removing The Lalo EGO AA 5 3 Attaching the Pistol Grip occcccccocnccnnccccoonnnnnncnnonnnnnonnonncnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnonononnnennnss 5 3 Carrying and Protective Accessories erre errar ere area area acre ra anne aa cr anna 5 4 The Hand Strap Model ST6025 aa 5 5 Protective Carrying Case Model ST6090 a 5 5 Hard Shell Holster Model ST6055 e a 5 5 PONC TAC O HA AA 5 6 Sna IMOQUIES sc aii rg E O 5 6 AC Wall Adaptor Models ST1050 and ST1050 AR a 5 8 Vehicle Power Outlet Adaptor Model ST3I113 XX a 5 8 Chargers and Docking Stations General Information a 5 9 Important Charger Safety Instructions occcccoocnnccnncocooncnnnonononnnnncnnnonncnnnnnonnnnnnnononnnnnnnonannnnnnnnss 5 9 Charging the Battery AA AA 5 9 Installation Chargers and Docking Stations XA a 5 10 Operator COMMONS AA AP AP 5 10 Power Consumption COASIdE ION Sima 5 10 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Desktop Docking Stations Models ST4002 and ST4003 aa 5 10 Charging a Battery Installed in OnMiil cccccccccnnncccoccnnnncncconnnnnnnnononnnnnnnonancnnnnonnnnnnnnononanononnos 5 12 AAA 5 13 ROS QUOI a A e o o e 5 13 Charging the Omnii Battery cooocccocncoccccoccncconnononncnnncnncnnon
205. ight switches on when a key is pressed Adjusting the Display Backlight To set the backlight intensity and the duration of time that the backlight will remain on you ll need to choose the Backlight icon e Tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on System gt Backlight icon Refer to Backlight Screen and Keypad on page 4 58 for details Getting To Know Your Omnii 2 13 Calibrating the Touchscreen lf your touchscreen has never been aligned calibrated or if you find that the stylus pointer is not accurate when you tap on an item follow the steps below e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System Tap on the Screen icon The General tab is displayed in which you can correct alignment and choose screen orientation see Screen Orientation on page 2 13 for details Screen ao ght Y Gm 7 08 Text Size lt General gt ClearType Orientation Portrait O Landscape right handed O Landscape left handed Align Screen Align the screen if it is not responding accurately to stylus taps e Tap on the Align Screen button and follow the directions on the screen to align calibrate the screen NOTE This window provides two additional tabs ClearType and Text Size Tapping on the ClearType tab allows you to enable the ClearType option to smooth screen font appearance The Text Size tab allows you to increase or decrease the size of the font displayed on the screen Screen Orientation In addition to scre
206. ii and copy the file to your Omnii Tap on the Hardware tab and set the GPS hardware port to COM2 Set the Baud rate to 4800 4 68 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide GPS Settings ti Ya ed di 8 30 Programs lt Hardware gt Access Specify the hardware port to which your GPS device is connected For more information see the GPS device manufacturer s documentation GPS hardware port GPS Global Positioning System Settings This applet allows you to define how the GPS module operates You can determine when the GPS module can draw power and under what conditions and choose from a set of GPS profiles built into the modem You can also set up AGPS Assisted Global Positioning System e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System gt GPS Settings icon GPS Settings ac gi T mi Om 6 32 To 4 Power gt Profiles GPS Power pr Power Tab This tab allows you to dictate how the GPS module behaves The GPS Power drop down menu is used to control when the GPS is powered on and off e Off the GPS module is left off always e Always on the GPS module is powered on at all times regardless of the power state of the Omnii sus pend mode e On and off in suspend the GPS module is powered on but if the Omnii is in suspend mode the GPS module is turned off Profiles GPS Settings Power Profiles gt Settings 4 69 ao qe Y m2 Om 6 35 AGPS GFS Profile Selection De
207. ile is stored in the Flash Disk TotalRecall folder AN IMPORTANT After setting an autorestore profile that profile will overwrite any other profile already placed in the Flash Disk TotalRecall folder In an autorestore Total Recall only restores the profile located in the Flash Disk TotalRecall folder If you store your profile anywhere else it will not be restored Total Recall a Y sj MI 4 37 The following profile options are available Profile successfully copied FF to Flash Disk TotalRecall e Upload to A R C uploads the profile to the Active Remote Configuration server After you tap on Send a message will come up either confirming that the upload was complete or that the connection to the server failed Pat Yi 4 37 Upload profile to A R C server ARC Server ade port http 40 10 10 10 0007 Profile Name Flash Disk4Default1 pfl Progress e Clone to USB writes a clone of the profile to the USB drive After you tap on the button a message will come up either confirming that the USB drive is ready for deployment or that it is not available e When you are ready to install the profile on another unit turn on the next computer to be cloned and insert the USB key The profile will be automatically installed to the computer s Flash Disk TotalRecall folder There is a short delay in deployment so that you can cancel the process if needed Settings 4 103 USB drive prepared for cloning Aut
208. in CI g gt 7 M Preset Custom Symbologies All 1D With Strong Recovery Enablec Code 39 F Code 128 FEAN 13 Fre defined Preset are read only Press space or double click to change a setting in Customer preset Press lt Esc gt to cancel e Tap on the symbols to expand the lists and view the parameter settings e Scroll through the parameter list until you reach the parameter that you want to change Fora parameter that can take a range of values Highlight the parameter and then press the SPACE key or double click the parameter An associated dialog box containing the valid range of values for the parameter and the current setting is displayed Type a value in the field provided e Fora parameter that toggles between two values such as on or off and enabled or disabled Highlight the parameter and then press the SPACE key or double click on the parameter Either method toggles between the two available values When you ve completed your edits tap on OK The parameter list is displayed the new value for the changed parameter is shown e Tapon OK to exit to the preset list and save the changes Imagers Applet B 15 Removing a Custom Preset e Highlight the custom preset you want to delete and tap on the Remove button A window is displayed warning you that you are about to remove a preset e Tapon Yes to remove the preset or No to cancel the operation Filter Tab Manipulating
209. ing a Clone Cloning allows you to copy settings or configurations from one computer to another There are two types of clones to choose from a Full Clone and a Settings Only Clone A Full Clone contains all files most of the registry and the settings files AN IMPORTANT The target device for a Full Clone MUST have the same model type and OS build as the source otherwise problems can occur For example if the target device has a newer build of the OS the new build may have a different set of registry keys that may conflict with the source A Settings Only Clone can be copied to a wider array of devices but it should not be used as an autorestore profile e Tap on the Create Clone button to begin the process Your Omnii model type and OS will be identified in the cloning statement to ensure that you target devices of the same type e Give the clone profile a name and location Perda 2 22 Click Next to creabe a clone profile of this device for another Psion 7545XC running Windows Mobile 6 5 Professional Profile Name Profile Location Flash Dis a e Tapon Next e Inthe next screen choose All for a Full Clone or Selected Options for a Settings Only Clone If you choose Selected Options a menu will open to enable you to decide which options you want cloned Settings 4 101 Options C Contacts and Email Info C Deleted System files All C GPS O Selected Options O Wi Fi All Files registry setti
210. ing tab bar tap on the Battery Health tab Power mo e oo 4 02 a a d Battery Health gt Battery Current Battery Health atat x Enable Battery Health service C Wakeup device on battery insert Show popup UI on device resume once for each Rating decrease C show cycle count in UI o seconds to auto dismiss UI ISO A Mr Current Battery Health Meter The Current Battery Health Meter default values are shown here as Excellent Used and Battery should be replaced To display the Battery Health Meter 4 12 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide e Tap on the navigation bar scroll to and click on the battery hotkey Power ao got Ty O 3 13 Navigation bar gt Be E O x Enable Battery Health service BatteryHealthicon ao 2 Y f qi 4 04 Show popup UI on device resume once for each Rating decrease T show cycle count in UI o seconds to auto diemiss UI J k Fi a a Battery hotkey 53 x Wakeup device on battery insert y Suspend lt Battery Health gt Battery Battery Power 98 Battery Health KKKKK Excellent he El The image above shows the default Excellent status screen Enable Battery Health Service This option allows you to enable or disable the battery health service Wakeup Device on Battery Insert When this option is enabled whenever the battery is replaced
211. ings to reset all scanner parameters to default settings Decoded Internal Scanners Tap on the Scanner drop down menu and choose Decoded internal Options ap NOTE Some options are available only for specific scanners Refer to the option names in this section for scanner model identification Dot Time msec The value selected for Dot Time msec determines in milliseconds how long the targeting dot remains on before the scanner switches to a normal scan sweep When you double tap on this parameter a dialog box is displayed in which you can enter a value of 0 msec 200 msec or 400 msec A value of 0 zero disables the target dot Laser On Time The value assigned to this parameter determines how long the laser will remain on when the scan button or trigger is pressed Double tapping on this parameter displays a dialog box in which you can enter a value between 5 and 99 The value is measured in tenths of seconds Scanner Settings C 5 Decoded Internal Advanced Options Scan Mode You can set the method of scanning by setting this parameter to Scan beam only Aim with Scan 1 trigger pull Aim with Scan 2 trigger pulls Aim with Scan on trigger release and Continuous Scan Mode Default is Scan beam only Aim Duration This parameter determines the total time the aiming pattern appears before the scanner laser begins sweeping When you double tap on this parameter a dialog box is displayed in which you can
212. inimum with no degradation below 70 of nominal capacity based on 0 5C charge 0 5C dis charge rates to 3 0 V 23 C 73 4 F E 6 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Wireless Radios Cinterion Model MC75i GSM GPRS EDGE Radio Parameter Specification Cinterion Model MC75i Form Factor Quad Band GSM 850 900 1800 1900 MHz EDGE E GPRS multi slot class 12 GPRS multi slot class 12 GSM release 99 Output Power Class 4 2 W for EGSM850 Class 4 2 W for EGSM900 Class 1 1 W for GSM1800 Class 1 1 W for GSM1900 Control via AT Hayes 3GPP TS 27 007 and 27 005 Commands Supply Voltage Range 3 2 to 4 3 V EDGE Data Transmis EDGE class 12 max 236 8 kbps downlink sion Mobile station class B Modulation and coding scheme MCS 1 9 GPRS Data Transmis GPRS class 12 sion Mobile station class B PBCCH support Coding schemes CS 1 4 Omnii Specifications E 7 Parameter Specification CSD Data Transmission Up to 14 4 kbps V 110 ee O SMS Point to point MO and MT Ho Ui Text and PDU mode Voice Triple rate codec for HR FR and EFR Adaptive multi rate AMR Basic hands free operation Echo cancellation Noise reduction Interfaces Hirose U FL R SMT 50 ohm antenna connector Antenna solder pad Molex 80 pin board to board connector Power supply Audio 2x analog 1x digital Serial interface ITU T V 24 protocol SIM card interface 3 V 1 8 V Cinterion PH8 P GSM GPRS EDGE UMTS HSPA
213. internal scanner 2 18 2 19 OneShot Mode 2 cc eee 4 46 OneShot tab modifier keys 4 46 Options tab bar codes 4 89 orientation screen ee 2 13 Outlook e mail synchronizing Windows Vista and 7 3 11 Outlook e mail synchronizing Windows XP 3 9 P Paired tab Bluetooth 0 cee 4 20 pairing Bluetooth devices 4 17 Parity port replicator o oo ooooooooo o 4 94 Password admin changing Kiosk 4 78 PDF and linear Predefined preset 20 0 0 c eee eee B 4 Personal apps 0 0 ccc eens 4 43 App Launch Keys 0000 cece eens 4 43 phone Ale NAD RR RR DD DD 4 56 si AP qe 3 4 k ypad taD cards arcada Pis asda apa poa 4 53 Network phone setting up 4 55 phone keys on the EP10 keyboard 3 5 PIN Changing AA AD 4 53 ring tone adjustments a 4 53 security o aka kaaa pads Di MAGNA ap ai nA MA uss 4 53 Services setting up 0 cee eee ee 4 55 settings managing 3 8 4 51 SOUNO taD as ad ana pers mada states O E pa 4 53 using Windows Mobile 6 5 Professional 3 4 4 51 Voice Mail setting up 4 55 Phone communication a n 00 cece eens 1 9 phone network setting up 4 55 picker cradle installing cable
214. internet Explor E S ActiveSync End All Tasks a File Explorer View Task Manager Sort By Refresh Exit a J End Task l Mana e Switch To Makes the highlighted application active End All Tasks Shuts down all applications listed e View Allows you to list either all running applications or all processes e Sort By Allows you to sort active applications or processes based on Memory size CPU or application or process Name e Refresh Updates the list of applications or processes e Exit Closes the Task Manager Total Recall Total Recall is a Zebra utility developed to maintain applications and settings during a cold boot as well as clone settings to other devices This utility creates a restore point of a device at a known state This can be used as a backup of the device the administrator can clean the terminal and restore the profile at any time or Settings 4 99 a clone the administrator can store different configurations for different uses to clone to other hand held computers a NOTE Total Recall works differently e g restore on cold boot or on clean boot on dif ferent OS platforms and versions e g Windows CE 5 0 6 0 Windows Mobile Windows Embedded Hand held For detailed information and other updates on Total Recall information please go to the Ingenuity Working website at www ingenuityworking com knowledge w knowledgebase total recall aspx e Tap on Start gt Settings gt Sy
215. io devices HSP HFP services provide the following unique menu options e Connect Audio establishes an audio connection to the Bluetooth headset e Disconnect Audio disconnects the audio connection from the Bluetooth headset e Volume Control displays a dialog box where the headset and microphone volume can be adjusted Connecting Using a Bluetooth GPRS Phone Once you ve completed the Bluetooth settings you can go ahead and set up communication through your Bluetooth equipped phone Before you begin make certain that the Bluetooth phone is turned on that the B uetooth radios in your Omnii and phone are enabled turned on and that the hand held and phone are within 10 metres of each other Both should be discoverable 1 Tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on the Connections folder icon 4 22 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide 2 Tap on the Connections icon Under ISP WWAN GPRS tap on Add a new modem connection Connections mo E Tal NG Gm 10 05 da lt Tasks gt Advanced ISP WWAN GPRS 3 Type a name for the connection Connections Cr yt Ta Gm 9 31 Make New Connection Enter a name for the connection Select a Modem Cellular Line DS 4 Tap on the Select a modem drop down menu and choose Bluetooth Tap on Next a NOTE If you are using another device to connect to the Internet you can choose a different modem from the drop down menu Connections Cr yt T Gm 9 34 Make
216. is option will filter data through the local ASCII of that OS and display it accurately in this example using double byte characters If you choose ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 data will be displayed according to the character mapping of this Latin 1 code page ignoring the local OS code page 4 92 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Translations Tab The Translations tab allows you to define up to 10 cases each consisting of up to 10 rules in sequential order Only one case will be applied to a barcode and a case will only be applied if all rules specified in the case are successful if a rule within a case fails the entire case fails E Case 2 empty E Case 3 empty E Case 4 empty E Case 5 empty E Case 6 empty E Case 7 empty To change a setting press space or double click e Inthe Translations tab double tap on a Case to create rules Scanner Settings CI qt 7 E Options lt Translations gt Ports To change setting press space or double click Tap on the No rule drop down menu to display the rules No rule 7 os E _ An Mo rule Scanner Settings I 2 Tap se Gm 12 15 Verify Match at index Match and replace at index Replace at index Add barcode prefix subia When you choose a rule an associated screen is displayed in which you can define the rule Settings 4 93 Scanner Settings gt Tdi om 12 17 Case Rules The case rules are define
217. isred 0 5 14 Spare battery LED is red with a battery installed 5 14 Spare battery LED does not turn on when a battery is installed 5 14 5 2 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Quad Docking Station Model No ST4004 e 5 15 Operator Controls AA 5 15 INQICATO S asas Rr rrDES Asa PRESAS ESA 5 16 Quad Docking Station Operation oaoa a a a 5 16 Charging the Omnii Battery AA 5 16 Installation cs da AGA RE ABEL AA E 5 16 Connecting to the Ethernet Network 2 2 000 5 17 Cleaning the ST4004 AA AA xu 5 17 Troubleshooting AA 5 18 Omnii Charge Indicator LED Stays Off 5 18 Power LED Does Not Light Up 00 4 5 18 Omnii Charge LED Flashes Yellow 2 0 000 5 18 Omnii Charge Indicator LED is Red 5 18 Powered Adaptor LED Stays Off 5 18 Vehicle Cradles Models ST1000 and ST1002 2 5 18 Vehicle Cradle Mounting Recommendations eee 5 19 Insertion and Removal of Omnii AU 5 21 Maintaining the Vehicle Cradle a 5 22 ST1002 Powered Cradle Installation AA 5 22 Wiring Guidelines a a 5 23 Installation in High Voltage Vehicles 5 23 Extreme Wet Environmen
218. itional information about the Task Manager refer to Task Manager on page 4 97 Settings e Tap Start followed by the Settings icon to display the setting options for your Omni Figure 2 8 Settings Icons Getting To Know Your Omnii 2 36 Along with icons that provide information about your unit and allow you to adjust the appearance and behav iour of your Omnii an additional group of icons is stored in three folders Personal System and Connections Refer to Chapter 4 Settings for details about the options available to you Kiosk Kiosk allows the administrator to tailor how the Omnii operates and the options the user can access Note that the look of the Today screen will change from icons that are finger accessible to a list of items that is best accessed using a stylus AN IMPORTANT For details about this application refer to Kiosk on page 4 76 Data Transfer Between Omnii and a PC Data transfer options vary slightly depending on the type of operating system installed in your PC For Windows XP SP2 operating systems or earlier Microsoft ActiveSync connectivity software can be used to connect your Omnii to a PC If the Windows Vista Windows 7 or later operating system is installed in your PC ActiveSync is not required to transfer data between your Omnii and your PC By using a Snap Module or Desktop Docking Station with your Omnii you can connect to a PC with a cable and View Omnii file
219. key twice to lock it on Refer to OneShots on page 4 46 for details To choose the letter b e Lock the FN key on and press 2 twice e Press the FN key again to unlock or turn it off To choose the letter c e Lock the FN key on and press 2 three times e Press the FN key again to unlock or turn it off do NOTE Keep in mind that there is a timeout of one second between key presses when sequencing through the alphabetic characters on a key If you pause longer than one second between key presses the alphabetic character that is dis played at that time will be entered Selecting Uppercase Letters To display a single capital letter press the SHIFT key first then the letter you want To access CAPS LOCK mode press FN SHIFT In this state if you press a numeric key the number is displayed rather than the normal shifted function of that key Press FN SHIFT again to turn the CAPS LOCK mode off The Keypad Backlight The intensity of the keypad backlight can be configured using the Backlight icon accessed by tapping on Start gt Settings gt System gt Backlight Refer to Backlight Screen and Keypad on page 4 58 for details about this option ap NOTE Keep in mind that this option may be restricted to supervisory use only The Display The Omnii is equipped with display backlighting to improve character visibility in low light conditions The back l
220. l key on a keyboard Every key has a unique scan code that is mapped to a virtual key a function or a macro Scancode Remapping allows you to change the functionality of any key on the keyboard A key can be remapped to send a virtual key e g VK_F represents the F key VK_RETURN represents the ENTER key etc perform a function e g turn the scanner on change volume contrast etc or run a macro There are three different tables of scancode mappings the Normal table the FN table and the SYM table The Normal table defines unmodified key presses the FN table defines key presses that occur when the FN BLUE modifier is on the SYM table defines key presses that occur when the SYM modifier is on The default mappings of these scancodes can be overwritten for each of these three tables using Scancode Remapping Buttons Cr yt Vy d am 7 50 Unico lt Scancode Remap gt Lock 8 Normal O sym CO EN The first column in the Scancode Remapping tab displays the scancodes in hexadecimal If the scancode is remapped to a virtual key that virtual key is displayed in the column labelled V Key In the column labelled Function virtual keys that are Shifted or Unshifted are displayed 4 50 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide If the scancode is remapped to a function or a macro the first and second columns remain blank while the third column contains the function name or macro key number
221. lable in North America for the Cinterion MC75i EDGE radio Operating System AA 2 5 Battery Details AA 2 5 Batey dale oa esnea Aa AA HAG SS GEE AA 2 5 Battery Swap Time 2 AA 2 5 Charging the Battery AA 2 6 The Keyboard ice eee eh ete ee bee ee bs oe PDEA ANA AG Se Swe E Era 2 6 The Power Button 55 Key and 66 Key Keyboards only 2 7 Standard Keys a a 2 7 Modifier Keys a 2 8 Activating Modifier Keys AA 2 9 Locking Modifier Keys AA 2 9 Function Keys and Macro Keys a 2 10 Function Keys AA 2 10 Va OR ssa ess Fe ened se oy Essas gs 2 11 Numeric Keyboards Accessing Alpha Keys 0 005554 G a 2 11 The Keypad Backlight 2 a a a a a a 2 12 Ne DISpIay cepas es ss eee eee ee a ew eee eee eS 2 12 Adjusting the Display Backlight 2 2 o 2 12 Calibrating the Touchscreen AA 2 13 Screen Orientation AA 2 13 Locking the Touchscreen XU 2 13 WIGICAIONS aku ee oo oe roo ee Pao eee eee hee Oa ee oe eee ee 2 14 LED nus eee sora eae He ee eee ee LEA DA am E ee 2 14 Battery Charge Status LED a 2 15 Operating System Status LED a 2 15 Radio Status LED o 2 15 Scanner Status LED s s s a e s somwa ea aras a A ode GA 2 15 Audio Indicators sees cs AKA KAMA eras 2 16 VIDFAUONS
222. les 86 112 Lux Laser Output Power peak 1 26 mW SE1524ER Decode Zones SE1524ER Decode Zone A Short Range Small Codes Note Typical performance at 73 4 F 23 C on high quality symbols Depth of Field D 8 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide SE1524ER Decode Zone B Long Range Large Codes Note Typical perlormance at 73 4 F 27 C on high quality symbols 55 mil 15 0 el 180 0 TO mil elective 3870 z 100 mil reflective 120 360 414 4 Depth of Fiekd Near range determined by degree of reflectivity and widih of bar code EV15 Imager Light Source 617 nm highly visible LED Scan Angie Minimum Print Contrast Minimum 25 Minimum X Dimension 0 1 mm 4 mis Reading Distance Up to 90 cm 35 in Symbologies UPC E8A EAN RSS Code 39 Code 128 UCC EAN 128 ISBN ISBT Interleaved Matrix Industrial and Standard 2 of 5 Codabar Code 93 93i Code 11 MSI Plessey Telepen PDF417 Micro PDF417 EV15 Imager Decode Zone Parameter Specification 0 Lux to 100 000 Lux Minimum Range Maximum Range Mil Size Inches Inches 5 Internal Imager 4 Scanner Specifications D 9 EA11 Decoded 2D Imager Parameter Specification 2D mode 56 images s auto adaptive Linear Emulation Mode 200 scans s auto adaptive Scan Angle 38 9 horizontal 25 4 vertical Optical Resolution 752 H x 480 V pixels 256 gray levels Print Contrast down to 25 Standard range
223. lications NOTE Remember that changes do not take effect until the Omnii is set to User Mode and the unit is reset Refer to Activating a Change User Mode on page 4 87 Application Tab ao ot 7 fm 11 45 gt l 4 ga Til a Om 10 06 Notificatio Applications gt gt Advancel AT a ar Notificatio Applications Advanced Restricted files selected 1 Restricted files in all views 1 Tapping in the View menu displays a drop down menu where you can define restrictions for each storage area of the Omnii Restricted items are marked in the checkbox to the left in the sample screen above soli taire exe is restricted 4 84 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Advanced Tab METE Applications lt Advanced gt Motificatio Select the system feature to block or prevent Restrictions Prevent Eta OE Ur Apps Prevent ActiveSync _ Prevent Unsigned CABs Prevents launching Autorun applications from a storage card The Advanced tab lists system features you can block from user access Tapping in the checkbox to the left of a feature adds a check mark indicating it is blocked Notifications CESTE Advanced C Notifications gt Applicat Select the Start Menu Bar or popup notification to be blocked or disabled le Notifications WiFi Connectivity Dock Tether Manager _ Low Battery The Notifications tab allows you to choose which pop up notifica
224. ll Configuration 1S2P 2 parallel connected cells Max Charge Voltage 4 2 V 1 Recommended Charge 5 0 hr charging must stop Termination Timeout Charge Temperature 0 C to 40 C 32 F to 104 F Discharge Temperature 30 C to 50 C 22 F to 122 F Storage Temperature 20 C to 50 C 4 F to 122 F Storage at elevated tem peratures not recommended 25 C 77 F recommended storage temperature Cycle Life 300 cycles minimum with no degradation below 70 of nominal capacity based on 2 5A 4 20V charge 2 5A 2 75V discharge rates 25 C 77 F F 8 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Figure F 3 Arctic Freezer Battery and Safety Label Quick Defrost Application The Omnii XT15f is a freezer capable hand held computer with integrated heaters designed to improve the functionality and operation of the hand held device in extreme cold environments The Arctic variant has two heaters one for the display and one for the scanner window The Chiller variant has only one heater which is located on the scanner window The Quick Defrost application is the nerve center of the heater related informa tion The Setting tab allows the configuration of the suspend time of the heating system along with the scanner window power setting The Heater Info tab provide instantaneous heater information for each individual heater and the overall heating system For environmental specifications for this comput
225. ll Settings a 4 78 Restrictions PP PA ee 4 83 Control Panel Settings AA Xu 4 84 Import and Export Settings AU 4 85 Activating a Change User Mode 00 UU 4 87 Regional Settings 2 oaoa a a 4 87 Remove Programs a 4 88 Scanner SENS a o ss 4 6 Gawd bed Go yo E a e 4 89 Restoring Default Settings AA 4 89 Options Tab vs mesa eRe ete eee Dede as GAGA 4 89 Translations Tab ss oros rs oe HATH ES dw ORG kA 4 92 Port Replicator Port A COM5 and Port B COM6 4 93 SCCM se uc sda edades ARE eee we eee DA we we ee a 4 95 Screen Rotation 2 aaa es Sew a e em ee a 4 96 System Properties AA AA xu 4 97 Task Manager s s aaa a wo eee RSE AE EES SS KAN SEE Kk 4 97 Total Recall ERE whee eee HARE a 4 98 Creating a Backup 4 99 Creating a Clone a 4 100 Managing Profiles 2 26 css rra KA DA AB Se ew 4 101 4 4 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Deleting a Profile AA xu 4 103 TWEAK 2 an eo hee eee eaten eee eee Oe EEE a 4 103 Advanced Interface and Network Settings 0 4 104 Advanced Services Settings ee 4 105 Registry Editor o 4 106 Settings 4 5 Overview of Software Zebra Software Advantage Zebra Software Advantage is a collection of applications and features designed to support system administra tors and end users These tools enable enterp
226. ly The modifier key must be pressed first followed by the key whose func tion you want modified SHIFT and FN The SHIFT and FN modifier keys provide access to additional keys and system functions The functions related to these modifier keys are colour coded in white and blue print respectively above the keyboard keys dependant on your keyboard format SYM ap NOTE When using the Mobile Devices SDK Developers Guide PN 8100016 note that the SYM key is interchangeable with the ORANGE key The Symbol SYM modifier key provides access to commonly used symbolic characters Pressing the SYM key brings up the Symbol soft input panel SIP onscreen keyboard with symbols mapped to each key Getting To Know Your Omnii 2 9 ap NOTE Modifier keys are remapped using the Scancode Remapping applet The Symbol SIP will automatically display and use the new mappings after the next reboot The onscreen keyboard corresponds to the specific keyboard on your Omnii either numeric or alphanu meric The sample below reflects an alphanumeric keyboard layout Figure 2 2 Symbol Soft Input Panel S Omer OMAE nG DONDE mo B pa E Ei 6 GE 45 ES IC secos Co Contacts 55 para Alpha TE Activating Modifier Keys When a modifier key is pressed itis represented in the shift state indicator icon in the navigation bar at the top of the screen making it easier to determine whether or not a modifier key is active For ex
227. mart Battery 5000 mAh ST3001 on page E 5 e Contact pinout Omnii Battery Contacts on page A 6 Battery Safety AN IMPORTANT Before attempting to install use or charge the battery pack it is crit ical that you review and follow the important safety guidelines in the quick reference guide entitled Omnii Hand Held Computer Regula tory amp Warranty Guide PN 8000191 Battery Swap Time Assuming the default power saving parameters and battery reserve level have not been altered battery swap time is a minimum of 4 minutes you will not lose data if the battery is replaced within this time frame To protect data the safest place to store data is on a microSD memory card or externally on a USB memory stick or on a PC You can also save data in the Flash Disk partition of the file system Refer to Suspend Threshold and Estimated Battery Backup on page 4 10 for details about reserving battery power for data backup purposes The Suspend Threshold adjustment in the Power Properties tab allows you to determine the battery capacity at which the Omnii will be shut down If left at the default value Maximum Operating Time the unit will run until the battery is completely empty the RAM is only backed up for a short period of time If you choose Maximum Backup Time the Omnii shuts off with more energy left in the battery so RAM can be backed up for a longer period of time AN IMPORTANT If your Omnii fails to power up consi
228. mbologies Barcode Decoding Camera Predefined Presets The following presets enable successful barcode image capture in almost all conditions ap NOTE It is recommended that the default preset be used whenever possible Default This preset works in a wide range of conditions It is optimized for a normal office lighting about 300 Lux Low light This preset is designed for very dark conditions such as inside a warehouse where the lights are kept low or inside an unlit truck This preset increases either the exposure time or the gain Imagers Applet B 5 Low power This preset minimizes the use of the flash so as to conserve the battery power on the Omnii Glossy surface This preset minimizes the use of the flash so as to reduce reflection This preset is used to read barcodes that are behind glass or inside the plastic window of an envelope Image Capture Predefined Presets The following presets enable successful image capture in almost all conditions a NOTE It is recommended that the default preset be used whenever possible Default This preset works in a wide range of conditions Itis optimized for a normal office lighting about 300 Lux Motion This preset uses a shorter exposure time so as to freeze motion Low light near This preset is designed for dark conditions it uses a longer exposure time and includes the flash Using the Imagers Applet Configuring the Image Capture Presets To configure
229. mmand When the Still camera is activated Video is available in this menu When the video recorder is activated Still Camera is available in this menu Moving Photos to the Omni e Connect your device to your PC with ActiveSync e Locate the pictures on your PC and drag photos from their folder to the Mobile Device Omnii The Omnii can be found under Computer My Computer on PCs running Windows XP Opening a Photo e To open a photo tap on Start gt Pictures 8 Videos You ll see a thumbnail of your photos e Tap ona thumbnail to open the photo Pictures amp Videos kapin Yil f uu 5 01 a NOTE If you ve stored your photos on a storage card you ll need to tap on the storage card icon to display your photos Deleting a Photo e Press and hold the stylus on the thumbnail photo you want to delete to display a pop up menu Tap on Delete e Confirm your choice when prompted Programs 3 19 Editing a Photo e Tap ona thumbnail photo to open it e Tap on Menu gt Edit The Rotate command is now displayed in the softkey bar Additional editing tools are listed in the Menu Creating a Slide Show To view a slide show Tap on the Menu gt Play Slide Show The slide show begins in slide show mode photos are displayed for about five seconds one after the other e To display the slide show tool bar tap anywhere on the photo Pause Previous Play Next Aika i E Close Using the
230. mnii XT15f freezer variants and the Arctic freezer battery ST3002 In addition the Quick Defrost applet is described here Appendix G Wireless Wide Area Network WWAN provides WWAN configuration information xx Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Appendix H Omnii XT15ni Non Incendive Safety Guidelines lists the approvals important warnings and cautions for the Omnii XT 15ni non incendive Hand Held Computer Text Conventions do NOTE Notes highlight additional helpful information AN IMPORTANT These statements provide particularly important instructions or additional information that is critical to the operation of the equipment AN WARNING These statements provide critical information that may prevent physical injury equipment damage or data loss Overview of the Omnii Hand Held Computer The Omnii Hand Held Computer is a modular industrial hand held computer A variety of options are available to suit applications in courier delivery field service manufacturing facilities material handling applications in warehouses ports and yards with a focus on real time wireless data transactions Barcode input methodolo gies are supported by a variety of available scanners Optimization for specific operational environments is also supported with a wide range of peripheral options and carrying accessories The Omnii XT15f Freezer Variant combines modularity customizability and performance with added t
231. n Calendar p S lw Contacts lp DemoScanner E mail F File Explorer poutlook Ink Excel Mobile 2010 lnk Window icon Ink Window Be rca E Ces GIN OneNote Mobile 201 Window oe a Waa AA Mid Pz PowerPoint Mobile 2 The View drop down menu at the top of this screen displays the storage areas in the Omnii 4 80 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide from that storage area Advanced Tab This tab provides a number of options to restrict what is available on start up PALIT Applications C Advanced gt Phone Allow access to Start and Notifications Y x Administrator access in Start Menu Administrator Key Sequence Si Blue 0 Start Button and Notification Restrictions The drop down menu at the top of the Advanced tab allows you to limit access to the Notifications at the top of the screen and the Start button at the bottom of the screen ET go Tu 3 01 Applications Advanced gt Phone Allow access to Start and Notifications Disable access to Start Disable access to Notifications Disable access to Start and Notifications C Launch an application on Startup When you choose an option for example Disable access to Start and Notifications the sample bar below the drop down menu marks the disallowed items in red Settings 4 81 GD e Yu AE au 6 58 Applications lt Advanced gt Phone Disable access to Start and nota
232. n Getting To Know Your Omnii 2 32 Calculator Tasks File Explorer a fi a Internet Sharing Es Search Phone a ma AE 7 Task Manage TAO a BE Ss MA ma AA Ka e Tap on the icon to display the File Explorer screen Tap to display additional storage files Tap to display sorting options File Explorer ao a Ty f2 Gays File plorer ao a Ty Gm 3 45 Files stored ai here automa fl Application Data S tically ConnM IE ib a BRAM Disk Documents an Bl Flash Disk Select Files MUSIC MUSIC p Flash Disk Wi di My Documents di My Documents Creating a New Folder e Tap Start gt File Explorer e Tap the Menu softkey and in the pop up menu choose New Folder e Use the Omnii keyboard or the soft keyboard to assign a name to the folder Renaming a File e Press and hold the stylus on the file you want to rename A ring of dots is displayed followed by a pop up menu e Tap Rename The file name is highlighted Type a new name Copying a File e Press and hold the stylus on the file you want to copy A ring of dots is displayed followed by a pop up menu e Tapon Copy in the pop up menu e Navigate to the location where you want to copy the file e Press and hold the stylus in a blank area of the screen away from other icons until a pop up menu is displayed Tap Paste to copy the file to the new location
233. n the Speed Dial Number the number to the left of the phone number you want to dial or Tap on the Call softkey in the softkey bar at the bottom of the screen the number is dialled for you Using the Phone Keypad to Program a Speed Dial There are a number of ways to add a speed dial number You can create a speed dial number using the Contacts list or by using the Speed Dial button on the phone keypad Adding a New Phone Number e In the phone keypad tap on the Speed Dial button e 1n the speed dial Phone dialog box tap on Menu gt New e In the list choose a contact for a speed dial Phone eo TE Ga 4 26 Select a Contact o e F 411 Assistance mi A BEE TAPAS Be Tabla lwhelrtttytulitetel ti Sapf a sj af JalhJid li Shit 2 ededed nd ml d 117 Cil CT Ek Ry o e Type a contact name in the field where the cursor is displayed or tap on a name in the list Programs 3 7 Phone e T 4 28 Speed Dial Contact A BEE Nama A BEE Number 4165551212 Location 2 Available gt A sequential speed dial key is automatically assigned in the Location field You can tap on the arrows to the right of the Location field to change the auto assignment Using the Contact List to Program a Speed Dial e Tap on Start followed by the Contacts icon Contacts Contacts e T Gn 4 34 Doo a 411 Assistanco 411 4 A BEE 4105551212 Y TREW E 2125551212 Edit View All Calls Sa
234. nchronization Settings 3 10 Synchronizing E mail with Outlook PC with Windows Vista or Windows 7 3 11 Sending an E Mail ee 3 12 GOMACIS ss eect daa a aa oe eee eee ee ee 3 12 Working with the Contacts List AA 3 13 Communicate Tab Adding Contacts me o 3 14 MO Rabo lt Rash ooo R 3 15 Notes lab mesas a AAA 3 15 Internet Explorer XU 3 15 Browsing Web Sites cu 3 15 CAR sussa roads 3 16 AIS upper ss 3 16 Pictures 4 Videos AA u 3 17 Using the Camera s s sa caa aa ea a AGA AGA eee Kad Rd ocd WA 3 17 Moving Photos to the Omnii AA 3 18 Opening a Photo AA AA 3 18 Deleting a Photo AA a 3 18 3 2 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide EQUAGA PRO Os anna Bo a ee ee ee AT 3 19 Creating a Slide ShoW AA 3 19 Using the Video Recorder AA 3 19 Windows Media XA XU 3 20 Messenger Windows Live oaoa a a a 3 20 Windows Live aoaaa LE AAA SA 3 21 NOS E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E 3 21 Creating a Note Using the Soft Keyboard oaoa a a 3 21 Creating and Converting Handwritten Notes to Text 3 22 Renaming a Note oaoa CC 3 23 Recording Notes aoaaa a 3 23 TASK NOUCaAUON s aae e hao ee DAN Seo ee a a oe ee Ee DL T a 3 24 File Explorer CAR AA AA 3 26 ACIVESVACO AA ASS 3 27 Synchronization a AA XU
235. ned in this document should also be followed for High Voltage vehicles to insure safe installation and operation of the powered cradle Extreme Wet Environments Wiring For extreme wet environments or environments where it is difficult to restrict vehicle operator access to the power connector Zebra offers a waterproof heat shrink kit PN 1030022 The kit contains 3 pieces of water proof high shrink ratio heat shrink tubing which can be used to encapsulate the entire connector assembly If using this kit please ensure that you order sufficient material to cover installation and service remembering that heat shrink is one time use and must be replaced if it is removed from the connector for any reason Vehicle Power and Communications to the Cradle An optional 1 8 meter 6 foot extension power cable PN 13985 301 with motion detect or 13985 302 is avail able for your powered vehicle cradle This cable should be wired to a filtered fused maximum 4A accessory supply on the vehicle The power cradle draws no more than 4A less if the accessory supply is greater than 12V Any additional wiring connectors or disconnects used should be rated for at least 10A Installation of the 19440 XXX fuse assembly using a 4A 250V fuse installed is mandatory except when using a CA3002 vehicle power cable The 13985 XXX cables are not used with the CA3002 The 4A fuse is already included in the CA3002 vehicle connector assembly NOTE When connecting PN
236. nelsDevices and Printers Task Manager The Task Manager screen lists all running tasks applications or processes This applet provides a number of options to manage these AN IMPORTANT For details about using the Task Manager refer to Task Manager on page 4 97 Search Phone This feature allows you to conduct a search through the data stored on your phone e Tap on Start gt Search Phone icon Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide e Tap in the Search For field and type the information or a fragment of the information for which you are searching e In the Type drop down menu choose the location in which you want to conduct the search File Zoom Tools Help Search fl Fri 7 d qu 10 57 Calendar Contacts Tap on the Search softkey key Search for meeting w Type a Meeting 1 00 p m monday Task The results of your search are displayed in the Search screen Programs 3 31 Imager and Camera Demo An Imager And Camera demo applet is provided to illustrate how the imager and camera work To launch the demo applet e Tap on the Imager and Camera icon Imager And Camera Color Camera E gr Til w 1 37 N O 9 2 Setting EMO AN IMPORTANT Refer to Appendix B Imagers Applet for details about the imager applet Office Mobile This icon contains the following abridged Microsoft programs Excel Mobile OneNote Mobile PowerPoint Mobile SharePoint W
237. nfo ccc ees F 9 heater settings freezer variant F 9 holster hard shell 5 5 Home appearance changing 4 7 Home icon Start screen 3 3 Home Screen desktop screen 2 21 CUSIOMIZING s604 c03asee deds dees dades 2 22 hotkeys navigation bar 2 29 HSP HFP Headset Profile Hands Free Profile Service Commands Bluetooth pairing 4 21 Index IV Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Identifier Default preset group 0 0 0 e eee B 3 imager two dimensional 2D imager 2 19 Imager Settings cece cece 4 71 indicators LED TUNCHONG ss aaa NAB eet eee tate een earns 2 14 scanner message 2 18 2 19 2 20 softkey bar aa 2 31 input modes handwriting 3 36 o AP A 3 36 installation hand StTAP oooooocoooco eee 5 5 PISTON CID AA 5 3 Snap Modules 0 0 0 cece eee 5 6 vehicle cradle oooooooomooo 5 18 integrated scanner option 2 17 Internet connection a 4 23 Internet Explorer ccc eee eee 3 15 browsing web SIteS o oooooooooooo 3 15 Internet Sharing 0 ccc cee eee 3 27 ISM band Bluetooth radiO 4 14 ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 code page 4 91 K keyboard 36 key keyboa
238. ng All lists all detected devices Bluetooth ac coe al d Gm 8 20 Paired Device Servers Settings 4 17 Pairing a Device If you intend to pair a device a headset for example power the device on and bring it within 10 meters of the Omnii before proceeding with the discovery process described below To pair devices e Follow the manufacturer s instructions to place the remote device in pairing mode e Choose the Devices tab and Scan for devices in your area e When the scan is complete tap on the device to which you want to pair e Inthe pop up menu choose Pair An authentication dialog box is displayed ao qr Tdi Gm 9 18 Enter a passcode to establish a secure connection To proceed without authentication press Next e f the remote device has authentication enabled type the PIN in this dialog box To proceed without authentication tap on Next ab NOTE If a remote device has authentication enabled and you ve skipped the authentication process a pop up screen will ask if you want to allow the remote device to connect to the Omnii Tap on Yes and type the PIN When authentication is complete tap on Done After entering the device PIN the Services dialog appears with a list of services available for that device TATE Name TORPSG 011 Select service for pairing C Wireless Ster e Click in the checkbox to the left of the service to activate it e Click on Done 4 18 Omnii Windo
239. ng Distances a HHP 5080SR Imager Decoder Aa Fadl OOO SI Nena Raga GAAN AA AA Aa SE4500SR Standard Range Imager a SE4S00SR Decode ZONG AA ee eee eee SE4600LR LONG Range Image cum mbsa a 0na hahaa KAL NG Aka UG SE46UOLR Decode ZONES vsnsricionsc tirando iia LNAG Appendix E Omnii Specifications The Omnii Hand Held Computer Model 7545 2 aa ELKON q e a o AA AA O AG Regulator APPrOValS rotatorios Lithium ion Smart Battery 5000 mAh ST3001 1 aa ACCS RAJO Seria NA di AO AA AA AA AA Cinterion Model MC75i GSM GPRS EDGE Radio aaa Cinterion PH8 P GSM GPRS EDGE UMTS HSPA Radio aaa IFE AR AR so BICI Rad lirio pedo Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Chapter F Omnii XT15f Freezer Variants The Omnii XT15f Hand Held Computer Model 71545XT a F 3 Hardware SPSCIICAONS rra F 4 Regulalo APO NAIS ue F 5 The Freezer Keyboards a F 6 Lithium ion Smart Battery 5000 mAh ST3001 for Omnii Chiller Model ooccooonoooo F 6 Lithium ion Smart Battery 5300 mAh ST3002 for Omnii Arctic Model 2 Q XX F 7 QUICK DENOSt ADOC ATOMS armaron a e a DR a F 8 PPP F 9 Suspend Threshold occcocccocccocccocncocncoconoconononocnnonnnonnnoonnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnonrnnnrnnnnnnnnnoncnnncnnnnnnons F 9 o AA A F 9 nn o RO PERU RES F 9 PEGI SVS ICN amassados ES AA A
240. ng decoded Bi Direction Redundancy ap NOTE This parameter is only valid if a Linear Security Level is enabled When this parameter is enabled a barcode must be successfully scanned in both directions forward and reverse before being decoded Decoded Internal Data Options Transmit Code ID Char A code ID character identifies the scanned barcode type In addition to any single character prefix already selected the code ID character is inserted between the prefix and the decoded symbol When you double tap on this parameter a dialog box is displayed in which you can choose a transmit code None AIM or Symbol Scan Data Format This parameter allows you to change the scan data transmission format Double tapping on Scan Data Format displays the following options from which you can choose a data format data as is data S1 data S2 data S1 S2 P data P data S1 P data S2 and P data S1 S2 Prefix P Suffix S1 and Suffix S2 A prefix and or one or two suffixes may be appended to scan data for use in data editing When you double tap on these parameters dialog boxes are displayed in which you can enter a value from 0 to 255 Delete Char Set ECls Setting this parameter to on enables the scanner to delete any escape sequences representing Character Set ECls Extended Channel Interpretations also known as GLIs from its buffer before transmission Scanner Settings C 7 When this param
241. nge the baud rate settings dialing string commands or credit card options To change port settings To enter TCP IP settings because the server to which you are connecting does not dynamically assign addresses 8 Tap on the Finish button Advanced Modem Settings TCP IP Settings Tab If your server assigns IP addresses dynamically you will not need to change these settings If you need to make changes contact your ISP or network administrator for addresses 4 26 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Advanced ao qo UI Gui 12 46 Servers lt TCP IP Servers Use server assigned IP address E Use specific 1P address a Use slip Use software compression X Use IP header compression Server Settings Tab If your server assigns IP addresses dynamically you will not need to change these settings Advanced mo qo Val Mi Gm 12 50 TCP IP lt Servers gt TCP IP Pa Use server assigned addresses Use specific server address Servers requiring assigned IP addresses may also need a way to map computer names to IP addresses The Omnii supports a variety of name resolution options DNS Alt DNS WINS and Alt WINS Your ISP or network administrator can determine which name resolution you need and can also provide the server address In addition you will want to ask if alternate addresses are available An alternate address may allow you to connect when the primary serv
242. ngs etc are cloned Managing Profiles You can view profiles and choose profile options from the menus in this section Viewing a Profile Tap on the Manage Profile button to see your list of profiles Highlight a profile and then you can choose to View the Profile Summary and go on to the next menu Profile Details List of profiles Profile Summary Profile Details Total Recall Peo Yi 4i T 4 32 1 DA f dm 4 33 Total Recall Dt S Mm 4 35 Please select a profile from the list or click p z Profile Summary Profile Details Psion 7545XC dilo Windows Mobile 6 5 Professional Files Removed Flash Disk Default3 pf CSP Registry Profile Options Tap on the Manage Profile button to see your list of profiles as shown above Highlight a profile and tap on the Next button to choose from options to restore or clone the profile You can choose from four profile options Restore Now Set for Autorestore Upload to A R C and Clone to USB Tab to one of the above buttons for more help 4 102 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide e Next tap on the option button you want to use e Restore Now restores the profile immediately If you are restoring a profile that is a backup or Full Clone the computer will clean reset first if the profile is a Settings Only Clone it will not e Set for AutoRestore creates a profile that is automatically restored following a cold reset or a clean start The prof
243. nii charge indicator LED stays off When Omnii is docked into a powered desktop docking station and the Omnii charge indicator LED stays off there could be a problem with the hand held or with the docking station Use a hand held with a properly func tioning charge indicator to isolate the problem ap NOTE The desktop docking station charge LED only shows the status of the spare battery Omnii charge indicator LED is red If the Omnii charge indicator is red when the hand held is docked Remove Omnii and disconnect the adaptor DC power cable e Wait at least 20 seconds and then plug the cable in again e If the Omnii indicator still shows a fault the hand held requires service Spare battery LED is red with a battery installed e Try inserting a battery that is known to be working with another charger e Ifthe charge slot LED continues to show red with the known working battery the charger is defective and requires service e Your Zebra battery and desktop docking station are carefully designed for safety and capacity perfor mance If the battery or charger are not Zebra approved products or the safety mechanism is faulty the spare charge slot LED or the Omnii LED will display red Spare battery LED does not turn on when a battery is installed e Inspect the charge slot contacts for damage are they bent flattened twisted or broken e Reinstall the battery and check that it is fully seated in the slot e Try inserting
244. nin picor 4 71 KGE MOTOS a E E T E E PRN DRA 4 72 WIG OST IV ADD NOS RR RD ERR RR RD ER RR O PR IN A 4 12 Managed Programs AA 4 74 KOO APA RP AA 4 74 e A 4 75 silo ic 10 216 0 AA A 4 75 Mie ie AA 4 75 A y AA RD 4 76 Quick Defrost Heater Settings ooccccccccocconocononocococonononnnnnnnnononononnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnonnnnonannnneninnnos 4 76 Table of Contents xi KIOSK MEN aa 4 11 AQMIISTalor Password aaa ANG AUNG E AGANG kata 4 78 SNe Re sin o 5 DR ERR RR RR RR ER RR RS CND amemeaneesenace 4 78 o ANA AA AA PUR PO ORO CER II AA AA AA 4 83 Control Panel Settings 2 2 2 a 4 84 Import and Export Scuderia iaiion 4 85 Activating a Change User Mode a 4 87 RedIoNALSCUINOS a AA AA AA 4 87 REMOVE PROGRAMS AA 4 88 SCANNER SUING RA E a EE 4 89 Restoring Default Settings aaa atentas 4 89 OPUS TOD AA AA E E RSRS 4 89 Man sSiatoAsS T O assi nea ico e di pi ds cia Nasa 4 92 Port Replicator Port A COM5 and Port B COMO erre 4 93 AP ES OO ER RD RN RE DS AN EA 4 95 DEER ANON a dn 4 96 System Properties APA 4 97 TASK Manage o AA ida 4 97 o AA AA 4 98 Creating a CU AA AA AA 4 99 SAMUI ONG AA ea ias dd 4 100 Managing PROMICS AA AA AA ER 4 101 BA EN 4 103 AK NAGANA ia NAA NAN AN 4 103 Advanced Interface and Network Settings ee aa 4 104 Advanced Services Settings a 4 105 REGIS EO ts NAAN AA E 4 106 Chapter 5 Accessor
245. nly active until the next key is pressed locked keys are encircled in a black frame in the shift state indicator icon Refer to Activating Modifier Keys on page 2 9 for details 2 31 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide The Softkey Bar The Omnii is equipped with a softkey bar at the bottom of the screen It displays softkeys that allow you to access menus and commands Note that the softkeys change to reflect the program with which you are working It also displays the soft keyboard icon Softkeys Tapping on a softkey displays information associated with the softkey for example in the sample screen above the Menu softkey displays the commands associated with Word Mobile The View softkey allows you to tailor how the Word document will be displayed The Soft Keyboard Icon Tapping on the soft keyboard icon displays an onscreen keyboard you can use as an alternative to the Omnii keyboard The Start Button The Start button provides access to a screen of applets available on your Omnii e Tap on the Start button in the lower left corner of the softkey bar to display your programs Managing Files and Folders Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 files are stored in folders and sub folders that are accessible with File Explorer You can open save rename copy and paste files in the same manner as you would on any desktop PC e Tap on the Start button e Use the stylus to scroll to the File Explorer ico
246. nnnnnanonaninonnos B 8 Selecting a Camera ccooccccccnncccccooncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nn era nn anna acre nn nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnrnnnnnnaninnanens B 9 AA ALAT AA DN B 9 NE Sn ANA eae eer NAO eee eee B 9 Creating a Custom KA AA B 10 Modifying a Custom Preset aa B 11 Removing a Custom PrTESEl aaron ona B 12 Configuring the Barcode Decoding Symbologies aa B 12 Seting Ne Aclive Preset A B 12 BATA vi la o A PICO AA eee eee eee B 12 Creating a Custom Preset sron LANGAN NALNG AN NAGO ALNG aaa eaa B 13 Modifying a ISTO Frese aa AA ANNA N aNG B 14 REMOVING a Custom Preset a B 15 Filter Tab Manipulating Barcode Data XX X a B 15 Modifying a Barcode Setting occccocccconccoccconcncconnnoncnonononnnnonnnononnnnnnnonnnnnnnncnnnnnnaninnnnonoss B 15 Translation Tab Configuring Rules occococccoccccccnccccnconnncncnccnnncnnnnnnnnnonnnonnnononnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnonnnnns B 16 SS IE A Pe B 17 PROV ANC OC JAD ect in B 18 File Locations for Captured IMages occcoccccccccoccccccnccoccccncnconcncnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnaninonos B 18 So RD een ee ee eee eee B 18 Barcode Symbologies cccccccseccceecceeeeceeeceececeneeseeeeseeeseueeseeeeseessacesaueesusesaeessaeessuseseeessueeesueesaues B 19 Imager Barcode Symbologies ccccccceccceececesccceeceeeeeceeeceeeceuceseueesaeesseesueesseeseeeesaeesseeensaes B 20 Color Camera Ba
247. nononncnnonnncnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnos 2 27 DECA PRO NMEN aa AA AA AA 2 29 Table of Contents vii AGILA AA AA AA AA 2 29 Using the Navigation Bar and HotkeyS cooocococcconoconoconoconoconoconocononononanonanonanonanonanonanenanenaninono 2 29 The Softkey BAr AA 2 31 The SEUN aa E AA E ER 2 31 Managing Files and Folders AA AA AA 2 31 Creating a New Folder ua Ana AGA AA 2 32 Rena PIS AA 2 32 Re 2 32 na PP e 2 33 USING MENUS AA AA APP 2 33 PAP ee eee 2 33 Programs USING ADOC ANION S AA AA AA 2 34 AP 2 35 A AA AA AA AA AA AA AA 2 36 Data Transfer Between Omnii and a PC Uu 2 36 Uploading Data in a Docking Station err eeeererre ass eree ana rerree aaa rrrranaa 2 36 USING MICIOSOEACIVESVAO sma ANAN UNA AA AA 2 36 Using Windows Mobile Device Center a 2 37 General MaltenanCcO comarca NAGANA ANNA GAGO GAD eS 2 37 Gariig Tor the IQUENSCICEN een odiada 2 37 A A e A 2 37 Chapter 3 Programs PROGRAMS e PP ae CE RSS A Ear iR CE ari sau 3 3 HONG AINA NERO REC AA SD OB OR cosia 3 3 PNR MONO AA AA 3 4 The Onscreen Phone Keypad essa dances terres seit ndip pet GAGA 3 4 Sending amp Ending Phone Calls Using the Onscreen Phone Keypaad 3 4 Sending amp Ending Calls Using the Omnii Keyboard eee 3 5 Making a Conference Call conosca 3 5 Programming Speed Dll sodas asias 3 5 Managing Phone SettidgS cccc
248. now to be working in the charger slot Reconnect the mains power cable and check that the slot indicator flashes at power up Omnii Docking Connector AA A 3 Snap Modules Connectors AA A 4 Cable Connectors for Vehicle Cradle Model ST1002 0 A 5 Omnii Battery Contacts AA A 6 Port Pinouts A 3 Omnii Docking Connector The docking interface on the base of Omnii is custom designed to dock with a device via an array of spring mounted pins 0000000 O00000 O00000 The following are the pin assignments of the interface Pin Signal Pin Signal GROUND nt Jumoror DC IN USB OTG M DOCK LOW PWR CHARGE IN GROUND GROUND s peos p om eo fmen pe lama TO eRouno fr laro oen p w po CO A po usam jo oom A 4 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Snap Modules Connectors e Model ST4000 Charger only variant power and charge e Model ST4001 USB Host Client variant power charge communications via USB 1 1 2 0 Host and USB 2 0 Client connectors DC IN port e Model ST4005 DE9M Serial variant powered DE9M serial connector power charge serial communica tions Pin 9 is reserved for 5V 1A max power out and is defaulted to off ST4001 ST4005 USB Micro B connector USB Type A connector Powered DE9M serial port USB device ActiveSync USB host The following are the pin assignments of the interfaces ST4001 ST4005 USB Micro B Connector USB Typ
249. ns tab allows you to tailor the double click parameters and the display options associated with your scanner Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Scanner Settings EN e Tlm 11 04 Ports lt Options gt Translations Internal scanner Non configurable Double Click To change a setting press space or double click Double Click Parameters Click Time msec This parameter controls the maximum gap time in milliseconds for a double click If the time between the first and second clicks of the scanner trigger is within this time it is considered a double click The allowable range is O to 1000 A value of zero disables this feature A double click produces different results depending on whether or not a value is assigned in the Click Data parameter When a value is not assigned for the Click Data double clicking the scanner trigger overrides the target dot delay set in the Dot Time parameter and initiates a normal scan sweep If a value is assigned for the Click Data parameter double clicking the scanner trigger inserts the Click Data value rather than initi ating a scan Click Data For both integrated and external scanners this parameter determines which character is sent to the application installed in your Omnii following a double click A dialog box appears asking that you press the key you want to insert The ASCIl Unicode key value of the keypress is displayed Display
250. nsert a modem card in the unit 1 Tap Start gt Settings Tap on the Connections folder icon followed by the Connections icon 2 To create a new connection in either ISP WWAN GPRS or My Work Network tap on Add a new modem connection Connections ao ga Ng 46 UM 10 05 Advanced C Tasks gt Advanced ISP WWAN GPRS Add a new modem connection Set up my proxy server My Work Network 3 Connections ao ga Ng 6 Gm 10 09 Make New Connection Select a modem Cellular Line In the drop down menu under Select a modem tap on your modem type 4 AN WARNING If your modem is not listed in the drop down menu choose Hayes Com patible on COM1 Settings 4 25 5 In the My Connections screen enter the phone number exactly as you want it dialed If for example you need to dial 9 for an outside line enter 9 at the beginning of the phone number File Zoom Tools Help Connections ao gt Val alt Gm 12 38 My Connection Country Region code Area code Phone number 6 Tap on the Next button Domain Tf provided by ISP or network administrator Advanced AGING 7 Type the User Name Password and Domain Name as provided by your ISP or network administrator ap NOTE Generally you will not need to change any of the Advanced settings For information about Advanced Modem Settings review the next section Changes to Advanced settings are only required in the following instances To cha
251. nt with one exception Outlook e mail accounts are set up by default Folders If you use an Outlook e mail account messages in the Inbox folder in Outlook are automatically synchronized with your Omnii You can use ActiveSync on your PC to synchronize additional folders The folders and messages you move are mirrored on the server For POP3 accounts if you move e mail messages to a folder you create the link between the messages on the Omnii and the copies on the mail server are broken When you next connect the mail server will recognize that the messages are missing from the Omnii Inbox folder and delete them from the server preventing dupli cation of messages Keep in mind however that you will not have further access to messages that you moved to folders from anywhere except with the Omnii For IMAP4 accounts the folders you create and the messages you move are reflected on the server making messages available any time whether you connect to your mail server from your Omnii or your PC Synchronizing E mail with Outlook PC with Windows XP OS AN IMPORTANT For PCs running Windows Vista or Windows 7 follow the guidelines under Synchronizing E mail with Outlook PC with Windows Vista or Windows 7 on page 3 11 By synchronizing the Omnii E mail program with Outlook on your PC your e mail is available on both the Omnii and on your PC 3 10 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide NOTE Synchronizing e mail do
252. o screen rotation O All orientations O Portrait e Landscape This screen allows you to determine how your Omnii screen will behave depending on how the unit is rotated All orientations screen rotates to portrait or landscape to match the orientation of the actual Omnii Portrait screen only rotates between the two portrait orientations right side up and up side down Landscape screen only rotates between the two landscape orientations left side up and left side down Enable auto screen rotation is enabled by default If this option is disabled you can determine screen orien tation manually Manual Screen Orientation If you prefer to set screen rotation manually e Disable the Enable auto screen rotation option A Configure button is displayed on the screen Enable auto screen rotation All onentations the screen orientation manually Configure Tapping on the Configure button displays the Screen dialog box Settings 4 97 Text Size C General gt ClearType Orientation b Portrait CO Landscape right handed gt Landscape left handed Align Screen Align the screen if it is not responding accurately to stylus tape AN IMPORTANT Refer to Screen on page 4 95 for details about this screen System Properties This program identifies the computer software and hardware components indicating which components are installed their identification version or part number
253. off when the scan is ended e Unsuccessful scan scan LED flashes red A barcode icon appears on the screen during a scan While the scanner beam is active the onscreen message states SCANNING If you want to turn off the onscreen message disable the Scan Indicator Refer to Scan Indicator on page 4 90 When the scan is successful the barcode data is displayed on the screen until the scan button or pistol trigger is released but only if the Scan Result parameter is turned on Refer to Scan Result on page 4 90 You can also enable sounds and vibrations to indicate good and bad scans by enabling Good Scan Beep and Bad Scan Beep and Good and Bad Scan Vibrates Refer to Good Scan Beep and Bad Scan Beep on page 4 91 for details 2 19 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Troubleshooting If the scanner is not working investigate the following e ls the unit on e Check that the barcode symbology being scanned is enabled for the hand held you are using Check any other parameters that affect the scanning procedure or the barcode Check the barcode to make sure it is not damaged Try scanning a different barcode to verify that the problem is not with the barcode e Check that the barcode is within the proper range e Does the hand held display the warning without scanning This suggests a hardware problem in the hand held e Is the laser beam scanning across the barcode e Once the scan beam h
254. on and continuously decoding as long as the scanner button is pressed and held down Minimum Cancel Time The value assigned to this parameter determines the time delay before the scanner is turned off once the scanner trigger or button is released This gives the scanner a minimum amount of time to complete its current decode before the scan is cancelled when you quickly trigger on off C 8 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Low Power Timeout To extend laser life you can select the time the scanner remains active following a successful decode The scanner wakes from low power mode when a barcode is scanned a successful decode restores normal flashing When you double tap on this parameter a dialog box is displayed in which you can choose a value of 30 sec 7 min 2 min or 3 min NOTE This parameter is only used if the Trigger Mode has been set to Continuous On and the unit is mounted in a fixed position otherwise Low Power Timeout is not used Parameter Scanning Setting this parameter to Enabled allows decoding of parameter barcodes Same Read Validate The data is only transmitted after repeated reads give the same result The value assigned at this parameter determines the number of reads required from 0 to 70 times Same Read Timeout Prevents the same barcode from being read more than once The value assigned determines after what time period the scanner will timeout from 0 to 2550 msec Di
255. oo F 6 36 key keyboard alpha keys ACCESSING 2 11 uppercase letters creating 2 12 58 key freezer keyboard F 6 A A R C WiFiConnect private network 3 39 About Bluetooth 0 e eee 4 20 About icon software version 4 58 accessories carrying case a 5 5 desktop docking stations 5 10 Ethernet cable 0 5 17 hand SWAP PORN A 5 4 5 5 holster hard shell 5 5 o conte sete AA 5 3 quad docking stati0N 5 15 vehicle cradle a 5 18 ACINGOYNC sas oe ama KG NG BAKA BANANA AADIK AL DADA KAT 3 27 jil ek PAA AAP dia dos 3 27 AC Wall adaptor a 5 8 AGPS Assisted Global Positioning System 4 69 All Predefined preset 0 0 nananana naan B 4 A a 2 8 appending to bar codes Characters 0 0 0 eee 4 90 App Launch Keys 0 000 c eee eee eee 4 43 approvals Omnii freezer including scanner F 5 arrow keys moving the cursor cee eee 2 8 audio indicators adjusting volume a 2 16 description of beep conditions 2 16 AutoRestore ccc eee eee 4 102 B backlight Battery Power tab oooooooooooo 4 60 intensity a 2 12 Backlight tab sas ceed ANA da KK AA Kan eee ene KAG 4 58 backlig
256. ooooooooooonoo 4 100 Clone to USD scores dava ses bad IGA a 4 102 managing profiles 4 101 Index VillOmnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Restore Profile 4 102 Upload to A R C 0 cee 4 102 view Profile ooooooooomomo o 4 101 touch pen USING 0 cee ee eee 2 20 touchscreen locking 2 13 Orientation 00 0c eee eee 2 13 recalibration ooooooooooooooooooo 2 13 SIS USING AA PAA 2 20 touch pen USING 0 ee eee 2 20 transcriber handwritten note 3 22 Translations parameters bar codes 4 92 trigger mappings eee 4 72 Trigger On Sequence port replicator 4 94 Trigger Press Type Manage Triggers menu 4 74 troubleshooting ol PLA AAAH 5 18 troubleshooting tips scanning 2 19 TweaklT usa cham a pa DARI RDHA LA DE nani aa edad 4 103 U Unicode Mapping a 4 48 Up Down tab scrolling adjustments 4 46 Be ooo AMM 4 102 Utilities tab ce eee ee 4 64 V vehicle cradle o oooocoocoocnononoomo 5 18 Version A 4 58 vibrate setting up for incoming calls 4 13 Vibrates Good and Bad Scan 4 91 video recorder USING 0 cee eee 3 19 Videos and Pictures 0 0 0 0 ccc eee eee 3 17 Voice phone communication
257. or Advanced Ay hack E sites e If required type a User name and Password If you need to specify TCP IP and Server information i e you are using a static IP address tap on the Advanced button to complete the necessary details e Tap on Finish to create a new connection The Security Tab Entering a PIN This option allows you to assign a PIN Personal Identification Number so that your SIM card is protected from unauthorized use ap NOTE For details about assigning a PIN number refer to Phone Security Tab on page 4 53 Bands Phone ao ge YT mf Gm 5 18 Data lt Bands gt Diagnostics x GSM 850MHz x GSM 900MHz x GSM 1800MHz x GSM 1900MHz By default all frequency bands are enabled Bands should not be disabled without knowledge about which bands are used by your network an incorrect setting will prevent the WWAN modem from finding the network G 8 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Network Configuration q e Yg m 6 35 Services C Network gt Data Current network ROGERS Find Network Network selection Automatic Y Select Preferred networks Set Networks By default the radio modem automatically chooses from the available and allowed networks allowed networks are the home network and all other networks with which the home network has a roaming agreement You may find there are some situations in which you want to override
258. or 5V power out and is defaulted to OFF This parameter must be set to on to enable power to a Snap Module or Vehicle cradle Baud Double tapping on this parameter displays a pop up window in which you can choose an appropriate rate of data transfer 4 94 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Figure 4 1 Port Baud Rates Scanner Settings qt Ti d 4 23 Data Bits This parameter determines the number of data bits included in each asynchronous data byte Most devices use 8 bit data bytes Double tapping on this option displays a pop up window in which you can choose either 7 or 8 data bits Parity This parameter determines the type of parity checking used on the data going through the port replicator port Double tapping on this option displays a pop up window in which you can choose the appropriate parity Scanner Settings Cl gt Ti d CT 4 29 Stop Bits This parameter specifies the number of stop bits 1 1 5 or 2 used for asynchronous communication Trigger On Sequence and Trigger Off Sequence If a SICK scanner connected to an Omnii port requires a serial stream of data bytes to trigger the scanner on and another to trigger the scanner off the Trigger On Sequence and Trigger Off Sequence parameters allow you to define these serial streams Settings 4 95 Scanner Settings I q Ta m 4 32 Double tapping on Trigger On Sequence or Trigger Off Sequence displays a screen with a hex array of
259. orkspace Mobile and Word Mobile Office Mobile 2010 e Tap on Start gt Office Mobile Office Mobile 201 E 22 Ty d Gm 11 15 O P Excel Mobile 2010 sa PowerPoint Mobile 2010 a r OneNobe Mobile 3 2010 SharePaint WorkSpace Mobile 2010 Word Mobile 2010 3 32 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Excel Mobile Excel Mobile is an abridged version of Microsoft Excel an electronic spreadsheet program If you re familiar the Excel application on your PC you ll be able to navigate Excel Mobile In addition to providing the tools to manipulate text and numeric values like statistics percentages using formulas that perform calculations and so on this program can also include graphics such as pie charts Excel Mobile allows you to copy Excel workbooks from your PC onto your Omnii and update them while you re away from your desk e Tap on Start gt Office Mobile gt Excel Mobile e Ifa list of workbooks is displayed rather than a new sheet you ll need to create a new workbook To create a workbook e In Excel Mobile tap the Menu gt File gt New OneNote Mobile You can use OneNote Mobile to take notes wherever you are and then synchronize your notes with a notebook section in the OneNote version on your PC For example you can Snap pictures of business cards on your Omnii and then bring them into OneNote on your PC e Create short text notes and voice recordings on your Omnii to remind you about
260. orun installation on next Omnii Total Recall 5 0 CD gh Ty fi Co 8 48 Autorun Ya Yi dd CI 4 37 The following profile options are Terminal Provisioning System available Starting installation in 9 USB drive ready for deployment Deleting a Profile e Inthe Total Recall home screen tap on Delete Profile Total Recall Da sj 0 5 06 Please select a profile from the list Flash Disk Defaultl p Flash Disk Default2 pfl Flash Disk Default3 pfl Delete e Highlight the backup you want to delete and tap on the gt Next button A warning pop up screen appears asking if you re certain that you want to delete this file e Tap on the Yes to delete the file TweaklT e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System e Tap on the TweaklT Settings icon Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide X TweskIT Settings TweakIT Settings 1 2 7 f q 9 35 Registry E lt Advanced gt Registry E Advanced Interface and Netv Advanced Services Settings This utility allows you to tweak or adjust system settings such as the interface network and servers Advanced Interface and Network Settings TweakIT Settings co Ti qi Gm 9 41 Registry E lt Advanced gt Registry E mi Advanced Interface and Netw ts Enable IPv6 Modem Logging Advanced Services Settings Enable IPv6 TweakIT Settings ED Y f Gm 4 12 Enable IPv6 _ Enable 1Pv6 6 E 6
261. ou tap on this option the Omnii switches to camera mode so that you can snap a picture to include in your note Insert from Came E e Ti E qu 11 36 Press ENTER to snap a photo that is automatically inserted into your note OneNote Mobile E gr Ti Me 11 41 Programs 3 35 Insert Picture Tapping on this command automatically displays your My Pictures folder where you can tap on an existing picture to insert it into your note e Insert Recording When you tap on this command a recording panel is displayed OneNote Mobile E gt Til am 11 45 Play Stop Record Tap on the Record button to record your message Tap on Stop when you ve completed your message Tap on Play to listen to your voice message To discard your message tap on X the Cancel button To save your message tap on OK An audio icon is displayed in your note You can tap on it to listen to your message OneNote Mobile fF p T Gm 11 50 Synchronizing Omnii One Note With PC OneNote e Connect the Omnii to your PC using either a USB cable or Bluetooth When the connection is complete take one of the following steps e In Microsoft ActiveSync on your PC choose Sync Or e On your Omnii tap on Start gt ActiveSync and then tap on Sync During synchronization the notes you created on your Omnii are copied to a new Office OneNote 2010 note book called OneNote Mobile on your PC When synchronization is done you can drag the trans
262. our of the backlight when the hand held is using external rather than battery power Refer to the instructions in Battery Power Tab on page 4 59 for details 4 60 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Backlight Tab Backlight ao gh Y mj Gar 6 11 Extemal Backlight gt Battery P Screen backlight Keypad backlight Adjust power settings ta conserve Ebest tb Y E 09 pe This tab allows you to tailor the backlight behaviour of the Omnii screen and keypad to best preserve battery life The top sliding button adjusts the screen brightness while the bottom sliding button adjusts the keypad brightness e Slide the buttons to the left to decrease brightness and to the right to increase brightness Certificates e Tapon Start gt Settings and then tap on the System icon A public key is transmitted as part of a certificate The certificates listed in the Certificates tabs ensure that the submitted public key is in fact the public key that belongs to the submitter The hand held checks that the certificate has been digitally signed by a certification authority that the hand held explicitly trusts Tap on the Certificates icon Your Omnii has certificates already preinstalled in the unit Personal certificates establish your identity interme diate certificates as the name suggests identify intermediate certification authorities and root certificates establish the identity of the servers wit
263. ow option allows the user to set the power level for the periphery scan window heater There are two pull down options High power default This heating profile is designed for users who are in and out of the freezer frequently with a freezer dwell time of less than 20 minutes This heating profile keeps a constant positive temperature on the scan window eliminating external and or internal condensation from frequent transitions NOTE Keep in mind that this heating algorithm provides additional power at the expense of the battery shift life Low power This heating profile is designed for users who spend long durations in the freezer environment It is a less aggressive algorithm compared to the High power mode that maximizes battery shift life This profile addresses the formation of internal condensation to keep the scan window clear of condensation These two scan window power modes can be adjusted on the fly providing the user with the needed flexibility for optimal performance Heater Info e Inthe Quick Defrost dialog box open the Heater Info tab This dialog box allows you to monitor the status of each heater and test the entire system F 10 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Temperature Selection You have the option of setting the display temperatures to Celsius or Fahrenheit Quick Defrost 2 A 11 08 Ff quick Defrost T gt sd Gl 11 08 Settings HeaterInfo Settings Settings HeaterInfo gt Settin
264. owever if your ISP does not support CHAP tapping in the box to the left of PAP only authentication for directs the connection to use PAP Password Authentication Protocol instead e Tap on the Create button Wireless Wide Area Network WWAN G 5 A home data connection is automatically set up Network Data gt Banda ie ue T gt Create a data connection for the Ph ee Tete PRE current network Network lt Data gt Bands Create data connection Create a data connection for the current network C Enable Auto Connect for MP PTX GPRS q 3 e To connect to the Internet tap on the Start gt Internet Explorer icon a NOTE Any application that needs Internet access will establish a packet data con nection for example e mail Disconnecting from a Network To disconnect from the network Tap on the navigation bar at the top of the screen and then tap on the Phone Settings hotkey In the pop up Phone bubble tap on Wireless Manager Tap on the Menu button in the softkey bar at the bottom of the Wireless Manager screen and choose Dis connect Cellular Data Advanced Packet Data Configuration In most cases when a GSM GPRS EDGE radio and SIM are installed in your hand held setup is automatic Follow the steps outlined under the heading Establishing a Packet Data Connection on page G 3 to make a connection The information in this section is for advanced set
265. password in a safe place If you forget it a clean start must be performed by certified Zebra personnel A clean start returns the Omnii to factory settings Only the data stored in a CF or SD memory card are preserved e Tap in the checkbox next to Prompt if phone unused for to turn on password protection for your phone service e Choose the amount of time that the unit can remain idle before you are prompted to enter your password Settings 4 7 In the Password type drop down menu choose the type of password you prefer to assign Simple PIN allows you to enter a minimum of four numeric characters Strong alohanumeric requires a minimum of 7 characters and must contain at least three of the following uppercase and lowercase alpha characters numbers and punctuation e Type your password in the Password field e Retype your password in the Confirm field Tap on OK A dialog box asks whether or not you want to save your password settings Tap on YES to save your password assignment Home The Home applet is used to customize your Today screen Tap on Start gt Home icon to display this applet Home mo go Ng BG Gm 12 58 Items C Appearance gt Items Select a theme for your device CTT GG T Classic Blue J Beam DWF green Delete Handheld Blue Isaac Mizrahi purple Use this picture as the background Browse Appearance Tab Changing the Theme Background The Appearance tab allo
266. place in the battery charging bay e The desktop docking station spare battery LED lights up immediately During charge the LED will be flashing green e When the battery has finished charging the LED turns solid green e The charge stops when the battery is fully charged and the LED remains green A full charge will take 3 to 4 hours for a 5000 mAh battery This may take up to 8 hours if the hand held is also docked and charging Cleaning the Desktop Docking Station AN IMPORTANT Do not immerse the unit in water Dampen a soft cloth with mild detergent to wipe the unit clean 5 14 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide e Use only mild detergent or soapy water on a slightly damp cloth to clean the desktop docking station Avoid abrasive cleaners solvents or strong chemicals for cleaning The plastic case is susceptible to harsh chemicals The plastic is partially soluble in oils mineral spirits and gasoline The plastic slowly decom poses in strong alkaline solutions Troubleshooting The indicators applications and drivers required to use and monitor the desktop docking station as a dock as opposed to a charger are installed on Omnii no applications are present on the docking station itself Docking station does not seem to power on e When first connected to the DC power supply the charger LED should flash a sequence of red yellow and green e If not the charger is defective and requires service Om
267. plet For example highlighting the Calendar option lets you know if there are any appointments Tap on any highlighted option to display the associated dialog box Note that you can also double tap on any option to display the associated dialog box Depending on which option you tap on the softkeys at the bottom of the screen change to help support working with the particular option you ve chosen Getting To Know Your Omnii 2 722 Customizing the Today Screen The items you see in the Today screen are Windows defaults To customize the screen to suit your purposes e Tap on the Start button Tap on the Settings icon followed by the Home icon e Inthe scrolling tab bar at the top of the screen scroll to the Items tab Home ao qe Va Gm 7 16 Appearance lt Items gt Appearance Checked items appear on the Home screen x Windows Default e Date C Wireless C Internet Calling The items you select will appear in the Today screen Once you ve chosen the items to appear on the Today screen you can also tailor the order in which you want the items to appear e Highlight an item Tap on the Move Up and Move Down buttons to order your selections When you choose items for the Today screen using this method the appearance of the Today screen will change to a list format The Today Screen Default Options A list of options are available from the Today screen Keep in mind that these can be altered using the method d
268. pped to the Non Decoded Scanner twice even if the trigger type is different A keyboard key that is used as a trigger source will no longer generate key data or perform its normal function For example if the space button is used as a trigger source it will not be able to send space characters to applications Double Click When a key is pressed and released then pressed again within the configured time between O to 1000 milli seconds a double click occurs See also Trigger Press Type on page 4 74 Show All Modules By default the trigger mapping list only shows active mappings Mappings for drivers or applications that are not currently active are not normally displayed By checking this checkbox all mappings both active and inac tive are displayed Add Tapping this button brings up the Add mapping dialog see below so that you can add new trigger mappings Settings 4 73 Edit Tapping this button brings up the Edit mapping dialog so that you can edit existing trigger mappings Remove Tapping this button removes an existing mapping OK The OK button in the Manage Triggers screen saves all changes made If the ESC key is pressed all changes are discarded Add and Edit Trigger Mapping e Tap on Add to add a new trigger map or tap on Edit to edit an existing trigger map Manage Triggers Ka e T 1 46 8 Up Down CO Double click Module to trigger Color Camera Decode Y Tri
269. ppendix E Omnii Specifications for full specifications With either of these radios and a SIM card you can wirelessly transfer data see Appendix G Wireless Wide Area Network WWAN and you can use the Omnii voice option to place phone calls refer to The Phone on page 3 4 and The Phone Managing Settings on page 4 51 To configure your Bluetooth settings go to Bluetooth Setup on page 4 14 If you have a GPS Global Positioning System module you can choose from a set of GPS profiles built into the modem and set up AGPS Assisted Global Positioning System See GPS Global Positioning System on page 4 66 Data Transfer Data transfer options vary slightly depending on the type of operating system installed in your PC Various options exist depending on whether you are using Windows XP or earlier Windows Vista or Windows 7 For connection details refer to Data Transfer Between Omnii and a PC on page 2 36 Phone Communication If the Cinterion MC75i EDGE WWAN or Cinterion PH8 P HSPA radio modem is installed and enabled the Phone icon and the GSM signal strength icon will appear when you tap on the navigation bar at the top of the screen The 55 key and 66 key keyboards are also equipped with Talk and End phone keys For details about using the phone options refer to The Phone on page 3 4 and The Phone Managing Settings on page 4 51 ap NOTE The voice option is not avai
270. presets select groups of similar barcodes for decoding a NOTE It is recommended that the default preset be used whenever possible Factory Default This preset enables the decoding of frequently used barcodes My Default The barcodes in this preset can be enabled disabled and so on All This preset enables the decoding of all barcodes that the imager can decode For a list of these symbologies see Imager Barcode Symbologies on page B 20 and Color Camera Barcode Symbologies on page B 21 Linear This preset enables the decoding of all the 1D symbologies that the imager can decode For a list of these symbologies see Imager Barcode Symbologies on page B 20 and Color Camera Barcode Symbologies on page B 21 Linear and PDF417 This preset enables the decoding of all the 1D and PDF symbologies that the imager can decode For a list of these symbologies see Imager Barcode Symbologies on page B 20 and Color Camera Barcode Symbolo gies on page B 21 Matrix This preset enables the decoding of all 2D symbologies that the imager can decode See Imager Barcode Symbologies on page B 20 and Color Camera Barcode Symbologies on page B 21 for a list of these symbologies Postal This preset enables the decoding of all the postal symbologies that the imager can decode See Imager Barcode Symbologies on page B 20 and Color Camera Barcode Symbologies on page B 21 for a list of these sy
271. r your hand held and recharge your battery using power drawn from your vehicle s automotive power outlet when used in conjunction with a Snap Module Accessories 5 9 Figure 5 8 5737113 Vehicle Power Outlet Adaptor DC power plug e Attach a Snap Module to the base of the hand held Refer to Snap Modules on page 5 6 if you require further details e Insert the DC power plug on the Vehicle Power Outlet Adaptor into the DC IN port on the Snap Module Insert the Vehicle Power Outlet Adaptor plug into automotive power outlet in your vehicle ae NOTE Battery charging continues whether the hand held is switched on or off Chargers and Docking Stations General Information Important Charger Safety Instructions AN IMPORTANT Before charging a battery with a desktop docking station it is critical that you review the safety guidelines in the Omnii Hand Held Com puter Regulatory amp Warranty Guide PN 8000191 and the Omnii Hand Held Accessories Regulatory amp Warranty Guide PN 8000205 Charging the Battery Omnii Hand Held Computer operates with lithium ion battery pack Model ST3001 Preparing the unit for oper ation requires that the battery pack be charged and installed in the hand held Batteries shipped from the factory are charged to approximately 40 of capacity Lithium ion battery packs must be fully charged before use These batteries can be charged with a variety of chargers and docking stations Currently the
272. r your new PIN e Yi di qm 5 31 ROGERS Enter a new PIN PIN must be between 4 and 8 digits in length papa 3 def a ee BH UNE a Fi pqrs 8 tu i wx yz e cal MA Type your new PIN a number consisting of between 4 and 8 digits Tap on Enter A new message lets you know that you need to confirm your new PIN e Retype your new PIN Tap on Enter when you re finished Enabling PIN Security To activate PIN security e Tap in the checkbox to the left of Require PIN when phone is used When security is enabled you will be prompted to enter a PIN before you are allowed to use the phone ap NOTE Whenever this option is enabled or disabled you will be asked to enter your PIN Settings 4 55 Phone Services Tab Phone ao quer Va fe Cm 4 32 Security Services gt Network To access settings for a service select it from the following list and tap Get Settings Call Barring Caller ID Call Forwarding Call Waiting Voice Mail and Text Messages The Services tab allows you to customize the behaviour of your phone You can for example block all incoming calls tailor to whom your caller ID will be transmitted set up call forwarding and so on NOTE Keep in mind that some services may not be supported by your network or they may not have been subscribed to Tap on the service you want to set up Tap on Get Settings The service dialog boxes allow you to tailor your available services to meet your req
273. ransflective High visibility option superior sunlight visibility with 165 cd m2 brightness Extreme Duty option withstands 1 25 Joule impact superior low temperature operation to 20 C 4 F with 160 cd m2 brightness Better abrasion resistance Touchscreen Passive stylus or finger operation pan and flick gestures supported Signature capture Keyboards Large selection of backlit keypads in both alpha and numeric formats For a list of currently available keyboard configurations consult your Zebra representative or go to http www Zebra com US EN Product Lines Psion WT mc_id psion_us_p_ handheld Voice Audio amp Feedback High volume beeper 95 dBA Integrated microphone and speaker Optional Push to Talk Speaker Vibration feedback Walkie talkie style Push to Talk VoIP over Wi Fi or WWAN Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Wireless Connectivity Integrated Bluetooth V2 0 EDR Onboard IEEE 802 11a b g n Wi Fi CCX V4 Pending radio Bluetooth coexistence Optional SIRF III GPS Receiver Optional 2 5 G GSM GPRS EDGE radio Optional UMTS 3 8 G HSPA radio NOTE 802 11a b g n and Bluetooth are available simultaneously The following figures illustrate the main features of the Omnii for detailed views please see Omnii Features on page 1 3 Figure1 Omnii XT15 and Omnii RT15 Variants Omnii XT15 Omnii RT15 59 key ABC keyboard 55 key ABC keybo
274. rcode SyMbolOgQIES ccoocccoccccoccccocnccnnnconnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnonononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnns B 21 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Appendix C Scanner Settings A Scanner OPINAS AA oton Decoded Internal Advanced OPtiONS cooocccoccccccnccccnconcncncncnnnncnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos Decoded Internal Data Options occccccccccccccnccccnconcnconnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnoncnonnnnnnnnonnnnnonnnnncnnnnnnnos Bso PPP e Decoded Intermec kasa NANA toa Decoded ISCP Options a Decoded ISCP Advanced Options a INOM WC COC CE SCANNING Sra NAAALAALA NG AA RR OPIO Sada Appendix D Internal Imager 8 Scanner Specifications Internal Scanners and IMagersS cccoocncccccoccnccccnconnccnnncnonononnnoncnonnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnninnenns a AAA Eme A e o DE SDS DECO ZONES praa nears aed peeing ccoo crop icons e elo OCN cad SE965 Decode ZONES issconancancciasini dani id iRaTiOn SE1224HP High Performance Scanner cccoccccccccncnccocncconnoconcnnnnonannonnnonnnnonnnnnannonarnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnanenoss SET224HPDecoude LONGS ee E SS E eee SE1524ER Extended Range Scanner a SELO JER Decode ZOO Sena AA Aa ee SS A EV O Imager Decode ZONE aa AA ro reas EA11 Decoded 2D Imager eee erre erra eee eee rrenan nan ra area rea eea area er ana naao EA11 Typical Reading Distances a AZO LE Gl a AA AA APA EA20X Typical Readi
275. rd 0 0 aaa 2 11 alpha keys 36 key keyboard 2 11 one shot mode a 4 46 Scancode remapping ee eee 4 49 Unicode Mapping 000 c eee ee eae 4 48 keyboard KeyS 0 0 cece eens 2 6 PIG AA AA Buea ede ee 2 8 arrow keys ooo 2 8 Backspace 1 a 2 8 SN 2 8 DEL usina nadaa Da as 2 8 ESC 2 a 2 8 function keys accessing 2 10 Macro keys 0 0a 4 47 MACIO KEYS A 2 11 modifiers a 2 8 navigating using the keyboard 2 20 one shot mode 2 2 2 4 46 SCAN DAG tee NA DRA NONE ABALA AA LA ee deg 2 8 Scancode Remapping anna 4 49 cal AA AA AA 2 7 shift state indicator icon 2 30 o AA 2 8 Tab a 2 8 Unicode Mapping o ooooocooooo 4 48 keyboard keys freezer F 6 keypad adjusting 0 a 4 53 keypad phone 0 a 3 4 Kiosk Shell SettingS ooooooooomomom 4 78 Advanced tab 0 cece eee 4 80 Application tab ooooooooo 4 78 MAGAAN PA AA 4 83 Kiosk application ccc cee eee 4 76 L landscape orientation o oooooooooooo 2 13 LED A AA AA 2 15 TUNCHORS AA APAPAP PEPE 2 14 SGN AA 2 15 troubleshooting quad dock ST4004 5 18 Linear Predefined preset ooooooocooocoomo B 4 Linear and PDF Predefined preset
276. rds High reliability keypad ultra white backlight e Large selection of both alpha and numeric formats See http www zebra com US EN Prod uct Lines Psion WT mc id psion us p handheld for a list of available configurations e Indicators and Controls Four multi colour LEDs indicate the status of the battery application radio and scanner e Side Buttons Volume Scan Enter Vertical Scroll e Voice Audio amp Feedback High volume beeper 95 dBA E 4 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide e Integrated microphone and speaker e Optional Push to Talk speaker e Walkie talkie style Push to Talk VoIP over Wi Fi or WWAN e Vibration feedback Power Management e Battery Pack 5000 mAh high capacity Lithium ion for battery specifications see Lithium ion Smart Battery 5000 mAh ST3001 on page E 5 Communication e Expansion Ports MicroSD slot for Flash expansion up to 32 GB Multiple Internal Multi Function Expansion Interfaces with TTL serial USB host GP10 Camera optional e Colour e 3 Megapixel e Autofocus e 4x digital zoom e Dual LED flash e Video capable Enhanced Features e 3 axis accelerometer e Compass e GPS Environmental e Operating Temperature 20 C to 50 C 4 F to 122 F Storage Temperature 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F e Humidity 5 to 95 RH non condensing e ESD 8 kV contact 15 kV air discharge e Omnii RT15 Drop Durabilit
277. rectly to the Internet or by connecting through your PC see ActiveSync on page 3 27 Browsing Web Sites There is little difference between the standard Internet Explorer found on your PC and that found on your Omnii sometimes referred to as Pocket Internet Explorer You can enter URLs set a home page turn images on and off e mail links to friends and so on To go to a web site Connect your Omnii to the Internet If you re not certain how to do this refer to Connections Connecting to the Internet on page 4 23 Tap on Start gt Internet Explorer to open Internet Explorer 3 16 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Tap on the address bar the field near the top of the screen where URLs are entered to highlight the current URL e Type a new URL in the address bar Tapping on the softkeys in the softkey bar at the bottom of the screen displays Internet Explorer commands like those you find on your PC Calendar This option is used to map out all your upcoming appointments meetings and so on in the weeks months and years ahead CW gt Tu m 4 46 Fri Apr 08 2011 ig 90608 AN IMPORTANT Refer to Calendar of Upcoming Appointments on page 2 26 for details about this feature Alarms Refer to Time Date and Alarms on page 2 23 for details about this applet Programs 3 17 Pictures 4 Videos The Pictures amp Videos applet allows you to snap photo
278. rength icon is displayed without a letter if packet data service is not available or if it is available but not yet initialized The symbols in the navigation bar identifying the modem connection are as follows e G GSM GPRS e E GSM EDGE e U UMTS 3G e H UMTS HSPA Establishing a Packet Data Connection To display the Data tab through which you can configure a connection Tap on the a Navigation bar at the top of the screen to display the hotkeys Tap on the Phone Settings hotkey First tap here to display your options 1 Yg uz 5 10 wd Next tap on the Phone Settings hotkey No New Voicemails 5 04 e Inthe Phone Settings bubble tap on Settings to display the phone setting tabs G 4 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Tap here to display the phone setting tabs t Tal 42 Gm 5 10 e Wireless Manager fil ROGERS STO au text E A rr if kij Sc IH cl e Scroll to the Data tab Figure G 1 Data Tab Phone fl g Ti ME Gm 10 33 Network Data a Phone F gr Ta mt om 10 35 Create a data connection for the E Network lt Data gt Bands current network ed Infrared Port C PAF only authentication for _ Enable Auto Connect for C Enable Auto Connect for set Auto Connect reattempt time to ma x Allow End key to drop data BE connection a AE By default the connection uses CHAP Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol h
279. ries Zebra recommends that a carrying accessory a hand strap be installed on the Omnii before use For detailed information see Carrying and Protective Accessories on page 5 4 Calibrating the Touchscreen The Omnii touchscreen feature is factory calibrated and ready to go however over time the touchscreen s operating parameters may change and it may need to be recalibrated for correct operation Refer to Cali brating the Touchscreen on page 2 13 for details Basic Operation 1 9 Imager and Scanner Options If your Omnii is equipped with an internal imager or scanner review the relevant sections Appendix B Imagers Applet and vAppendix C Scanner Settings for details Appendix D Internal Imager 4 Scanner Specifications lists their current model numbers descriptions and specifications Connectivity For information on connecting the Omnii to a PC refer to Data Transfer Between Omnii and a PC on page 2 36 The Omnii contains an integrated 802 11a b g n radio module The Wi Fi Config application is used to configure the radio for one or more wireless network profiles To configure the radio follow the steps outlined under the heading Wi Fi Config Setting Up the 802 11a b g n Radio on page 4 33 The Omnii is also available with one of the following Wireless WAN radio options the Cinterion MC75i EDGE or the Cinterion PH8 P HSPA Refer to Wireless Radios on page E 6 in A
280. rises to customize the product to meet their needs and to maxi mize productivity AGPS Zebra Camera App Launch Keys Kiosk Battery Health Tweaklt Bluetooth Manager Scanner Compass Dr Debug Total Recall PartnerUp Manage Triggers WiFiConnect A R C Wi Fi Config Microsoft Software Windows Embedded Hand Held WEH 6 5 is a 32 bit real time Operating System The OS is compatible with line of business applications written for Windows Mobile 6 x that protects previous investments in the Windows Mobile platform Some other major components of WEH 6 5 are Settings The applets contained under the Settings icon in the Start screen allow you to tailor how your Omnii behaves the appearance of the Today screen and so on The Settings applications are further divided into Personal System and Connection options Office Mobile 2010 Word Excel PowerPoint OneNote SharePoint Internet Explorer 8 Remote Desktop protocol 4 6 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide ao gr Tij Gm 1 17 lig F E Connections A Emo E Sounds amp gee Notifications gl Ll Microsoft My Phone Clocks amp Alarms Refer to Time Date and Alarms on page 2 23 for details about this applet Lock This option allows you to assign a password to protect access to your phone service e Tap on Start gt Settings and then tap on the Lock icon Simple PIN It is critical that you store your
281. rting Tasks Tap on the Menu softkey and tap on Sort By You can choose from Status Priority Subject Start Date or Due Date The tasks are arranged in the list according to the criterion you chose Limiting the Tasks Displayed in the Task Screen Tap on Menu in the softkey bar and tap on Filter You can choose All Tasks Recently Viewed No Categories Active Tasks or Completed Tasks The tasks are displayed on the screen according to the preference you chose File Explorer Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 files are stored in folders and sub folders that are accessible through File Explorer You can open save rename copy and paste files in the same manner as you would on any desktop PC AN IMPORTANT Refer to Managing Files and Folders on page 2 31 for details about this feature Programs 3 27 ActiveSync ActiveSync is Microsoft PC connectivity software that can be used to connect the Omnii to PCs running this software You can synchronize the Omnii with your PC using this utility ActiveSync Cr gt Vy d Gam 2 26 Windows PC Connected Connected MINI By connecting the Omnii to a PC through your desktop docking station and running ActiveSync or Mobile Device Center on your PC you can view Omnii files drag and drop files between the Omnii and the PC connect to the Internet and so on Synchronization AN IMPORTANT For information about using ActiveSync and Mobile Device Center on
282. rver services available Serial Scanner and OBEX OPP Object Exchange Object Push Profile Settings 4 19 Serial server enables the Serial Port Profile server a Serial Port can be selected from the drop down menu Keep in mind that when a port is chosen an application must be open connected to the chosen port for a remote device to be able to connect Scanner server enables a Serial Port Profile server and then relays it to the Scanner Service SCS This is used for Bluetooth barcode scanners that operate in client mode SCS opens the server port and handles the scanner input OBEX OPP server enables the Object Push Profile server A warm reset must be performed on the Omnii after a change is made to this option The OPP Server allows other Bluetooth devices to send files to this device e Tap on the checkbox to activate the server the associated port name is displayed beside the server name Mode Tab Bluetooth Do Tag a CE 3 31 Servers lt Mode gt About x Turn on Bluetooth x Discoverable _ Printer Port None Y Hotkey None Allow Bluetooth to wake system When Turn on Bluetooth is checked Bluetooth features are available If this option is disabled you cannot send or receive information using Bluetooth When Discoverable is enabled other Bluetooth devices within range approximately 10 meters can detect your Omnii and can establish a bond or use a Bluetooth service Note that other devices can
283. s and whether they are enabled or disabled e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System and then tap on the System Properties icon i System Properties System Propertie El e Y GE 12 56 E System Software TE A T Tapping on the Export button creates a log SystemProperties xml of your current components which is placed in the My Devices folder in Windows Explorer Instead of expanding each section individually you can also choose to open all the lists at once by tapping on the Expand button which will then change to a Collapse button to enable you to collapse all the sections as well Task Manager The Task Manager screen lists all running tasks applications or processes This applet provides a number of options to manage these e Tapon Start gt Settings Tap on System and then the Task Manager icon the Task Manager screen is opened 4 98 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Task Manager Ka e Ty li 1 07 Application E Internet Explorer 2 35M ActiveSync A File Explorer Ml Task Manager e End Task To shut down an application highlight the program in the list and tap on the End Task softkey in the softkey bar at the bottom of the screen Task Manager Menu The Task Manager menu provides additional options to help you manage your applications Tap on the Menu softkey at the bottom of the screen Task Manager Cl gt Ty d 1 10 Application gt Switch To
284. s section the active preset is Default To set an active preset e Highlight the preset and tap on the Activate button Viewing a Preset To view the parameter settings in a preset e Highlight a preset and tap on the View button The associated preset window is displayed B 10 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide PTS Imager Settiny GI 2 Y BE qm Preset Options FH Image Corrections E Exposure FF Windowing Pre defined Preset are read only Press space or double click to change a setting in Customer preset Press lt Esc gt to cancel Tap on the sign to expand one of the lists so that you can view the parameter settings Creating a Custom Preset A new custom preset is created by modifying a preset either a predefined preset or an existing custom preset To create a custom preset e Highlight a preset and tap on the Add button A screen like the sample following is displayed PTS Imager Settiny Ea a Tall BE qm 8 48 Cloning from existing preset Default Enter name of new preset Ji e Type the name of the new preset in the dialog box e Tapon OK to save your changes The preset list is displayed the new custom preset appears at the end of the list It is marked as read and write Imagers Applet B 11 Imaging lt Barcoding gt Filter Low light Low power Glossy surface My Default Factory Default Modifying a Custom Preset The parameter values in a cu
285. s from Windows Explorer e Drag and drop files between Omnii and the PC in the same way that you would between PC drives e Back up Omnii files to the PC restore them from the PC to the hand held again etc Uploading Data in a Docking Station The Desktop Docking Stations allow your hand held to upload transaction data to a server computer when a radio link is not available When Omnii is properly inserted in a docking station a dock icon is displayed in the navigation bar at the top of the screen Using Microsoft ActiveSync do NOTE Ifyou use a serial port to connect devices like Omnii to your desktop computer the connection may not succeed because ActiveSync has trouble connecting at non default baud rates To work around this problem set the ActiveSync baud rate on the desktop to use the same baud rate as the device You can set the baud rate by editing the registry on the desktop host computer as detailed in the steps outlined at the following website http support microsoft com kb 324466 To install ActiveSync follow the step by step instructions provided with the setup wizard For details go to the following download center and type ActiveSync into the search box http www microsoft com downloads en default aspx 2 37 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Using Windows Mobile Device Center If you are running Windows Vista Windows 7 or later your data transfers do not require ActiveSync Instead yo
286. s into typed text for you A Transcriber Intro screen is displayed to provide information to help you work with the Transcriber Transcriber Intro C 42 Yj fi Gm 8 29 Haaay A a e E Transcriber Intro ok Transcriber reliably recognizes handwriting in suis print and mixed styles as well as numbers and symbols 32 64 74 Write anywhere on the screen White legibly Quick Gestures OR IE Vad FS Copy cit Prato Reekspace Catlele Eorrort Don t show this When you choose Transcriber the soft keyboard icon changes to an icon of a hand poised to write a note Programs 3 23 e Atthe top of the Transcriber Intro screen tap on OK e In the blank Note screen use your stylus to write a note as clearly as possible The text in the note is converted from handwritten to printed text Renaming a Note Press and hold the stylus on the file name in the Notes screen that you want to rename In the pop up menu choose Rename Move e Inthe Name field type the new name NOTE Remember that if you want to use the soft keyboard to type a new name you ll need to tap and hold the stylus on the Transcriber icon and choose Keyboard from the popup menu You can also move the note to a new Folder and or a new Location When you ve made the changes you need tap on OK Recording Notes It is sometimes easier to record a note than to write it down just to make certain that you ve captured an idea before it drifts away
287. settings Use default settings and Use custom settings The Use default settings option is generally acceptable for most applications Note that aside from the Update field in which you can choose how long the fix is stored in your Omnii the field values cannot be edited The Use custom settings option is generally used to configure devices that will have access only to an intranet rather than the Internet and should only be altered with the assistance of qualified Zebra personnel They will be able to help you configure your Zebra device s and web server to retrieve the ephemeris data Info Tab GPS Settings fl gt 7 2 Gm 11 16 lt Info gt Power Firmware Version GPS Day This tab provides general information about the GPS module such as the firmware version the date on which files were last updated and so on If GPS module support service is required you may be asked to tap on the Save button in this tab and forward the information to Zebra support staff Settings 4 71 Imagers Settings The Imagers applet is used to create modify delete and activate imager settings The principle uses of the applet are to decode barcodes and to capture images To launch this applet Tapon Start gt Settings gt System and then tap on the Imagers icon PT5 Imager Settiny Ka e T 1 22 About lt Imaging gt Barcoding Default Motion Low light near View Add Remove Activate t R Read W Write A Active H
288. site oooooooo o 5 10 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide operation AA 5 13 operator controls 0 5 10 safety iInstructi0NS ooooooooooooo 5 9 Snap Modules a 5 6 ST4004 operator controls 5 16 ST4004 quad docking station 5 15 troubleshooting ooooooooooo 5 18 clean start ccc eee eens 1 7 Click Data scanner double click 4 90 Click Time scanner double click 4 90 clone Total Recall o oo o 4 100 Clone to USB 2 eee 4 102 Code Page Default Local ASCI 4 91 ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 4 91 code page Data Handling 4 91 COl TESEI sas ana DEE SS E AA 1 7 communication ActiveSync 20505 pec crer ida dada AKA KAG da dad 3 27 Ethernet connection quad docking station 5 17 COMPASS AA eae SESE Rae aa eee 4 62 connecting to a server with 3 38 Connections editing settings oooooooomomooo 4 30 A 4 23 managing 0 cece eee 4 29 4 30 modem setup 0 0 cee eee 4 24 network selecting o ooooooooo 4 32 Network Cards nananana a 4 27 Proxy Server Setup nannaa ccc eee 4 31 VPN setting Up 0 0 eee eee 4 29 Wi Fi ConfigS 0 0 0 0 cc cece eee 4 33 Wireless Manager
289. site Linear Code 39 Code 128 Codabar UPC EAN Interleaved 2 of 5 Reduced Space Symbology Code 93 Codablock Postal Postnet US Planet Code BPO 4 State Canadian Post Japanese Post KIX Netherlands Post HHP 5080SR Working Range Data is characterized at 23 C 73 4 F and O lux ambient light Symbology Size mil Near Far Linear 83 020cm 3 5 in 8 9cm 7 6 in 19 3cm PDF417 10 025cm 3 1 in 7 9cm 9 in 22 9cm 13 033cm 2 1 in 5 3cm 13 2 in 33 5cm Data Matrix 15 038cm 2 3 in 5 8cm 10 2 in 25 9cm 15 038cm 3 1 in 7 9cm 8 8 in 22 4cm MaxiCode 35 089cm 2 0 in 5 1cm 13 0 in 33cm Internal Imager 4 Scanner Specifications D 13 SE4500SR Standard Range Imager Parameter Specification Power Requirements 3 3V 0 3 V at 23 C Input Voltage Operating Mode Supply Currents conditions VCC VCC_SENSOR VCC_ILLUM 3 3VDC at 23 C Low Power 500 pA Idle 18 mA Image Acquisition 80 mA Illumination Enabled 200 mA Maximum Operating 250 mA aiming on during exposure illumination enabled Current Maximum Sensor Power 100 mVp p 3 3 V 10 Hz 100 kHz for decoding Supply Noise at 23 C 20 myp p 3 3 V 10 Hz 100 kHz for image capture Optical Resolution SR focus 5 0 mil Code 39 6 7 mil PDF417 For better image quality in image capture applications use an additional filter on VCC_SENSOR For additional performance improvement prov
290. sk Manager aw ka kat F q TweekIT Settings 4 58 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide About Tapping on Start gt Settings gt System tab and then the About icon displays a grouping of tabs that provide device information Ng AE Gam 8 44 Copyrights Version gt Device ID Windows Embedded Handheld 6 5 Professional CE OS 5 2 23152 Build 23152 5 3 12 i 2009 Microsoft Corporation All rights reserved This computer program is protected by U S and intemational copyright laws Processor Cortex AB DIM3730 Memory 194 44 MB Expansion slot Not in use Version Tab This tab outlines the Windows Embedded Handheld 6 5 Professional version processor information memory size and a description of the expansion card if one is in use Device ID Tab This tab provides fields in which you can assign a Device name and Description optional for the Omnii This name is used by the Omnii to identify itself to other devices Keep in mind that this must be a unique name across a network If you are unable to connect to a network because another device with the same name is already connected you ll need to assign a new name here Copyrights The Copyrights tab lists the copyright information for the software loaded on your Omnii Backlight Screen and Keypad Tapping on Start gt Settings gt System icon followed by the Backlight icon allows you to determine the backlight and power properties of th
291. ss is completed Network Cards When the network card is inserted in your unit for the first time the Network Settings screen is displayed auto matically so that you can configure the card If it does not appear or if you want to change settings e Tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections e Tap on the Network Cards icon 4 28 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Network Cards ao go Yg dc Gm 1 47 Network Adapters My network card Connects to per Tap an adapter to modify settings RA2070 Wi Fi Adapter USB Ethemet Series Adapter 5M5C9500 USB2 0 FAST Ethernet Drive NE2000 Compatible Ethernet Driver If you need to specify server information double tap on the appropriate adaptor and then tap on the IP Address and or Name Servers tab E IP Address Name Servers gt IP Address RA2070 Wi Fi Adapter RA2070 Wi Fi Adapter pg Name server addresses may be automatically 0 Use server assigned IP address assigned if DHCP is enabled on this adapter Network Cards ao que Yul a m 1 55 Network Cards ao qe Y al d m 2 05 Name Ser lt IP Address gt Name Ser Use specific IP address DNS address ae80 4eed degg ged ANITO WINS Alt WINS NOTE Because most networks use DHCP you should not need to change these settings unless instructed to do so by your network administrator If necessary use a network cable to connect the network card to yo
292. stem Tap on the Total Recall icon GUT version Engine version In the start up screen you can choose from four options Create Backup Create Clone Manage Profile and Delete Profile Creating a Backup Tap on the Create Backup button to begin the process Total Recall De To dam 2 09 Click Start to create a backup profile for this device Profile Name Profile Location ashok Ju This dialog box displays the Profile Name and the storage destination for the profile file e Inthe Profile Name field type a name for a profile e If you want to choose another location for your backup file optional tap on the button to the right of the Profile Location field and choose one of a number of folders 4 100 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide AN IMPORTANT Any profile not stored in persistent memory Flash Disk external USB drive will be erased during a clean boot therefore you should store profiles on a persistent drive IMPORTANT When performing an autorestore the program only searches for the profile located in the Flash Disk TotalRecall folder If you store your profile anywhere else it will not be restored Only one profile can reside in that folder Tap on Start A backup of the current settings will be created and saved to the specified location The unit will then reboot To view profiles and choose restore options refer to Managing Profiles on page 4 101 Creat
293. stom preset can be modified It is recommended that very few changes be made to a custom preset To ensure that it will work reliably it should be as close as possible to the original prede fined preset To change a parameter value e Highlight the custom preset and tap on the Edit button PTS Imager Settiny EN 2 Yo Di qu 8 51 Preset CUSTOM BARCODE PRESET El Options Image Corrections Exposure FF Windowing Pre defined Preset are read only Press space or double click to change a setting in Cusbomer preset Press lt Esc gt to cancel SA e Tap on the symbols to expand the lists and view the parameter settings e Scroll through the parameter list until you reach the parameter that you want to change Fora parameter that can take a range of values Highlight the parameter and then press the SPACE key or double click the parameter An associated dialog box containing the valid range of values for the parameter and the current setting is displayed Typea value in the field provided Fora parameter that toggles between two values such as on or off and enabled or disabled Highlight the parameter and then press the SPACE key or double click on the parameter Either method toggles between the two available values When you ve completed your edits tap on OK The parameter list is displayed the new value for the changed parameter is shown e Tapon OK to exit to the preset list and s
294. t Cg Ti Gn 9 24 Contrast To adjust the contrast drag the slider Customize backlight settings 69 E Tal i A ka S uti e Drag the sliding button between Light and Dark to achieve the desired screen colour contrast Customer Feedback This option allows Microsoft to track how you use your Omnii so that they can make improvements to the soft ware The radio buttons in this screen allow you to turn this feature on or off Customer Feedback Customer Feedba EJ gt Ti Gm 10 21 You can make Windows Mobile software better by participating in the Customer E Experience Improvement Program If you participate information about how you use Windows Mobile software will be sent te Microsoft This helps identify trends and usage patterns in order to improve the software This data does not intentionally include any information that could be used to identify or contact you Information will pe sent over Wi Fi Actives ne or O Send Feedback Recommended C Dont Send Feedback Dr Debug Dr Debug is an error diagnostic tool e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System Tap on the Dr Debug icon 4 64 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Status Dr Debug DD Tal Gil 8 26 Settings Status gt Utilities O No error logs found Dr Debug is on O Dr Watson is on Motion Meter is on This tab indicates the status on off of the tools Tapping on Browse logs displays
295. t Up AA AA AA AA AA 5 18 Omnii Charge LED Flashes YVellOW ooccococccoccccconocococonnncnnncnonnnonnoncnnnncnonnncnnnnnonnss 5 18 Omnii Charge Indicator LED is Red occcooccccccccccnccccncccnncccncnnnncnnnononononnnnncnonnnnonancnnnnnonnss 5 18 Powered Adaptor LED Says Ola GANA aa 5 18 Vehicle Cradles Models ST1000 and ST1002 a 5 18 Vehicle Cradle Mounting RecommendatiONS occcccccoccccncccconnnnnncononcnnncnononnnnnnnononnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnonon 5 19 Insertion and Removal 0POMAI aagaaaaaa 22000m aaka AKALA kaanak AANGAL ada 5 21 Maintaining the Vehicle Cradle o oooncccccccccnncncconooncnnnnononccnnnnnnonnnonnnononnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnonaness 5 22 ST1002 Powered Cradle InstallatiOn ooocccccccocnncnncccoonnnnnncoconnconononononnnnnononononononanenonoss 5 22 Wiring GUIA8 INES ccooccccocccccnccocnccocnnnoncnonnnonononnnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnenannenaniss 5 23 Installation in High Voltage Vehicles oocccoccconccoccconcconoconoconoconoconocanonononononanonanens 5 23 Wiring Vehicle Power and Communications to the Cradle oocccocccconncccnnccnnnconnnnonoss 5 24 Battery Charger 6 Slot Model ST3006 aaa 5 26 BASU RN AA AA 5 26 ODerato CONTOS eea AA AA ANA Aa 5 27 g s A A 5 27 Fran IAG ANC AAA 5 27 Age CRS SFU OTA AA 5 28 Improper Battery Storage ccooccccoccoccccoccnccn
296. tations which are designed to charge the battery installed in the hand held along with a spare battery pack Models ST4002 and ST4003 AN IMPORTANT These docking stations can only be used to charge Zebra approved lithium ion batteries The ST4002 and ST4003 desktop docking stations feature e Fast charging of the internal battery e Fast charging of the spare battery pack e A Host USB port to connect peripherals such as a printer keyboard etc e A Client USB port to connect the docking station to a PC NOTE The ST4002 desktop dock can be upgraded to include the DE9M and RJ45 interfaces by using the ST4 100 Xmod Expansion Module The ST4003 desktop docking station additionally provides e ADE9QM serial port unpowered and an RJ45 10Base T Ethernet interface Both these interfaces are com patible with the USB to Ethernet serial drivers included in Omnii see Figure 5 10 Back of ST4003 Desktop Docking Station on page 5 12 Figure 5 9 Desktop Docking Station Models ST4002 and ST4003 Omnii charge indicator LED far left Indicates charge status of internal Omnii battery Release button Omnii charging bay Spare battery Spare battery charging bay Spare battery LED Indicates charge status of a spare battery inserted in the rear charging bay of the docking station The desktop docking station storage temperature is 30 C to 60 C 22 F to 140 F Operating temperature and humidity are 5 95 non
297. te and tap on the Remove button A window is displayed warning you that you are about to remove a preset Tap on Yes to remove the preset or No to cancel the operation Configuring the Barcode Decoding Camera Presets To configure the barcode decoding camera presets Tap on Start gt Settings gt System icon Tap on the Imagers icon and scroll to the Barcoding tab Imagers Applet B 9 Figure B 2 Barcode Presets Imaging C Barcoding gt Filter My Default RWA Factory Default H 5 This window lists all the presets both predefined and the custom Presets are identified as follows e Predefined presets are marked as read only For a description review Predefined Presets on page B 3 e Custom presets are marked as read and write e One preset either predefined or custom is marked as active a NOTE The top portion of the window displays the barcode decoding presets Selecting a Camera One camera must be selected for configuration To select a camera Tap on the Camera Presets drop down menu to view the camera options Choose a camera either mager the imager located at the top of the unit or Color Camera the camera located at back of the Omnii N IMPORTANT Currently only the Imager can be used to read barcodes The Color Camera is limited to taking photos Setting the Active Preset An active preset has an Ato the right in Figure B 2 Barcode Presets on page B 9 on at the beginning of thi
298. te patch antenna Covers 2400 2484 MHz lt 2 5 1 VSWR 802 11a n PCB substrate patch antenna Covers 5150 5860 MHz lt 2 5 1 VSWR Antenna Gain 802 11b g n 1 9 dBi 802 11a n 1 9 dBi E 10 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Parameter Sub parameter Specification Transmit Power 802 11b 18 dBm typical 19 5 dBm max 802 11g 13 dBm typical 14 5 dBm max 802 11a 12 dBm typical 13 5 dBm max 802 11n 2 4 12 dBm typical 13 5 dBm max GHz 802 11n 5 GHz 12 dBm typical 13 5 dBm max Frequency 802 11b g n 2400 2483 5 MHz Range 802 11a n 5150 5350 MHz 5480 5720 MHz and 5725 5845 MHz Channels 802 11b g n 1 to 14 Up to 14 channels depending on country Only 3 channels are non overlapping 802 11a n 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 149 153 157 161 165 Up to 24 channels depending on country All channels are non overlapping RX Sensitivity 802 11b 78 dBm 11 Mbps 802 11g 67 dBm 54 Mbps 802 11a 67 dBm 54 Mbps 802 11n 2 4 66 dBm 65 Mbps GHz Bema 802 11b 32 max 802 11g 26 dB max 80211a 11a 26 dB max eee dB 26 dB max eee CO 11n 2 29 dB max GHz 802 11n 5 GHz 29 dB max Bluetooth TI Wilink6 proprietary Wi Fi BT co existent scheme Coexistence Omnii Specifications E 11 Bluetooth Radio Parameter Specification Murata Model LBEH1Z9PFC Form Factor Embedded surface mount module 11 4 x
299. teries outside of this temperature range For maximum performance it is recommended that the charger be operated at room temperature a temperature range between 18 C to 25 C 64 F to 77 F Accessories 5 17 Connecting to the Ethernet Network Network Access Omnii automatically detects insertion into the docking station and loads the appropriate drivers to communicate with the network To connect more docking stations downstream up to 4 on the same network use the Ethernet cable supplied with your quad docking station as the daisy chain cable see Figure 5 15 Daisy chain configuration on page 5 17 Figure 5 14 Ethernet network connection Left side RJ45 port Ethernet connector to network Activity LED bt Es flashing green ul Right side RJ45 port Ethernet connector to other docks Link LED 10 or 100 Base T solid amber Ethernet connector Figure 5 15 Daisy chain configuration Maximum of four ST4004 Quad Docking Stations on one network cable Ethernet network cable Daisy chain cable Daisy chain cable Cleaning the ST4004 AN IMPORTANT Do not immerse the unit in water Dampen a soft cloth with mild detergent to wipe the unit clean Use only mild detergent or soapy water on a slightly damp cloth to clean the ST4004 Avoid abrasive cleaners solvents or strong chemicals for cleaning The plastic case is susceptible to harsh chemicals The plastic is partially soluble in oils mineral spirits an
300. tery is fully charged the charger stops applying power the battery cannot be overcharged if left in the charger slot 5 28 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Troubleshooting Improper Battery Storage Storing batteries in the gang charger for extended periods more than a week or two is not recommended Lithium ion batteries lose capacity if they are maintained at full charge for long periods of time See the battery handling recommendations in The Battery on page 1 5 Power Self test LEDs Don t Light Up The charge slot LEDs will light up briefly when first applying power indicating the self test mode When applying power to the unit all the LEDs will light up Yellow will show up in the 25 LED for each bay green for other LEDs Then bay 1 will blink a binary representation of the firmware version V09 1001 If the self test is not evident Remove all batteries and unplug the charger Connect another device to the mains outlet to ensure there is power Remove the IEC mains power cable from the charger and check it for damage Reconnect the mains cable in the charger and mains outlet Indicator Does Not Light When Battery Installed Remove the battery and clean the contacts on the battery and the charge slot Reinstall the battery and check that it is fully seated in the slot Inspect the charge slot contacts for damage are they bent flattened twisted or broken Try inserting a battery that you k
301. th beams jj TORPSG 032 Tap to send JEN TORPSG 011 E Er Tal E Ga 12 59 Items gt Appearance Move Down C Date Wireless C Internet Calling OphHots Settings 4 9 The items you see in the Today screen are Windows Default items The Items tab allows you to customize the screen to suit your purposes a NOTE Refer to Customizing the Today Screen on page 2 22 for details about this screen Power The Power applet provides information about the battery installed in your Omnii and it allows you to define the behaviour of your Omnii to minimize power consumption e Tap on Start gt Settings gt Power icon Battery Power Power ac que T mf m 3 50 Battery H lt Battery gt Advanced Main battery Lilon Battery power remaining mAH consumed 125 This tab monitors and displays the current battery capacity of the battery installed in the Omnii Advanced Tab Power tc gr gl PAG GE 2 25 Battery lt Advanced gt Battery H On battery power On external power O Tum off screen if device E not used for 5 minutes This tab allows you to tailor how long the Omnii can remain idle before the screen is turned off while running on battery power and also on external power 4 10 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide NOTE The options in the screen behave like Suspend mode If the screen turns off the unit is in suspend mode tapping on the touchscreen or pressing a k
302. the TriggerCover AA 5 3 Attaching the Pistol Grip e 5 3 Carrying and Protective Accessories AA 5 4 The Hand Strap Model ST6025 00 0000 ee 5 5 Protective Carrying Case Model ST6090 5 5 Hard Shell Holster Model ST6055 e 5 5 Power Accessories AA 5 6 Snap Modules Au cu 5 6 AC Wall Adaptor Models ST1050 and ST1050 AR 5 8 Vehicle Power Outlet Adaptor Model ST3113 0 5 8 Chargers and Docking Stations General Information 0 000042 a 5 9 Important Charger Safety Instructions a a eee eee ee 5 9 Charging the Battery 2 2 AA 5 9 Installation Chargers and Docking Stations 004 5 10 Operator Controls AA 5 10 Power Consumption Considerations 2 a a a 5 10 Desktop Docking Stations Models ST4002 and ST4003 5 10 Charging a Battery Installed in Omnii AA 5 12 Indicators a AA bee ee ww Re AK AA AG we eww A 5 13 Operation es dieses it eebbee dead anne AAA 5 13 Charging the Omnii Battery AA 5 13 Charging the Spare Battery AU 5 13 Cleaning the Desktop Docking Station AA 5 13 Troubleshooting a 5 14 Docking station does not seem to power on 5 14 Omnii charge indicator LED stays off 5 14 Omnii charge indicator LED
303. the battery capacity is depleted up to the Estimated Battery Backup Time reserve specified in the Suspend Threshold tab the Omnii shuts off automati cally and uses the reserve power to preserve the data stored on the Omnii Once the unit shuts down it cannot be switched on until a fresh battery is installed or the unit is inserted in a docking station or cradle Settings 4 11 Slide the Suspend Threshold button to the right to increase the battery capacity reserved for backup pur poses Data will be preserved to a maximum of 100 hours Slide the Suspend Threshold button to the left to decrease the power reserved for backup purposes this increases the Omnii operating time the amount of time the Omnii will operate before shutting down but reduces the power reserved for backup purposes to a minimum of 24 hours Internal super capacitors will protect the data stored in the Omnii while the depleted battery is swapped for a fully charged one NOTE Once the battery is removed the super capacitor will preserve the data stored on the Omnii for approximately 4 minutes It is critical that you install a charged battery before this time elapses Battery Health The Battery Health tab provides an estimate of battery health based on a number of different measurements beyond battery capacity AN IMPORTANT The Battery Health Meter is an estimate and should not be depended on to provide a 100 account of battery condition e In the scroll
304. the image capture presets open the dialog box as follows e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System icon e Tap on the Imagers icon and if it s not already selected tap on the Imaging tab The following screen is displayed Figure B 1 Imaging Tab R Read W Wribe 4 Active B 6 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide This window lists all the presets both predefined and custom Presets are identified as follows e Predefined presets are marked as read only e Custom presets are marked as read and write e One preset either predefined or custom is marked as active Selecting a Camera Your Omnii has a built in imager and a camera One camera must be selected for configuration To select a camera e Tap on the Camera Presets drop down menu to view the camera options Choose a camera either mager the imager located at the top of the unit or Colour Camera the camera located at back of the Omnii Setting the Active Preset An active preset has an A to the right To set an active preset e Highlight the preset and tap on the Activate button Viewing a Preset To view the parameter settings in a preset e Highlight a preset and tap on the View button The associated preset window is displayed PTS Imager Settin CI qt uu 8 21 Preset Options Image Corrections LU Exposure Windowing Pre defined Preset are read only Press space or double click to change a setting in Custom
305. this default behaviour For example you might want to disable roaming if you find yourself in a border area where the home network is not available but a foreign roaming partner is available Abroad you may find that an available network does not have GPRS roaming agreements In this case you ll need to manually select the network which you know supports GPRS roaming Automatic network selection is enabled by default You can also choose a network manually from the drop down menu a NOTE Your home network operator will need to let you know which other networks gt have roaming agreements Even when a network is listed with an Available status it does not necessarily follow that it can be used or that the roaming agreement covers GPRS Hearing Aid This tab allows you to enable the hearing aid service Phone et Y f qm 3 10 Diagnostics lt Hearing Aid gt Sounds Enable hearing aid mode Omnii XT15ni non incendive Important Safety amp Regulatory Information Omnii XT15ni Battery Information 0 Omnii XT15ni Non Incendive Safety Guidelines H 3 Omnii XT15ni non incendive Important Safety amp Regulatory Information The Omnii XT 15ni non incendive Hand Held Computer has been qualified by UL LLC to the requirements of the USA and Canada for use in Class Division 2 Groups A B C and D T6 environments The users of this product are cautioned to use accessories and peripherals approved
306. tings Restrictions Control Panel Settings Import Export to File 4 78 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide The Kiosk menu provides access to the categories to help you tailor the look and operation of the Omnii for the user Administrator Password If you want to change an existing password you need to complete the Administrator Password screen Administrator Pass E pt 7 aff om 2 23 Enter the current password New password Confirm new password _ Show password e Tap on the Administrator password option and type your current password e Inthe next field type a New password Retype the new password in the Confirm new password field and tap on OK Shell Settings The Shell Settings option allows the administrator to tailor what operators see and what is available to them when Omnii is powered on Note that these changes are not visible until the unit switches from Administrator Mode to User Mode A Kiosk Access screen the screen in which you can switch from Administrator to User Mode is displayed automatically once you ve finished making changes and have tapped on OK Applications Tab This tab allows the administrator to choose the applications that will be available to the user EO Fai Ti 10 19 Phone Applications Advanced Select applications to be accessible from the Today screen lw Calendar amp he Contacts Pa DemoScanner E mail F
307. tions 2 1 U C 3 Restoring Default Settings AA C 4 Decoded Internal Scanners 2 e C 4 OPUS 2 asado doradas AA C 4 Decoded Internal Advanced Options AU C 5 Decoded Internal Data Options 0A UU C 6 Decoded HHP 0 AA AA cu C 7 Decoded Intermec ISCP 2 2 a a C 7 Decoded ISCP Options AA C 7 Decoded ISCP Advanced Options C 7 Non Decoded Scanners AA C 9 ODIOS raros sean RI C 9 Scanner Settings C 3 Barcode Settings The Scanners icon provides dialog boxes in which you can tailor barcode scanner configurations and choose the barcodes your scanner will recognize e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System gt Scanners icon The parameters are preset with the default settings of the decoded scanner installed in the unit AN IMPORTANT To enable a newly installed scanner press and hold down the FN key and the ENTER Power key simultaneously for a minimum of three seconds For information on configuring the Options Translations and Ports settings see Omnii Scanner Options The drop down menu to the right of the Scanner option allows you to choose configurations for one of the following scanner types depending on what is installed in on your hand held Decoded internal Decoded HHP Decoded Intermec ISCP and Non decoded Scanners Scanner Settings fl ir Yall d qm 11 31 Translations lt Barco
308. tions When you choose this option and you press the modifier key once it remains active only until the next key is pressed If you press the modifier key twice it is locked on remaining active until the modifier key is pressed a third time to turn it off Macro Keys x FAN One Shots lt Macros gt Unicode Macro Key Sequence A macro key is a single keypress that can be configured to output up to 200 characters including ENTER BACKSPACE DEL function keys arrow keys etc This feature can save time and effort when entering frequently used key sequences For example a macro key can be programmed to output a standard signature such as Sincerely yours ENTER Bob with a single keypress For all keyboard types you can program up to 15 macro keys Some Omnii keyboards have macros keys M1 M2 and so on that are physically present on the keyboard When you record a macro sequence and assign it to one of these predetermined macro keys pressing that key e g M1 executes the macro and sends the programmed key sequence to the hand held as if it were entered from the keyboard If your keyboard does not have dedicated macro keys or if you wish to use macro keys beyond the ones that are already present on the keyboard you need to use Scancode Remapping to remap keyboard keys to act as macro keys see Scancode Remapping on page 4 49 For example if you record a key sequence to Macro 7 yo
309. tions are blocked from user view Control Panel Settings This options allows you to tailor items displayed in both the Settings screen and in the Today screen NOTE Remember that changes do not take effect until the Omnii is set to User Mode and the unit is reset Refer to Activating a Change User Mode on page 4 87 Hide Tab The Hide tab under the Control Panel allows you to determine which applications will be hidden in the Settings screen that is displayed when the operator taps on the Start button Settings 4 85 NE Ty ME Ga 10 23 Accessible lt Hide gt Accessible Unchecked control panels will be hidden from the Settings screen Remember that only unchecked items in this list are hidden Accessible Tab The Accessible tab allows you to choose which items will be accessible in the Today screen Select control panels to be accessible from the Today screen EF Beam E Bluetooth E Buttons FF Certificates Import and Export Settings This option enables you to Export your settings file xml and save it in the location of your choice In addition an administrator has the option to Import these settings from one device to multiple devices of the same oper ating system AN IMPORTANT A copy of this file should also be saved in a central repository for all Zebra xml files with a predefined name so that other Zebra utilities can locate it Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Hel
310. tor still shows a fault Omnii requires service Powered Adaptor LED Stays Off e Check the AC cable Replace with the same type if the cable is suspect e Ifthe adaptor LED stays OFF the adaptor is defective and requires service Vehicle Cradles Models ST1000 and ST1002 AN IMPORTANT The vehicle cradles are shipped with their own quick start guide Omnii Vehicle Cradles Quick Start Guide PN 8000221 It is critical that it be reviewed for additional information and updates The Omnii vehicle cradles are highly ruggedized single station docks Although they provide quick insertion and removal the cradles hold Omnii securely even when operated in high vibration environments such as vehicles not equipped with suspensions The Omnii vehicle cradle is available in two models e Model ST1000 Unpowered cradle e Model ST1002 Powered cradle with communications port A DE9M serial port powered and two USB Host interfaces Accessories 5 19 Figure 5 16 Front and back of ST1002 with Omnii Mounting holes Release button Power Communications port Zebra also supplies a range of standard mounts for the hand held vehicle cradles and the Omnii vehicle cradles are compatible with all of them Vehicle Cradle Mounting Recommendations AN WARNING Before mounting a vehicle cradle in a vehicle there are a number of operator safety issues that require careful attention An improperly mounted cradle may result in one or mor
311. ts e 5 24 Wiring Vehicle Power and Communications to the Cradle 5 24 Battery Charger 6 Slot Model ST3006 AA AA AA 5 26 Installation AU 5 26 Operator Controls AA A 5 27 Charge Indicators AA cu 5 27 Charging Batteries s ssa a paaa GBWDEERA KH ee AR Be E KAW A 5 27 Troubleshooting CA 5 28 Improper Battery Storage AA 5 28 Power Self test LEDs Don t Light Up 5 28 Indicator Does Not Light When Battery Installed 5 28 Accessories 5 3 Pistol Grips There are a number of pistol grips available to you depending on the type of back cover and scanner imager installed in your hand held Refer to the table following for a list of pistol grip model numbers and the types of back covers and scanners imagers with which they are compatible Pistol Grip Description Model Number Pistol Grip Standard Pod Kit ST6000 Pistol Grip Standard Back A Kit ST6100 Pistol Grip Standard Back B Kit ST6400 Pistol Grip Freezer Standard ST6500 Back Kit Removing the Trigger Cover Before installing the pistol grip you need to remove the trigger cover Using a flathead screwdriver gently and carefully pry the trigger cover off the hand held Figure 5 1 Removing the Trigger Cover Attaching the Pistol Grip NOTE Prior to installation make sure the trigger mechanism is securely snapped into the pistol grip body
312. twork profiles configured this tab is not populated Wi Fi Config fg 5 Y 4 em 2 31 Data Rate E3 Mb s RSSI E Status 55ID BSSID Auth Encrypt IF Disable Enable Radio This button toggles between Disable Radio and Enable Radio depending on whether the radio is turned off or on Wi Fi Config Configure Tab a NOTE If the Configure tab is not visible open the Advanced tab uncheck Use Win dows to configure my wireless settings and reset the Omnii e To configure the radio for a wireless network tap on the Configure tab Settings 4 35 Wi Fi Config E qr Yi mi m 2 45 Status Configure Advanced Connect Used to connect to an already existing wireless network configuration Add New Used to create a new wireless network configuration Edit Used to change values in an existing wireless network configuration Remove Used to delete a wireless network configuration Scan Used to detect and list available wireless networks You can highlight a network in the list and tap on Add New to activate the network There are two methods available when configuring a radio network you can either scan for an existing network or manually create a network If you tap on the Scan button a list of networks detected by the radio is displayed Highlighting one of the listed networks and tapping on the Add New button creates a new profile that is completed based on the security capabilities detected by the radio You ma
313. u could then use Scancode Remapping to remap the z key so that pressing it executes Macro 7 rather than the letter Z Recording and Saving a Macro e Inthe Macro menu highlight a Macro number Tap on the Record button A Record Macro screen is displayed O gt Tu d Gm 7 49 Enter the key strokes to record Stop Recording 4 48 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide e Type the macro sequence you want to assign to a keyboard key You can type text and numbers and you can program the function of special keys into a macro When you ve finished recording your macro sequence tap on the Stop Recording button A new screen displays the macro sequence you created Tap on the Save button to save your macro Your macro key sequence is listed in the Macro screen e Tapon OK to save your macro key assignment Executing a Macro e To execute a macro press the key to which you ve assigned the macro NOTE Keep in mind that if you plan to program additional macros beyond the Macro keys on your keyboard or if your keyboard is not equipped with dedicated macro keys you will need to use Scancode Remapping on page 4 49 to assign a keyboard key that will act as a macro key Deleting a Macro e Inthe Macros tab highlight the macro number you want to delete e Tap on the Delete button Unicode Mapping e Tap on the Unicode Mapping tab to display this screen Buttons aT ATE Macros lt Unicode Mapping gt
314. u will need to download Windows Mobile Device Center For instructions go to the following down load website and type the name into the search box http www microsoft com downloads en default aspx To transfer data between your PC and your hand held e Tap on Start gt Computer to display the drives Omnii will be visible here e Open drives files and folders as you would on your PC General Maintenance Caring for the Touchscreen The touchscreen is covered with a thin flexible polyester plastic sheet with a conductive coating on the inside The polyester can be permanently damaged by harsh chemicals and is susceptible to abrasions and scratches Using sharp objects on the touchscreen can scratch or cut the plastic or crack the internal conduc tive coating The chemicals listed below must not come into contact with the touchscreen e mustard ketchup e sodium hydroxide e concentrated caustic solutions benzyl alcohol e concentrated acids If the touchscreen is used in harsh environments consider applying a disposable screen protector RV6105 These covers reduce the clarity of the display slightly but will dramatically extend the useful life of the touch screen When they become scratched and abraded they are easily removed and replaced Do not to expose the touchscreen to direct sunlight for prolonged periods of time If this is unavoidable use a UV screen protector to extend the life of the screen Cleaning the Omnii
315. uirements Voice Mail Setup If your service includes Voice Mail choosing this option for the first time displays a screen in which you can enter your voice mail provider phone number Phone Network Tab Phone Cr yt Ti Gm 6 35 Services C Network gt Data Current network ROGERS Find Hetwork Network selection Automatic Select Preferred networks Set Networks NOTE For details about choosing networks refer to Appendix G Wireless Wide Area Network WWAN Network Configuration on page G 8 4 56 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Phone Data Tab Phone fl g Y d am 10 33 Network lt Data gt Bands Phone e e Yil df Gn 10 35 Create a data connection for the a Network lt Data gt Bands current network PAP only authentication for Infrared Port _ Enable Auto Connect for Infrared Port Enable Auto Connect for x Allow End key to drop data l connection This screen is used to configure your WWAN data connection to the ISP NOTE For details about setting up your data connection refer to Appendix G Wireless Wide Area Network WWAN Establishing a Packet Data Connection on page G 3 Phone Bands Tab Phone ao qo Y Gm 5 18 Data lt Bands gt Diagnostics GSM 850MHz GSM 900MHz GSM 1800MHz GSM 1900MHz BI x x x By default all frequen
316. up purposes Manual configuration should only be necessary if e One or more parameters in the database are incorrect or a new operator is not yet in the database The database should be corrected for subsequent software releases e An operator has assigned individual GPRS user names and passwords e Avery large site has its own Access Point Name APN Such connections must be configured manually e A customer has subscribed for a static IP address By definition this must be configured manually Manually Adding a New Modem Connection e Tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections folder icon Tap on the Connections icon G 6 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Connections e Ta eG 8 50 Advanced C Tasks gt Advanced ISP WWAN GPRS e Choose Add a new modem connection In most cases you should choose Add a new modem connection from ISP WWAN GPRS However if you need to use a Proxy server choose this option from My Work Network e TE CB 8 57 Make New Connection Select a modem Cellular Line e Enter a connection name optional e Choose Cellular Line GPRS from the Modem drop down menu e Tapon Next Connections ao Ta di GP so My Connection Access point name DO e Type the Access Point Name and tap on Next Wireless Wide Area Network WWAN 6 7 Connections E 9 06 My Connection Wiser name Password Domain Tf provided by ISP or network administrat
317. ur Up Down control repeats Delay before first repeat Repeat rate Slow Fast e Tap on Start gt Settings gt Personal gt Buttons icon to display this screen Scroll to the Up Down Control tab Sliding the Delay before first repeat bar to the left decreases the delay between key repeats while sliding the bar to the right increases the repeat delay time Sliding the Repeat rate bar to the left slows the rate at which an Up Down button repeats when pressed Sliding the bar to the right increases the key repeat rate OneShots Buttons EMEES Up D lt One Shots gt Macros One Shot Modes Alt Oneshot lock One Shot Lock Oneshot Lock Oneshot Lock OneShot Lock The options in this tab allow you to determine how modifier keys on your Omnii behave For each modifier key ALT SHIFT CTRL SYM and BLUE FN you have the following options in the drop down menu Lock OneShot and OneShot Lock AN IMPORTANT Once you ve assigned a OneShot mode to a modifier key you need to tap on the OK button at the top of the tab to activate your selection Lock If you choose Lock from the drop down menu pressing a modifier key once locks it on until you press the modifier key a second time to unlock or turn it off OneShot If you choose OneShot the modifier key remains active only until the next key is pressed Settings 4 47 OneShot Lock OneShot Lock allows you to combine these func
318. ur network Refer to the documentation shipped with your network card for details To activate the connection launch the desired program e g Internet Explorer The Omnii will connect automatically Changing Network Card Settings If you use your network card in two locations like work and home you ll need to change the network to which the network card connects Tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections gt Network Cards Settings 4 29 In the Configure Network Adapters dialog box tap on the drop down menu below My network card con nects to and choose either The Internet or Work Network Cards ao qr Yg dc Gu 1 47 Network Adapters My network card Connects 10 The Intemet a Tap an adapter to modify settings Network Cards ao q Yg dc Gu 2 21 Network Adapters RA2070 Wi Fi Adapter USB Ethernet Series Adapter 5M5C9500 USB2 0 FAST Ethernet Drive NE2000 Compatible Ethernet Driver VPN Connection Setup A VPN connection provides a secure connection to servers through the Internet Before you begin you need the following information from your network administrator password domain name TCP IP settings and a host name or IP address of the VPN server Tap on Start5Settings Tap on the Connections folder icon followed by the Connections icon Connections ac 3 Yul um 2 26 ee lt Tasks gt Advanced My Work Network O Connections ao gat TE Om 2 27 Make New Connection Mama My VPN Hest names
319. us These LED status indicators report the heating mode for each individual heater Description Blue indicates that the heating element is operating in full power mode Green indicates that the heating element is operating in sustaining mode Grey indicates that the heating element is off Red indicates that there is a hardware failure with the heater Current This indicates the average current drawn at the moment for the individual heater Power This indicates the power used at the moment for each individual heater Temperature This shows the temperature measured near the heating element Note that the temperature units C or F can be selected at the top of the Heater Info tab Once set the selection is stored System Test The system test feature allows the user to test the functionality of all available heaters for approximately 20 seconds to make sure that the heating system heaters and control board are working properly F 12 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide System Properties The System Properties window displays the heater software and hardware components e Tap on Start gt Settings gt System gt System Properties icon and scroll to Heater Info The information also includes heater identification version or part numbers and indicates if they are installed System Properties gt se E 11 07 System Properties T gr di GH 11 08 Scanner Engine Heater Not installed la
320. utdown e Tap on Disconnect gt OK Ending a Session e Inthe Terminal Services Client screen tap on Start gt Shutdown e Tapon Log Off gt OK SIM Toolkit UI la SIM Toolkit UI SIM Toolkit Ulis an ETSI SMG standard for Value Added Services and e commerce using GSM phones The Omnii operator can for example check bank accounts and pay bills using a SIM Toolkit enabled phone with an appropriate SIM Toolkit specific SIM card which will provide much of the information required to conclude a transaction over GSM If this service is available in your organization the system administrator can provide the setup information for your service WiFiConnect A R C e A Pa f RE WiFiConnect e Tap on the Start button to access the WiFiConnect A R C icon The WiFiConnect A R C utility provides a quick method to configure a device for use on a private network primarily for use with Active Remote Configuration A R C WiFiConnect A R C configures the default WiFi interface The WEP key is set to PsionPsion123 The SSID is set to Psion The default interface becomes the active interface Keep in mind that you must configure the access point and the hand held s to use the same settings Refer to the Active Remote Configuration A R C Administrators Guide PN 8000252 for details about updating devices on your network This manual is available at www ingenuityworking com knowledge w knowledgebase 1189 a r c activ
321. ve to Contacts Send Text Message Send Contact Delete SIM Contact Add to Speed Dial e Inthe Summary screen tap on Menu gt Add to Speed Dial 3 8 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Managing Phone Settings You can adjust phone settings such as the ring type and tone choose phone services such as barring calls and you can also determine network selections AN IMPORTANT For details refer to The Phone Managing Settings on page 4 51 Text Messages Tapping on the Text option in the Today screen displays this screen Text Messages l gt Ti om 12 52 BEE Me 4 00 still ok BOO This option allows you to compose send and receive text messages using your Omnii AN IMPORTANT For details about using the Text Messages feature refer to Text Messages on page 2 24 Programs 3 9 E mail Messaging fag Tl odi Gm 12 57 Select an Account a Text Messages Tap to setup a new account 5 Setup E mail Select a Menu SO NG tg MA E Lu a NOTE If your e mail is already synchronized go to Sending an E mail on page 3 12 The E mail program is used to send and receive e mail on your Omnii It also provides access to text messages To send and receive e mail you ll need to synchronize your PC or connect to a Post Office Protocol 3 POP3 or Internet Message Access Protocol 4 IMAP4 mail server For each of these methods you need to set up an e mail accou
322. vides a shortcut to the Manage Triggers applet e In the Advanced tab tap on the Trigger Control button e To view all the triggers and the hardware devices that are configured to use them tap in the checkbox next to Show all modules Imagers Applet 6B 19 Up Down Decoded Scar Up Down Imager And C Up Down Decoded Scar Up Down Imager And x Show all modules Double click 0 1000 msec mg Add E Remove 6x Adding Editing and Removing Triggers For instruction about adding editing and removing triggers refer to Manage Triggers on page 4 72 Barcode Symbologies There are two sets of barcode symbologies one for Imager and one for Color Camera To display the barcodes available e Inthe PTS Imager Settings screen scroll to the Barcoding tab e Inthe Camera Presets drop down menu at the top of the PTS Imager Settings screen choose Imager or Color Camera depending on which set of barcodes you want to work with PTS Imager Settiny 7H gt YB qm 8 42 Imaging C Barcoding gt Filter Camera Presets pager Y PTS Imager Setti I g gt Y Bl am 10 50 Imaging lt Barcoding gt Filter Glossy surface AU Aa A TE BG a aNG View Add Remove LActivate Barcode Presets My Default Factory Default e Scroll down to the Barcode Presets B 20 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide PTS Imager Settiny ea ee je Imaging C Barcoding gt Filter Camera
323. within a 10 meter range Any Bluetooth devices within range appear in the Bluetooth list box Any existing devices previously discovered and listed will also be displayed 4 16 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide NOTE To limit the scope of the scan to a particular type of device refer to Filtering by Class of Device COD in the next section The Clear button removes all Bluetooth devices listed except those with currently paired and connected services Device Pop up Menu The Device pop up menu allows you to pair a device update a device name or delete a device from the list A ao Go ll NG GT 9 11 Paired Device gt Servers Select device to start pairing Pair begins the pairing process by querying the services and profiles of the discovered device An authentica tion dialog box is displayed the first time a Bluetooth device is paired Rename allows a new name to be assigned to a highlighted device Refresh Name repeats the device name query updating the name This command is useful if a device is listed without a name unknown or if a device name has been changed remotely Delete removes this device from the list Filtering by Class of Device COD The drop down menu at the top of the Device tab allows you to limit the scope of the scan to a particular type of device If for example you choose Computer from this menu only computers within range of the Omnii are listed in the Device tab Choosi
324. ws Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide ap NOTE Ifyou choose a service requiring additional information a dialog box is automatically displayed where further details can be completed The sample dialog box below is an example of a service requiring additional information in this case the Serial Port Service ac go T E 9 24 Select profile options and press Next Mode PN Encryption Disable Port Como This dialog box offers a number of additional options such as enabling Encryption and selecting three different modes Serial ActiveSync and Scanner e Serialis used for simple serial port communication e ActiveSync is for ActiveSync over Bluetooth e Scanneris used to create a seamless connection between the incoming Bluetooth barcode and the Omnii e Printer Port is for connection to a printer over Bluetooth Once you ve completed the information e Tap on Next and then in the Services screen tap on OK Servers Tab Bluetooth AS Device a gt Mode Select a service to be enabled on this device C scanner OBEX OPP When a remote Bluetooth device initiates a Bluetooth connection to the Omnii the remote device is considered the Bluetooth master and the hand held the Bluetooth slave In order for the remote device to connect to the Omnii the Omnii must offer a service in the form of a server The Servers tab allows these services to be enabled and configured There are three se
325. ws you to change the background appearance of the Today screen Tap on the theme or background you want to use Tap on OK to assign the background you ve chosen to your Omnii NOTE You can also use a personal picture as your background Tap on the checkbox to the left of Use this picture as the background and tap on the Browse button to locate your picture Beaming a Theme to Another Device You can also beam your selection to another device To scan for visible devices and beam a theme e Choose a theme or background and tap on the Beam button Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide File Zoom Tools Help Beam ac ge TE 1 32 2 DWF green tsk To beam select a device On the destination device turn on visibility to receive Bluetooth beams 3 Searching The Omnii scans for visible devices within range of the hand held and lists them in the Beam screen e Tap on the device to which you want to send the theme A File Receive Confirmation dialog box appears on the device to which you are beaming the theme If the recipient taps on OK the file is downloaded onto their device Note that the recipient can also tap on Browse to store the theme file in a different location Once the recipient clicks on OK to accept the file the device you chose is marked as Done Beam ac ge TE 1 44 4 DWF green tsk To beam select a device On the destination device turn on visibility to receive Bluetoo
326. y 1 5 m 5 ft 26 drops to polished concrete powered on with accessories multiple 1 8 m 6 ft drops to polished concrete Rain And Dust Resistance IEC 60529 classification IP65 e Omnii XT15 Drop Durability 1 7 m 5 6 ft 26 drops to polished concrete powered on with accessories multiple 2 0 m 6 5 ft drops to polished concrete Rain And Dust Resistance IEC 60529 classification IP67 Omnii Specifications E 5 Regulatory Approvals Worldwide Safety EMC RF Laser approvals e CE Mark e E Mark vehicle cradles e RoHS compliant e WEEE compliant e REACH compliant Lithium ion Smart Battery 5000 mAh ST3001 For safety instructions please see Lithium ion Battery Safety Precautions in the Omnii Hand Held Computer Regulatory amp Warranty Guide PN 8000191 Parameter Specification Model Number ST3001 Chemistry lithium ion Li lon Capacity 5000 mAh nominal at 1000 mA discharge 20 C to 3 0 V min Voltage 3 7 V nominal 3 0 V min to 4 2 V max Cell Configuration 1S2P 2 parallel connected cells Max Charge Voltage 4 2 V 1 Recommended Charge 5 0 hr charging must stop Termination Timeout Charge Temperature 0 C to 40 C 32 F to 104 F Discharge Temperature 20 C to 50 C 4 F to 122 F Storage Temperature 20 C to 50 C 4 F to 122 F Storage at elevated temperatures not recommended 25 C 77 F recommended storage temperature Cycle Life 300 cycles m
327. y Model Number Screen Protector RV6105 Rubber Boot ST6080 ST6081 ST6082 ST6083 Yellow Expansion Back Covers WWAN enue End cap ST6085 ST6086 Yellow Standard back covers A B Grey Standard back covers A B Yellow Expansion Back Covers Grey Expansion Back Covers Grey Expansion Back Covers WWAN End cap Blue Freezer Standard Back Covers The Hand Strap Model ST6025 e Attach the strap to the two threaded inserts located at the back of the hand held near the top of the unit see Figure 5 3 Attaching the hand strap using the two Phillips head screws provided with this accessory e Stretch the handstrap toward the base of the hand held and hook the clip at the bottom of the handstrap into the slot near the base of the battery pack Figure 5 3 Attaching the hand strap Protective Carrying Case Model ST6090 A carrying case is available for Omnii to shield the unit from damage It is compatible with the hand strap A variety of cases are available depending on the type of end cap attached to your unit Hard Shell Holster Model ST6055 A hard shell holster that includes a belt leg tie down and tether can be used to hang Omnii with a pistol grip from your waist Note that holsters are designed for both right and left handed use e Feed the belt through the top panel of the holster and adjust the belt as needed e f using the leg tie down strap wrap it around your leg and snap the
328. y need to add additional informa tion depending on your network requirements If you tap on the Add New button rather than the Scan button you can create a network manually AN IMPORTANT The steps below describe how to manually create a network Keep in mind that this is intended only as an example and may vary from your own network requirements If for example you are using a different type of security for your network the fields you complete may not match those described here Manually Creating a Network e Inthe Configure tab tap on the Add New button e Enter the SSID Service Set Identifier for your network Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide Wi Fi Config qe No f Gm 5 39 SoD Auth Mode Been Authentication Mode Omnii supports several classes of authentication Open WEP WPA WPA2 Personal PSK Enterprise CCKM WPA CCKM WPA2 and 802 1x with EAP Tapping on the Auth Mode menu displays your authentication options Wi Fi Config EM er i ME Om 5 51 SoD Auth Mode WPAZ Erterprise EAF CCKM WPA COAM WPAZ NOTE Each Auth Mode has a unique Configure Profile screen attached to it with fields appropriate to the authorization mode you ve chosen Open Authentication Open authentication does not provide security When this option is chosen Omnii will connect to wireless networks which do not use authentication or encryption WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy WEP provides static
329. your PC refer to Synchronizing E mail with Outlook PC with Windows XP OS on page 3 9 and Synchronizing E mail with Outlook PC with Windows Vista or Windows 7 on page 3 11 To download either ActiveSync or Mobile Device Center visit the following Microsoft internet site http www microsoft com windows phone en gb howto wp6 sync prepare to sync windows phone 6 5 with my computer aspx Internet Sharing This option allows you to use your Omnii to connect your PC to the Internet Before you can use Internet Sharing you must make certain that you have established a data connection on your Omnii Intenet Sharing Creating an Internet Connection Follow the steps in this section only if you have not already setup an Internet connection You ll need the following information before you begin Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide From your cellular service provider data connectivity information access point name and PAP CHAP security settings From your Internet service provider ISP or wireless service provider access point name and password and any additional security information For a GPRS 1xRTT or dialup connection e Tap on Start gt Settings gt Connections Tap on the Connections icon e Under My Work Network tap Add a new modem connection Type a name for the connection and choose Cellular Line GPRS or for 1xRTT connections choose Cellular Line Tap on Next e Type the phone numb
330. yption TRIP EAP FAST MSCHAPv2 Wiser name aa Tunnel PAL marc ICH Provisioning Anonymous Autrenticate Verify Server Certificate EAP This menu allows you to choose the EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol type used for 802 1x authentica tion to an access point Wi Fi Config Caer Yi f Om 6 49 5510 Auth Mode WES Enterprise EAP Encryption EAP FAST WSCHAPY2 Wiser name SEES Passwel PEAPYO MSCHAPY2 PEAPWI GTC Anory Id TLS rane ac E weer ac E Provisioning Anonymous Autienticate Verify Server Certificate The following EAP types are supported by Wi Fi Config e FAST MSCHAPv2 Is a successor to LEAP and does not require strong passwords to protect against off line dictionary attacks Like LEAP EAP FAST does not require the use of server or client certificates and supports Windows Active Directory and domains LEAP Is an authentication method for use with Cisco WLAN access points LEAP does not require the use of server or client certificates LEAP supports Windows Active Directory and domains but requires the use of strong passwords to avoid vulnerability to off line dictionary attacks 4 38 Omnii Windows Embedded Hand Held 6 5 User Guide e PEAPv0 MSCHAPv2 Provides secure user authentication by using a TLS tunnel to encrypt EAP traffic MSCHAP v2 is used as the inner authentication method This is appropriate for use against Windows Active Directory and domains e PEA

Omnii Hand-Held Computer with Windows Embedded Hand

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents